Samyutta-Nikaya 1, annotated version

Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part 1. Sagatha-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1884.
(PTS Text Series, 93).

Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996

NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.

ANNOTATED VERSION

STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n,n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.book,chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:	multibyte sequence:
long a	ā
long A	Ā
long i	ī
long I	Ī
long u	ū
long U	Ū
vocalic r	ṛ
vocalic R	Ṛ
long vocalic r	ṝ
vocalic l	ḷ
vocalic L	Ḷ
long vocalic l	ḹ
velar n	ṅ
velar N	Ṅ
palatal n	ñ
palatal N	Ñ
retroflex t	ṭ
retroflex T	Ṭ
retroflex d	ḍ
retroflex D	Ḍ
retroflex n	ṇ
retroflex N	Ṇ
palatal s	ś
palatal S	Ś
retroflex s	ṣ
retroflex S	Ṣ
anusvara	ṃ
visarga	ḥ
long e	ē
long o	ō
l underbar	ḻ
r underbar	ṟ
n underbar	ṉ
k underbar	ḵ
t underbar	ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm

Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol. 1

[page 001]
1
SAṂYUTTA-NIKĀYA.
DIVISION I. -- SAGĀTHA.

BOOK I. -- DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
CHAPTER I. NAḶAVAGGA.

SN_1.1,1.1. Oghaṃ.
Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkan-
tavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kathaṃ nu tvaṃ mārisa ogham atarī ti || ||
Appatiṭṭhaṃ khvāhaṃ {avuso} anāyūhaṃ ogham atarin ti || ||
Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ mārisa appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ
ogham atarīti || ||
Yadā svāham āvuso santiṭṭhāmi tadāssu saṃsīdāmi || yadā
svāham āvuso āyūhāmi¹ tadāssu nibbuyhāmi² || Evam
khvāham āvuso appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ ogham atarin ti || ||
Cirassaṃ vata passāmi || brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ ||
appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ || tiṇṇam loke visattikan ti || ||
Idam avoca sā devatā || samanuñño satthā ahosi || ||
Atha kho sā devatā samanuñño³ me satthāti Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Yadāham āyūhāmi.
2 B. nivuyhāmi.
3 SS. samanuññāto.

[page 002]
2 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 1. 2.

SN_1.1,1.2. Nimokkho.
Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkan-
tavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || ||
Jānāsi no tvaṃ mārisa sattānaṃ nimokkhaṃ pamokkhaṃ
vivekan ti || ||
Jānāmi¹ khvāham² āvuso sattānam nimokkham pamo-
kkhaṃ³ vivekan ti || ||
Yathā katham pana tvaṃ mārisa jānāsi sattānaṃ ni-
mokkhaṃ pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||
Nandī-bhava-parikkhayā || saññā-viññāṇa-saṅkhayā ||
vedanānaṃ nirodhā⁴ upasamā || evaṃ khvāham āvuso
jānāmi ||
sattānaṃ nimokkhaṃ⁵ || pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||

SN_1.1,1.3. Upaneyyam.
Evam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ marane pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī ti⁶ || ||
Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. Jānāma.
2 B. Kho-haṃ.
3 SS. have pāmokkham here and further on.
4 So SS. supported by C.; B. vedanānirodhā.
5 SS. vimokkaṃ.
6 SS. {sukhavahāni} here and in the next Suttā.

[page 003]
I. 1. 6.] NAḶA-VAGGA 1. 3

SN_1.1,1.4. Accenti.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti¹ kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ {maraṇe} pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti² || ||

SN_1.1,1.5. Kati chinde.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi³ || ||
Kati chinde kati jahe || kati vuttari bhāvaye ||
katisaṅgātigo bhikkhu || oghatiṇṇo ti viccatīti || ||
Pañca chinde pañca jahe || pañca vuttari bhāvaye ||
pañcasaṅgātigo⁴ bhikkhu || oghatiṇṇo ti vuccatīti || ||

SN_1.1,1.6. Jāgaram.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi⁵ || ||
Kati jāgarataṃ suttā || kati suttesu jāgarā ||
katīhi rajaṃ ādeti || katīhi parisujjhatīti || ||
Pañca jāgarataṃ suttā || pañca-suttesu jāgarā ||
pañcahi rajam ādeti || pañcahi⁶ parisujjhatī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. Accanti and so on, but at the uddāna: accenti.
2 See Devaputta-S. III. 7.
3 SS. Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
4 So B; SS. -saṅgātiko; C. has sangātīto (which it explains
saṅge atīto atikkanto), but notices the reading sangātiko.
See Dhammapada v. 370 and p. 66 and 421-3.
5 SS. Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
6 B. seems to have katibhi . . . pañcabhi . . .

[page 004]
4 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 1. 7.

SN_1.1,1.7. Appaṭividitā.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā appaṭividitā || paravādesu nīyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaṃ {pabujjhitun} ti || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā suppaṭividitā¹ || paravādesu na nīyare² ||
{te sambuddhā} sammadaññā³ || caranti visame saman ti || ||

SN_1.1,1.8. Susammuṭṭhā
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā susammuṭṭhā || paravādesu nīyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaṃ pabujjhitun ti || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā asammuṭṭhā || paravādesu na nīyare ||
te sambuddhā sammadaññā || caranti visame saman ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.1,1.9. Mānakāma.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi⁵ ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko araññe viharaṃ pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya⁶ pāran ti⁷ || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto⁸ ||
eko araññe viharaṃ appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti⁹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S.2 -patividhitā here and above.
2 So SS.; B. paravādesuniyyare.
3 SS. Sambuddhā sammadaññaya which C. seems to approve by reading
sammadaññāya.
4 Same varieties of reading as above. Only S1 reads, in the second
gathā, paravadesu nīyare without na, as B does.
5 SS. Mānikāmassa . . . idatthi.
6 S2 and S3 taranti.
7 S2 pārenti; S1 paressanti, but ssa is doubtful.
8 B. vippayutto.
9 S1 has here pārenti. These gāthās will be found again, iv. 8.

[page 005]
I. 2. 1.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 5

SN_1.1,1.10. Araññe.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Araññe viharantānaṃ || santānaṃ brahmacārinaṃ ||
ekabhattaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ || kena vaṇṇo pasīdatīti¹ || ||
Atītaṃ nānusocanti || nappajappanti nāgataṃ² ||
paccuppannena yāpenti || tena vaṇṇo pasīdati || ||
anāgatappajappāya || atītassānusocanā ||
etena bālā sussanti || naḷo va harito luto ti || ||
Naḷavaggo pathamo ||
Tatr-uddānaṃ ||
Ogham Nimokkho Upaneyyaṃ || Accenti Katichindi ca ||
Jāgaram Appaṭividitā || Susammutthā Māna-kāminā ||
Araññe dasamo vutto || vaggo tena pavuccati || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. NANDANA-VAGGA.

SN_1.1,2.1. Nandana.
Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante³ ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave aññatarā Tāvatiṃsa-kāyikā de-
vatā Nandanavane⁴ accharāsaṅghaparivutā dibbehi pañca-
kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricāriyamānā⁵ tāyaṃ
velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Na te sukhaṃ pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaṃ ||
āvāsaṃ naradevānaṃ || tidasānaṃ yasassinan ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. pasīdati.
2 SS. nappajappamanāgataṃ.
3 B Bhaddante.
4 B. Nandanevane.
5 S2-3 paricārayamānā.

[page 006]
6 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 2.
Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave aññatarā devatā taṃ devataṃ
gāthāya paccabhāsi¹ || ||
Na tvaṃ bāle pajānāsi² || yathā arahataṃ vaco ||
aniccā sabba³ saṅkhārā || uppādavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti || ||

SN_1.1,2.2. Nandati.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā || gomiko⁴ gohi tath-eva nandati ||
upadhīhi narassa nandanā || na hi so nandati yo nirupa-
dhīti || ||
Socati puttehi puttimā || gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhīhi narassa socanā || na hi socati yo nirupadhīti || ||

SN_1.1,2.3. Natthi puttasamam.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi. || ||
Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ || natthi gosamitam dhanaṃ ||
natthi suriyasamā ābhā. || samudda⁵ paramā sarāti || ||
Natthi attasamaṃ pemaṃ || natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhanaṃ ||
natthi paññāsamā ābhā || vuṭṭhi ve paramā sarā ti || ||

SN_1.1,2.4. Khattiyo.
Khattiyo dvipadaṃ⁶ seṭṭho || balivaddo⁷ catuppadaṃ ||
kumārī⁸ seṭṭhā bhariyānaṃ || yo ca puttānaṃ pubbajo-
ti || ||
Sambuddho dvipadaṃ seṭṭho || ājānīyo catuppadaṃ ||
sussūsā seṭṭhā bhariyānaṃ || yo ca puttānam assavo ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
2 SS. vijānāsi.
3 SS. sabbe; M.PṢ. VI.16 and J. I. 393 vata.
4 B. gopiko.
5 So all the MSS.
6 SS. dipadaṃ here and further on.
7 B. balibaddho.
8 SS. komārī.

[page 007]
I. 2. 8.] NANDANA-VAGGA. 2. 7

SN_1.1,2.5. Sakamāno (or Santikāya).
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu¹ pakkhisu ||
saṇate va² mahāraññaṃ³ || taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti man-
ti || ||
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu⁴ pakkhisu ||
saṇate va mahāraññaṃ || sā ratī paṭibhāti man ti⁵ || ||

SN_1.1,2.6. Niddā tandi.
Niddā tandī vijambhikā⁶ || aratī bhattasammado ||
etena nappakāsati || ariyamaggo idha pāṇinan ti || ||
Niddaṃ tandiṃ vijambhikaṃ || aratiṃ⁷ bhattasammadaṃ ||
viriyena naṃ paṇāmetvā || ariyamaggo visujjhatīti || ||

SN_1.1,2.7. Dukkaraṃ (or Kummo).
Dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca⁸ || avyattena⁹ ca sāmaññaṃ ||
bahū hi tattha sambādhā || yattha bālo visīdatīti || ||
Kati-haṃ careyya sāmaññaṃ || cittaṃ ce na nivāreyya¹⁰ ||
pade pade visīdeyya || saṅkappānaṃ vasānugo¹¹ || ||
Kummo va aṅgāni¹² sake kapāle ||
samodahaṃ bhikkhu mano-vitakke ||
anissito aññam aheṭhayāno¹³ ||
parinibbuto na upavadeyya kañcīti¹⁴ || ||

SN_1.1,2.8. Hirī.
Hirīnisedho puriso || koci lokasmiṃ vijjati ||
yo nindam appabodhati || asso bhadro kasām ivā ti || ||
Hirīnisedhā tanuyā¹⁵ || ye caranti sadā satā ||
antaṃ dukkhassa pappuyya¹⁶ || caranti visame saman ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 Sannisivesu; B. sannisīvesu.
2 C. palāteva here and further on.
3 SS. brahāraññaṃ here and further on.
4 S2 Sannisinnīsu; B. as above.
5 These gāthās will be found again, Vana-S. 12.
6 B. vijambhitā; C. vijamhitā.
7 SS. Niddātandīvijambhikāaratiṃ.
8 B. Dutitikkhañca.
9 B. abyattena hi.
10 S1 nivāraye.
11 B. vasānugoti.
12 B. kummovamangāni.
13 B. ahedhayāno; C. ahedhamāno.
14 B. nupavadeyya kiñciti; S2 seems to have: naṃ (or taṃ) upavadeyya.
15 So B. and C.; SS. Hirīnisedho tanayā.
16 B. appeyya; C. paccayā.

[page 008]
8 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 9.

SN_1.1,2.9. Kuṭikā.
Kacci te kuṭikā natthi || kacci natthi kulāvakā ||
kacci santānakā natthe || kacci mutto-si bandhanā ti¹ || ||
Taggha me kuṭikā natthi || taggha natthi kulāvakā ||
taggha santānakā natthi || taggha mutto-mhi bandhanā
ti² || ||
Kintāhaṃ kuṭikam brūmi || kinte brūmi kulāvakaṃ³ ||
kinte santānakaṃ⁴ brūmi || kintāhaṃ brūmi⁵ bandhanan-
ti ||
Mātaraṃ kuṭikam brūsi || bhariyaṃ brūsi kulāvakaṃ ||
putte santānake brūsi || taṇham⁶ me brūsi⁷ bandhanan ti || ||
sāhu te kuṭikā natthi || sāhu natthi kulāvakā ||
sāhu santānakā natthi || sāhu mutto si bandhanā ti⁸ || ||

SN_1.1,2.10. Samiddhi.9
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Tapodārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi rattiyā paccusa-samayaṃ
paccuṭṭhāya yena Tapodā ten-upasaṅkami gattāni parisiñci-
tuṃ || Tapode gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro
aṭṭhāsi gattāni sukkhāpayamāno¹⁰ ||
3. Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Tapodam obhāsetvā yen'; āyasmā
Samiddhi ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhitā¹¹
āyasmantaṃ Samiddhiṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taṃ kālo upacca-
gāti.¹² || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. mutto mārabandhanā; S1-3 omit ti.
2 SS. mutto mārabandhanāti.
3 S1-2 kulavakā.
4 SS. santānake.
5 Instead of brūmi, B. has brūsi.
6 B. taṇhā.
7 Here B has always brūmi instead of brūsi.
8 SS. have not ti.
9 Cf. Samiddhi-jātaka, also entitled Kāla-jataka Duka-nipāta II. 7.
Samiddhi will be spoken of again further on, Māra-S. III. 2.
10 B. pubbāpayamāno.
11 B. vehasi ṭhatvā.
12 C. upajjhagāti.

[page 009]
I. 2. 10.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 9
Kālaṃ vo-haṃ na jānāmi || channo kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maṃ kālo upaccagāti || ||
4. Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyam patiṭṭhahitvā āyasman-
tam Samiddhim etad avoca¹ || ||
Daharo tvaṃ bhikkhu pabbajito susu kālakeso bhadrena²
yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikiḷitāvī³ kā-
mesu || Bhuñja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ
hitvā kālikam anudhāvī ti⁴ || ||
5. Na khvāham āvuso sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudha-
vāmi || Kālikañca⁵ khvāham āvuso hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anu-
dhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahu-
dukkhā bahupāyasā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Sandiṭṭhiko
ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko⁶ paccattaṃ⁷
veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
6. Kathañca bhikkhu kālikā⁸ kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo⁹ || Kathaṃ
sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko¹⁰ ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
7. Ahaṃ kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato ||
imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ na khvāhaṃ¹¹ sakkomi vitthārena
ācikkhituṃ || Ayaṃ so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
Rājagahe viharati Tapodārāme || Taṃ Bhagavantam upa-
saṅkamitvā etam atthaṃ puccha¹² || Yathā te Bhagavā vyā-
karoti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāsīti || ||
8. Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaṅka-
mitum aññāhi mahesakkhahi¹³ devatāhi parivuto || Sa ce
kho tvaṃ bhikkhu taṃ¹⁴ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam
atthaṃ pucceyyāsi mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasavanāyā
ti || ||
9. Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi tassā devatāya
paṭisutvā¹⁵ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmā etad avoca.
2 S1-2 bhaddena.
3 B. anikiḷitāvi; S2 anikīlitāvi; S1-3 anikīḷitāvi; C. anikkiḷitāvi.
4 B. anudhāvāti.
5 SS. kālikāhañca.
6 B. opaneyyiko; C. upaneyyiko.
7 S2 pasattaṃ.
8 S1-2 kālikālikā.
9 S2-3 add ti.
10 S2 akālikāliko.
11 B. na tāham.
12 SS. puccheyyāsi.
13 This word is written twice in S1-2.
14 SS. omit bhikkhu taṃ.
15 SS. paṭissutvā.

[page 010]
10 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 10.
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca || ||
10. Idhāhaṃ bhante rattiyā paccusasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya
yena Tapodā ten-upasaṅkamiṃ gattāni parisiñcituṃ || Ta-
pode gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsiṃ
gattāni sukkhāpayamāno || Atha kho bhante aññatarā
devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ
Tapodaṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhitā¹ imāya gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taṃ kālo upaccagā
ti || ||
11. Evaṃ vutte aham² bhante taṃ devataṃ gāthāya
paccabhāsiṃ³ || ||
Kālaṃ vo-haṃ na jānāmi || channo⁴ kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maṃ kālo upaccagā ti || ||
12. Atha kho bhante sā devatā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā
mam etad avoca || ||
Daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito susu⁵ kālakeso⁶ bhadrena
yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvī⁷ kā-
mesu || Bhuñja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ
hitvā kālikam anudhāvī ti || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte-haṃ⁸ bhante taṃ devatam etad avocaṃ || ||
Na khvāhaṃ⁹ āvuso sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikaṃ anudhā-
vāmi || kālikaṃ ca khvāhaṃ āvuso hitvā sandiṭṭhikam
anudhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā bahudukkhā
bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Sandiṭṭhiko ayam
dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo
viññūhīti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte bhante sā devatā mam etad avoca ||
Kathaṃ ca bhikkhu kālikā kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahu-
dukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Kathaṃ san-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B.; SS. vehāsaṇthitā.
2 SS. vutteham.
3 SS. ajjhabhāsiṃ.
4 S1 chindo.
5 S1 susū; S2 sūsū.
6 S2-3 kāḷakeso.
7 So S3 only.
8 B. vuttāhaṃ.
9 S2 nakkhvācāhaṃ.

[page 011]
I. 2. 10.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 11
diṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
15. Evaṃ vutte-haṃ bhante¹ taṃ devatam etad avocaṃ || ||
Aham kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ na khvāham² sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhi-
tuṃ || ayaṃ so³ Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Rājagahe
viharati Tapodārāme || taṃ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā
etam atthaṃ puccha⁴ || yathā te Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā
naṃ dhāreyyāsīti || ||
16. Evaṃ vutte bhante sā devatā maṃ etad avoca ||
Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi⁵ upasaṅkami-
tum aññāhi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi parivuto || Sace kho
tvaṃ bhikkhu taṃ⁶ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam
atthaṃ puccheyyāsi⁷ mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasava-
nāyāti || Sace bhante tassā⁸ devatāya saccaṃ vacanaṃ
idheva sā devatā avidūre ti || ||
17. Evaṃ vutte sā devatā āyasmantaṃ Samiddhim etad
avoca || Puccha bhikkhu puccha bhikkhu yam⁹ aham
anuppattoti¹⁰ || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ¹¹ devataṃ gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Akkheyyasaññino sattā || akkheyyasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
akkheyyam apariññāya || yogam āyanti maccuno || ||
akkheyyañ ca pariññāya¹² || akkhātāraṃ¹³ na maññati ||
taṃ hi tassa na hotīti || yena naṃ¹⁴ vajjā na tassa atthi¹⁵ || ||
Sace vijānāsi¹⁶ vadehi yakkhīti¹⁷ || ||
19. Na khvāham bhante imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena
bhāsitāssa vitthārena attham ājānāmi¹⁸ || Sādhu me¹⁹ bhante
Bhagavā tathā²⁰ bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā saṅ-
khittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ jāneyyan ti²¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As above.
2 B. na tāham as above.
3 SS. kho.
4 So B and S3; S1 seems to have the same reading; S2 has pucchaṃ.
5 S1-2 aññehi.
6 SS. omit kho . . . taṃ; S2 tvaṃ also.
7 S1 puccheyyā.
8 S1-3 tassa.
9 SS. ayam.
10 B. anuppatātti; S1-2 anuppanno.
11 Omitted by SS.
12 S1-2 akkheyya ca pariññātāya.
13 SS. add ca; C. akkhātānaṃ.
14 S1 taṃ; S3 ta.
15 SS. omit na tassa atthi.
16 SS. pi jānāsi.
17 S1-3 yakkhāti; S2 yakkhaṃ.
18 SS. ajānāmi.
19 Omitted by S1-2.
20 Omitted by SS.
21 SS. ajāneyyanti.

[page 012]
12 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 10.
20. Samo visesī athavā nihīno¹ || yo maññati so vivadetha
tena ||
tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno || samo visesīti na² tassa
hoti || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhīti³ || ||
21. Imassa pi khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa na vitthārena attham ājānāmi⁴ || Sādhu me⁵
bhante Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ jāneyyan ti⁶ || ||
22. Pahāsi saṅkhaṃ⁷ na vimānam ajjhagā⁸ ||
acchecchi⁹ taṇham idha nāmarūpe ||
tam chinnagandham anighaṃ nirāsam¹⁰ ||
pariyesamānā nājjhāgamuṃ ||
devā manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
saggesu vā sabbanivesanesu¹¹ || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhīti¹² ||
23. Imassa khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhā-
sitassa evaṃ¹³ vitthārena attham ājānāmi¹⁴ ||
Pāpaṃ na kayirā¹⁵ vacasā manasā ||
kāyena vā¹⁶ kiñcana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampajāno ||
dukkhaṃ na sevetha anatthasaṃhitan ti¹⁷ || ||
Nandana-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Nandanā Nandati c-eva || Natthiputtasamena ca ||
Khattiyo Sakamāno ca¹⁸ || Niddātandi ca Dukkaraṃ¹⁹ ||
Hirī Kuṭikā navamo || dasamo vutto Samiddhināti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nihito; B. udāvānihinno.
2 S2 omits na.
3 SS.yakkhaṃ.
4 SS. -bhāsitassa vitthārena attham na ajānāmi.
5 S1-2 omit me.
6 S1-2 ajāneyyanti; S3 ājāneyyanti.
7 So B and C.; SS. kaṅkhaṃ alias saṅgam.
8 SS. ājā.
9 B. and S2 acchejji.
10 S1-2 nisārāsaṃ.
11 SS. omit saggesu vā; these verses will be found again further on,
IV. 4.
12 SS. yakkha.
13 SS. omit evaṃ.
14 S1 ajānāmi; S 2-3 jānāmi.
15 SS. kayirātha.
16 SS. kāyena vācā.
17 S1-2 -saññāhitanti.
18 SS1-3 santikāye.
19 S-3 kummo.

[page 013]
I. 3. 1.] SATTI-VAGGA 3. 13

___________________________________________

CHAPTER III. SATTI-VAGGO.
Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gāthaṃ abhāsi¹ || ||

SN_1.1,3.1. Sattiyā.
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāne² va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya³ || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti⁴ || ||
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāne va matthake ||
sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānāya⁵ || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||

SN_1.1,3.2. Phusati.
Nāphusantam phusati ca⁶ || phusantaṃ ca tato phuse ||
tasmā phusantam phusati || appaduṭṭhapadosinan ti⁷ || ||
Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa⁸ ||
tam eva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ ||
sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ va khitto ti⁹ || ||

SN_1.1,3.3. Jaṭā.
Antojaṭā bahijaṭā || jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā ||
taṃ taṃ Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño || cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ ||
ātāpī nipako bhikkhu || so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
yesaṃ rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || tesaṃ vijaṭitā jaṭā || ||
yattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paṭighaṃ rūpasaññā ca || ettha sā chijjate¹⁰ jaṭāti¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
2 SS. ḍayhamāno here and further on.
3 SS. -pahānena.
4 SS. omit ti.
5 S2 -d ṭṭhimpahānena. These verses will be found again,
Devaputta S. II. 6.
6 SS. omit ca.
7 SS. omit ti.
8 S1 anāṅganassa.
9 This gātha will be found again, Brāhmaṇa-S. I. 4.
10 B. etthesā vijaṭe.
11 All these gāthās will be found again, Brāhmaṇa-S. I. 6.

[page 014]
14 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 3. 4.

SN_1.1,3.4. Mano-nivāraṇā.
Yato yato mano¹ nivāraye || na dukkham eti naṃ tato
tato ||
sa sabbato mano nivāraye || sa sabbato dukkhā pamuc-
cati || ||
Na sabbato mano nivāraye || na² mano sayatattam³ āga-
taṃ⁴ ||
yato yato ca⁵ pāpakaṃ || tato tato mano nivāraye ti || ||

SN_1.1,3.5. Arahaṃ.
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo⁶ antimadehadhārī ||
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti⁷ pi so⁸ vadeyya⁹ || ||
[Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī ||
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyya ||
loke samaññaṃ kusalo viditvā ||
vohāramattena so vohareyyāti¹⁰] || ||
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī ||
mānaṃ nu kho so¹¹ upāgamma bhikkhu ||
ahaṃ vadāmmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyyāti || ||
Pahīnamānassa na santi ganthā¹² ||
vidhūpitā mānaganthassa¹³ sabbe ||
Sa vītivatto yamataṃ sumedho ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 omits mano in this first gāthā.
2 SS. omit na.
3 So B.; SS. and C. omit sa.
4 S1-3 āgatā.
5 SS. omit ca.
6 SS. hantima- here and further on
7 S2 vadentī.
8 SS. yo here and above.
9 B. vadeyyāti.
10 This gāthā (or rather staza) is missing in B.; perhaps an
interpolation in SS.
11 S1-3 (perhaps S2) Mānaṃ dukho taṃ.
12 B. gandhī
13 B. and SS. -gandhassa.

[page 015]
I. 3. 8.] SATTI-VAGGA3 15
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
[mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyya] ¹ ||
loke samaññaṃ kusalo viditvā
vohāramattena so vohareyyāti || ||

SN_1.1,3.6. Pajjoto.
Kati lokasmiṃ pajjotā² || yehi loko³ pakāsati. ||
bhavantaṃ⁴ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ ma-
yan ti || ||
Cattāro loke⁵ pajjotā || pañcam-etthana vijjati⁶ ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā || ||
atha aggi divārattiṃ || tattha tattha pabhāsati⁷ ||
sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti || ||

SN_1.1,3.7. Sarā.
Kuto sarā nivattanti || kattha⁸ vaṭṭam na vaṭṭati⁹ ||
kattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhatīti || ||
Yattha āpo ca pathavī || tejo vāyo na gādhati ||
ato sarā nivattanti || ettha vaṭṭam na vaṭṭati ||
ettha nāmañca rupañca || asesam uparujjhatīti || ||

SN_1.1,3.8. Mahaddhana.
Mahaddhanā mahābhogā || raṭṭhavanto pi khattiyā ||
aññamaññābhigijjhanti || kāmesu analaṅkatā || ||
tesu ussukkajātesu || bhavasotānusārisu ||
gedhataṃham¹⁰ pajahiṃsu¹¹ ||ke lokasmim anussukkāti || ||
Hitvā agāram pabbajitvā || hitvā puttaṃ pasuṃ piyaṃ¹² ||
hitvā rāgañca dosañca || avijjañca virājiya¹³ ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || te¹⁴ lokasmiṃ anussukā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This pada is omitted by SS. but added by B.
2 B. pajjoto.
3 S1-3 loke; S2 lokehi; SS. pabhāsati.
4 SS. Bhagavantam.
5 S1-3 loka.
6 S2 vijjanti.
7 B. pakāsati.
8 SS. kettha.
9 S1-2 vaddham . . . vaddhati.
10 SS. kodha taṇham.
11 B. pavahiṃsu.
12 B. puttaṃ samappiyaṃ.
13 SS. virajjiya.
14 S1 ke.

[page 016]
16 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 3. 9.

SN_1.1,3.9. Catucakka.
Catucakkam navadvāraṃ || puṇṇam lobhena¹ saṃyutaṃ ||
paṅkajātaṃ mahāvīra || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti² || ||
Chetvā nandiṃ varattañca³ || icchālobhañca pāpakaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || evaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti⁴ || ||

SN_1.1,3.10. Enijaṅgha.
Enijaṅghaṃ kisaṃ vīraṃ || appāhāram alolupaṃ ||
sīhaṃ v-ekacaraṃ nāgam ||kāmesu anapekkhinaṃ ||
upasaṅkamma pucchāma⁵ || kathaṃ dukkhā pamucca-
tīti || ||
Pañcakāmaguṇā loke || mano chaṭṭhā paveditā ||
ettha chandaṃ virājetvā || evaṃ dukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
Satti-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Sattiyā Phusati c-eva || Jaṭā Manonivāraṇā ||
Arahantena Pajjoto || Sarā Mahaddhanena ca ||
Catucakkena navamaṃ || Enijaṅghena te dasāti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER IV. SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA

SN_1.1,4.1. Sabbhi.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakayikā⁶ devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS.puṇṇalobena.
2 S1-3 bhavissati; S2 bhavissanti.
3 See Dhammapadam, V.398.
4 These gāthās will be found again further on (Devaputta-S. III. 8).
5 SS. pucchema.
6 S1 satūlapa-; S2 satulapa-; S3 satulapa- and satullapa-.

[page 017]
I. 4. 1.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 17
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ¹ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi. || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || paññā labbhati² nāññato ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || soka-majjhe na socatīti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññaya || ñāti-majjhe virocatīti ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā gacchanti suggatin ti³ || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā tiṭṭhanti sātatan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavatam etad avoca || ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api ca mamam pi⁴
suṇātha || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. krubbetha sandhavaṃ here and further on.
2 So SS. supported by C.; B. has paññam labhati.
3 B. sugatiṃ; they omit the ti of the end in this and all the
preceding gāthās.
4 S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mamapi. C I

[page 018]
18 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 1.
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya¹ || sabbadukkhā pamucca-
tīti² || ||

SN_1.1,4.2. Macchari.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu. ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaṃ {dānaṃ} na dīyati ||
puññam ākaṅkhamānena || deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo³
abhāsi || ||
Yass-eva bhīto na dadāti maccharī ||
tad evādādato⁴ bhayaṃ ||
jighacchā ca pipāsā ca || yassa bhāyati maccharī ||
tam eva bālaṃ phusati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gā-
tham abhāsi ||
Te matesu na mīyanti || panthānaṃ va sagāvajjaṃ⁵ ||
appasmiṃ ye pavecchanti || esa dhammo sanantano || ||
appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke⁶ na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiṇā dinnā || sahassena samaṃ mitā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 has always -dhammaṃ ñāya; S1 twice only.
2 All these gāthās will be found again further on in Devaputta-S.
III. 1.
3 SS. imaṃ gātham
4 B. tad eva adadato.
5 B. (very uncertain) pathānaṃ sahavajam; SS. panthānaṃ va sabhāvajaṃ;
C. addhānam va sahavajjaṃ.
6 SS. Bahunā eke.

[page 019]
I. 4. 2.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 19
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gā-
ṭhāyo¹ abhāsi ||
Duddadaṃ dadamānānaṃ || dukkaraṃ kamma kubbataṃ ||
asanto nānukubbanti || sataṃ dhammo durannayo² || ||
Tasmā satañca asatañca³ || nānā hoti ito gati ||
asanto nirayaṃ yanti || santo saggaparāyanā ti⁴ || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam⁵ etad avoca ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api mamam pi⁶
suṇātha || ||
Dhammaṃ care yo samucchakaṃ⁷ care ||
dāram ca posaṃ dadam appakasmiṃ ||
sataṃ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginaṃ ||
kalam pi⁸ nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthaya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Ken-esaṃ⁹ yañño vipulo mahaggato ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti ||
sataṃ¹⁰ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginaṃ ||
kalam pi nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ {devataṃ,} gāthāya ajjhabhā-
si || ||
Dadanti eke¹¹ visame¹² niviṭṭhā ||
chetvā¹³ vadhitvā atha socayitvā ||
sā dakkhiṇā assumukhā sadaṇḍā ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti || ||
Evaṃ¹⁴ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginam ||
kalam pi¹⁵ nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. imaṃ gāthaṃ.
2 B. duranvayo.
3 B. -asataṃ.
4 SS. -parāyano-ti; ti is omitted at the end of the preceding
addresses.
5 B. Bhagavato santike.
6 So B.; S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mamapi (as above).
7 So SS.; B. and C. samuñjakam.
8 SS. omit pi.
8 B. esa yañño.
10 B. kathaṃ.
11 B. heke; S3 ceke.
12 B. visamena.
13 C. ghatvā; SS. jhatvā.
14 SS. evantaṃ.
15 SS. omit pi.

[page 020]
20 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 3.

SN_1.1,4.3. Sādhu.
1. Sāvatthi ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu¹ kho mārisa dānaṃ || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati ||
puññam ākaṅkhamānena || deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ || api ca appasmim pi sādhu²
dānaṃ ||
Appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke³ na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiṇā dinnā || sahassena samam mitā ti⁴ || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udanesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca saddhāya pi sādhu dānam ||
Dānañca yuddhañca samānam āhu ||
Appāpi santā bahuke jinanti ||
Appam pi ce saddahāno dadāti ||
ten-eva so hoti sukhī paratthā ti⁵ || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
appasmiṃ pi sādhu dānaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Sāhu.
2 B. appakasmim pi sāhu here and further on.
3 SS. bahunā eke.
4 SS. samappitā; see the preceding number.
5 SS. parattha, omitting ti here and in the preceding gāthā.

[page 021]
I. 4. 3.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 21
saddhāya pi sādhu¹ dānam ||
api ca dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaṃ || ||
Yo dhammaladdhassa dadāti dānam ||
uṭṭhānaviriyādhigatassa jantu ||
atikkamma so vetaraṇiṃ Yamassa ||
dibbāni ṭhānāni upeti macco ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
Appasmiṃ pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca viceyyadānam pi sādhu² || ||
Viceyyadānaṃ sugatappasatthaṃ³ ||
ye dakkhiṇeyyā idha jīvaloke ||
etesu dinnāni mahapphallāni ||
bījāni vuttāni⁴ yathā sukhette ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānam ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Viceyyadānam pi sādhu⁵ ||
Api ca pāṇesu ca⁶ sādhu saṃyamo || ||
Yo pāṇabhūtesu⁷ aheṭhayaṃ⁸ caraṃ ||
parūpavādā na karoti pāpaṃ ||
bhīruṃ⁹ pasaṃsanti na hi tattha sūraṃ ||
bhayā hi santo na karonti pāpan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. sāhu here and further on.
2 B. adds dānaṃ.
3 B. -ppasaṭṭham.
4 S2 mahapphalā bījā vuttāni.
5 B. adds dānaṃ.
6 Or va; B. pi.
7 B. -bhūtāni.
8 B. ahedhayaṃ.
9 S1-3 bhīrū.

[page 022]
22 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 3.
Kassā nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api mamam pi¹ su-
ṇātha || ||
Saddhāhi² dānam bahudhā³ pasatthaṃ ||
dānā ca⁴ kho dhammapadaṃ va⁵ seyyo || ||
pubbeva hi pubbatareva santo ||
nibbānam ev-ajjhagamuṃ sapaññā⁶ || ||

SN_1.1,4.4. Na santi.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Na santi kāmā manujesu niccā ||
santīdha⁷ kamanīyāni yesu baddho⁸ ||
yesu pamatto⁹ apunāgamanaṃ ||
anāgantvā puriso¹⁰ maccudheyyā ti || ||
Chandajam aghaṃ || chandajaṃ dukkhaṃ ||
chandavinayā aghavinayo || aghavinayā dukkhavina-
yo ti || ||
Na te kāmā yāni citrāni¹¹ loke ||
saṅkapparāgo purisassa kāmo ||
tiṭṭhanti citrāni tath-eva loke ||
ath-ettha dhīrā vinayanti chandam || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mama pi.
2 So S1 and B.; S2-3 Addhāhi.
3 B. pasaṭṭhaṃ.
4 So B. and C.; SS. dānañca.
5 B. ca.
6 S2 pasaññā; B. samaññā.
7 SS. Santīca.
8 B. kāmesu bandho.
9 SS. yesu ca baddho supamatto.
10 So C.; SS. anāgantapuriso; B. anāgantā-.
11 SS. -kāmānicitrāni.

[page 023]
I. 4. 5.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 23
Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ ||
saṃyojanaṃ sabbam atikkameyya ||
taṃ nāmarūpasmim asajjamānaṃ ||
akiñcanaṃ nānupatanti dukkhā¹ || ||
Pahāsi saṅkhaṃ² na vimānam ajjhagā³ ||
acchecchi⁴ taṇham idha nāmarūpe ||
taṃ⁵ chinnagantham⁶ anighaṃ nirāsaṃ ||
pariyesamānā na ca ajjhagamuṃ⁷ ||
devā manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
saggesu vā⁸ sabbanivesanesū ti⁹ || ||
Taṃ ce hi nāddakkhuṃ¹⁰ tathā vimuttaṃ ||
iccāyasmā Mogharājā ||
deva manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
naruttamaṃ atthacaraṃ narānaṃ ||
ye taṃ namassanti pasaṃsiyā te ti || ||
Pasaṃsiyā te pi bhavanti bhikkhu¹¹ ||
Mogharājā ti Bhagavā ||
ye taṃ namassanti tathā vimuttam ||
aññāya dhammaṃ vicikicchaṃ pahāya ||
saṅgātigā¹² te pi¹³ bhavanti bhikkhū ti || ||

SN_1.1,4.5. Ujjhānasaññino.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Ujjhānasaññikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu. || Upasaṅ-
kamitvā vekāsam aṭṭhaṃsu ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This gāthā is repeated with slight change (No.6). See Dhammapada,
V.221.
2 SS. Sangaṃ (alias kaṅkhaṃ; see II. 10).
3 SS. na (or ta) vināmamāgā.
4 B. acchejji.
5 S2-3 omit taṃ.
6 B. -gandhaṃ.
7 SS. nājjhagamuṃ. (See II. 10).
8 SS. omit saggesu vā.
9 Repetition of the last but one gāthā of II. 10. q v.
10 B. tam ce nidukkhaṃ.
11 S1 bhikkhū(?).
12 C. seems to read saṃbhāgitā (or rather saṅkhātigā).
13 SS. -te hi pi.

[page 024]
24 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 5
3. Vehāsaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Aññathā santam attānam || aññathā yo pavedaye¹ ||
nikacca kitavass-eva || bhuttaṃ theyyena² tassa taṃ || ||
yaṃ hi kayirā taṃ hi vade || yaṃ na kayirā na taṃ vade ||
akarontam bhāsamānānaṃ³ || parijānanti paṇḍitā ti || ||
Na yidam⁴ bhāsitamattena || ekantasavanena vā ||
anukkamituṃ ve⁵ sakkā || yāyaṃ paṭipadā daḷhā⁶ ||
yāya⁷ dhīrā pamuccanti || jhāyino mārabandhanā || ||
Na ve dhīrā pakubbanti || viditvā lokapariyāyaṃ ||
aññāya nibbutā dhīrā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan-ti. || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā Bhaga-
vato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Accayo⁸ no bhante accagamā || yathā bālā yatha mūḷhā
yathā akusalā yā mayaṃ Bhagavantaṃ asādetabbaṃ⁹ amañ-
ñimhā || tāsaṃ no¹⁰ bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato
patigaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sitaṃ pātvākāsi || ||
6. Atha kho tā devatāyo bhiyyosomattāya ujjhāyantiyo
vehāsam abbhuggañchuṃ¹¹ || ||
7. Ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imam gātham avoca || ||
Accayaṃ desayantīnaṃ || yo ve¹² na patigaṇhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || sa veraṃ paṭimuccatīti || ||
Accayo ce na vijjetha¹³ || no cīdhāpagatam¹⁴ siyā ||
verāni na¹⁵ ca sammeyyuṃ || kenīdha¹⁶ kusalo siyāti || ||
Kass-accayā na vijjanti || kassa natthi apagataṃ¹⁷ ||
ko na sammoham āpādi || ko ca¹⁸ dhīro sadā sato ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. pavedayi.
2 S1-2 theyya na.
3 B. abhāsamānam.
4 S3 na idaṃ.
5 B. ye; SS. anukkamitave-.
6 SS. paṭipadaḷhā.
7 SS. yāyā.
8 S1-2 accaye.
9 SS. apasādetabbaṃ.
10 SS. vo.
11 B. abbhuggaccha; S3 seems to have -gañjum.
12 B. ce.
13 S2 vijjatha.
14 SS. cīdha apagatam; C. cidha apahataṃ.
15 SS. have not na.
16 SS. konīdha.
17 SS. apāhataṃ.
18 SS. ko dha.

[page 025]
I. 4. 6.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 25
Tathāgatassa buddhassa || sabbabhūtānukampino ||
tass¹-accayā na vijjanti || tassa natthi apagataṃ² ||
so na sammoham āpādi || so ca³ dhīro sadā sato ti || ||
Accayaṃ desayantīnaṃ || yo ce na patigaṇhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || yaṃ veraṃ⁴ paṭimuccati ||
taṃ veraṃ nābhinandāmi || paṭigaṇhāmi vo-ccayan ti⁵ || ||

SN_1.1,4.6. Saddhā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ
obhasetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti ||
no ce assaddhiyam⁶ avatiṭṭhati⁷ ||
yaso ca kittī ca tatvassa hoti⁸ ||
saggaṃ ca so gacchati sarīram pahāyā ti || ||
Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ ||
saṃyojanaṃ sabbam atikkameyya ||
taṃ nāmarūpasmim asajjamānaṃ ||
akiñcanaṃ nānupatanti saṅgā ti⁹ ||
Pamādam anuyuñjanti || bālā dummedhino janā ||
appamādaṃ ca medhāvī || dhanaṃ seṭṭham va rakkhati || ||
Mā pamādam¹⁰ anuyuñjetha || mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ¹¹ ||
appamatto hi jhāyanto¹² || pappoti paramaṃ sukhan ti¹³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kassa.
2 SS. apāgataṃ.
3 SS. yo dha.
4 B. sa veraṃ.
5 SS. and C. vo accayan-ti.
6 B. asaddhiyam.
7 S2-3 otiṭṭhanti.
8 So B. and C.; S1 yato sā ca kittī ca taṃ tassa hoti;
S2-3 vatam tassa hoti.
9 See above No. 4.
10 B. Nappamādam.
11 B. kāmaraṃtisandhavam.
12 After -jjhāyanto, C. explains the word upanijjhāyati whose place
in the text is not easy to discern.
13 S2 appoti.

[page 026]
26 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 7.

SN_1.1,4.7. Samayo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu vi-
harati Kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghe-
na saddhim pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahan-
tehi || dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatāyo¹ yebhuyyena sanni-
patitā honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca || ||
2. Atha kho catunnaṃ Suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devatānam²
etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapila-
vatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ
pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || dasahi
ca lokadhātūhi devatāyo yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bha-
gavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca || Yannūna mayaṃ
pi³ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavato santike⁴ pacceka⁵ gāthaṃ bhāseyyāmāti || ||
3. Atha kho tā devatāyo seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso
sammiñjitaṃ vā bāham pasāreyya || pasāritaṃ vā bāham
sammiñjeyya⁶ || evam evaṃ Suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā
Bhagavato purato pātur ahesuṃ⁷ || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Mahāsamayo pavanasmiṃ || devakāyā samāgatā ||
āgatamha imaṃ dhammasamayaṃ ||
dakkhitāye aparājitasaṅghan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu ||
cittam attano ujukam akaṃsu ||
sārathī va nettāni gahetvā ||
indriyāni rakkhanti paṇḍitā ti. || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. devatā here and further on.
2 S3 devānam.
3 SS. omit pi.
4 SS. ca pana instead of Bhagavato santike.
5 B paccekaṃ-.
6 In this very often repeated and well-known passage, B. has always
samañchitaṃ . . . samañcheyya (which I think to be the true reading)
7 SS. ahaṃsu.

[page 027]
I. 4. 8.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 27
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike {imaṃ} gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Chetvā¹ khilam² chetvā palighaṃ ||
indakhīlam ohacca³-m-anejā ||
te caranti suddhā vimalā ||
cakkhumatā⁴ sudantā susunāgā ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā || pa ||
Ye keci Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse ||
na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ⁵ ||
pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ ||
devakāyaṃ paripuressantīti⁶ || ||

SN_1.1,4.8. Sakalikam.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavato pādo⁷ sakalikāya⁸
khato hoti || Bhūsā sudaṃ Bhagavato vedanā⁹ vattanti sa-
rīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
Tā sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihañña-
māno || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā catugguṇam¹⁰ saṅghāṭiṃ paññā-
petvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyam kappesi¹¹ pāde pādam
accādhāya sato sampajāno || ||
4. Atha kho sattasatā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Madda-
kucchim obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam
aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
5. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imam udānam udānesi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 jetvā.
2 S2 khīlaṃ.
3 C. and (I think) S2; B. uhacca; S1 ūhacca; S6 ūpacca.
4 C. cakkhumattā (perhaps for cakkhumantā).
5 SS. apāyaṃ (without bhumim).
6 B. -purissantīti.
7 SS. pāde.
8 So S1 and C.; B. sakkhalikāya; S2-3 sakalikākhato.
9 SS. omit vedanā, perhaps added by B.
10 B. catuguṇaṃ.
11 B. kappeti.

[page 028]
28 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 8.
Nāgo vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || nāgavatā ca samuppannā¹
sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam
udānesi || ||
Sīho vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || sīhavatā ca samuppannā
sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam
udānesi || ||
Ājānīyo vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || ājānīyavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Nisabho vata bho Samaṇo Gotamo || nisabhavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Dhorayho vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || dhorayhavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asāta
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
10. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam
udānam udānesi || ||
Danto vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || dantavatā ca samuppannā
sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
11. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam
udānam udānesi² || ||
Passa samādhi-subhāvitaṃ³ cittaṃ ca vimuttaṃ || na cā-
bhinatam⁴ na cāpanatam⁵ na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayha cārita-
vatam⁶ || Yo evarūpam purisanāgam purisasīhaṃ purisa-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. panuppannā here and further on.
2 SS. imam gātham abhāsi.
3 S2-3 omit samādhi; B. subhāvito; C. samādhiṃ . . . suvimuttiṃ.
4 SS. navāpahiṇatam; C. seems to read abhiṇatam and atiṇatam.
5 SS and C. upaṇatam.
6 B. vāri (?) vāvataṃ; C. dhāritaṃ vataṃ and further on varitvā vattaṃ.

[page 029]
I. 4. 9.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKĀ-VAGGA 4. 29
ājānīyaṃ purisa-nisabhaṃ purisadhorayham purisadantam
atikkamitabbaṃ maññeyya kim aññatra adassanā ti || ||
Pañcavedasataṃ¹ samaṃ || tapassībrāhmaṇācaraṃ² ||
cittaṃ ca nesaṃ na sammā vimuttaṃ ||
hīnattarūpā³ na pāraṃgamā te ||
Taṇhādhipannā vata sīlabaddhā⁴ ||
lūkhaṃ tapaṃ vassasataṃ carantā ||
Cittaṃ ca nesaṃ na sammā vimuttaṃ ||
hīnattarūpā na pāraṃgamā te⁵ || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko araññe viharaṃ pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya pāraṃ⁶ || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto ||
eko araññe viharaṃ appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti || ||

SN_1.1,4.9. Pajjunna-dhītā (1).
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ
viharati mahāvane Kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Kokanadā⁷ Pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya
rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ mahāvanam obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi⁸ ||
3. Ekam antam ṭhitā kho sa devatā Kokanadā Pajjunnassa
dhītā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vesāliyam vane viharantaṃ ||
aggaṃ sattassa sambuddhaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. -vedā-.
2 S3 caraṃti.
3 C. hinatta, and notices the reading hinattha.
4 B. sīlabandhā.
5 SS. add ti.
6 B. -pāranti. See I. 9.
7 B. Kokanudā.
8 This paragraph is missing in SS. They have only Atha kho Kokanadā
Pajjunnassadhītā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi. || ||

[page 030]
30 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 10.
Kokanadā-h-asmiṃ abhivande ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā¹ || ||
Sutam eva me pure² āsi dhammo ||
cakkhumatānubuddho ||
sā-ham dāni³ sakkhi jānāmi ||
munino desayato Sugatassa ||
Ye hi keci ariyadhammaṃ⁴ ||
vigarahantā⁵ caranti dummedhā ||
upenti Roruvaṃ ghoraṃ ||
cirarattaṃ dukkham anubhavanti || ||
Ye ca kho ariyadhamme⁶ ||
khantiyā upasamena upetā ||
pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ ||
devakāyam paripuressantī ti⁷ || ||

SN_1.1,4.10. Pajjunna-dhitā (2).
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ
viharati magāvane Kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Cūḷa-Kokanadā⁸ Pajjunnassa dhītā abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ mahāvanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Cūḷa-Kokanadā Pajju-
nnassa dhītā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idhāgamā⁹ vijjupabhāsavaṇṇā ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā ||
buddhaṃ ca dhammaṃ ca namassamānā ||
gāthā c-imā atthavatī abhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 For the first three padas. SS. have Vesālivane viharagam
(or viharaham; S1 viharantaṃ) sāraṃ (S1 aggasāraṃ) sambuddhaṃ
Kokāhamasmiṃ (S1 -hamismiṃ; S2 hamisviṃ) abhivande.
2 B. omits me; S2-3 sumavamepure-.
3 SS. sādāni.
4 B. ye keci ariyaṃ dhammaṃ.
5 SS. viharantā.
6 B. ariye dhamme.
7 B -purissantīti. See above, No. 7, the two last padas.
8 SS. Culla; B. Kokanudā.
9 SS. Idha-.

[page 031]
I. 5. 1.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 31
Bahunā pi kho taṃ¹ vibhajeyyaṃ ||
pariyāyena tādiso dhammo ||
saṅkhittam atthaṃ lapayissāmi ||
yāvatā me manasā pariyattaṃ || ||
Pāpaṃ na kayirā² vacasā manasā³ ||
kāyena vā⁴ kiñcana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampajaño ||
dukkhaṃ na sevetha anatthasaṃhitan ti⁵ || ||
Satullapakāyika-vaggo catuttho || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sabbhi Maccharinā Sādhu || Na sant-Ujjhānasaññino ||
Saddhā Samayo Sakalikaṃ || ubho Pajjunna-dhītaro ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER V. ĀDITTA-VAGGO.
Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārame || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antam ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||

SN_1.1,5.1. Ādittam.
Ādittasmim agārasmiṃ || yaṃ nīharati bhājanaṃ ||
taṃ tassa hoti atthāya || no ca yaṃ tattha ḍayhatīti⁶ || ||
Evam ādīpito⁷ loko || jarāya maraṇena ca ||
nīhareth-eva dānena || dinnaṃ hoti sunīhataṃ⁸ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. naṃ.
2 S2 kayirātha.
3 S1-3 omit manasā.
4 SS. kāyena vācā (or vāvā: perhaps vā mā)
5 Repetition of the last gāthā of II. 10.
6 SS. ḍayhati.
7 S3 ādipito; B. ādittako.
8 So SS.; B. sunibbhataṃ; C. -nibhattam.

[page 032]
32 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 1.
dinnaṃ sukhaphalaṃ¹ hoti || nādinnam hoti taṃ tathā ||
corā haranti rājāno || aggī² ḍayhati nassati || ||
Atha antena jahāti || sarīraṃ sapariggahaṃ ||
etad aññāya medhāvi || bhuñjetha ca³ dadetha ca ||
datvā⁴ bhutvā ca yathānubhāvaṃ ||
anindito saggam upeti ṭhānan ti || ||

SN_1.1,5.2. Kiṃdada.
Kiṃdado balado hoti || kiṃdado hoti vaṇṇado ||
kiṃdado sukhado hoti || kiṃdado hoti cakkhudo ||
ko⁵ ca sabbadado hoti || taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito || ||
Annado balado hoti || vatthado hoti vaṇṇado ||
yānado sukhado hoti || dīpado hoti cakkhudo ||
so⁶ ca sabbadado hoti || yo dadāti upassayaṃ ||
amataṃ dado ca so hoti || yo dhammam anusāsatīti || ||

SN_1.1,5.3. Annam.
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo⁷ devamānusā ||
atha ko⁸ nāma so yakkho || yam annaṃ nābhinanda-
tīti⁹ || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti¹⁰ || ||

SN_1.1,5.4. Ekamūla.
Ekamūlaṃ dvirāvaṭṭam¹¹ || timalaṃ pañcapattharaṃ ||
samuddaṃ dvādasāvaṭṭaṃ¹² || pātālam atarī¹³ isīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 sukhaṃ phalaṃ; B. phalaṃ sukham.
2 B. aggi.
3 bhuñjetheva.
4 B. adds ca.
5 SS. yo.
6 SS. yo.
7 B. ubhaye.
8 SS. kho.
8 S1-2 yam anu (aṇu?) abhinandati; S3 yam annam abhinandati (see
Devaputta-S. III.3).
10 SS. omit ti; the first of these gāthās will be found again in
Devaputta-S. III. 3.; the last has been seen already in this
Saṃyutta, IV. 2.
11 S3 dvāvaṭṭam; S1-2 dvāvaddhaṃ.
12 S1-2 samudadvādasāvaddhaṃ; S3 samudadvādasāvaṭṭam.
13 S1-3 aratī.

[page 033]
I. 5. 8.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 33

SN_1.1,5.5. Anomiya.
Anomanāmaṃ nipuṇatthadassiṃ¹ ||
paññādadaṃ kāmalaye asattaṃ ||
taṃ passatha sabbaviduṃ sumedhaṃ ||
ariye pathe kamamānaṃ mahesin ti || ||

SN_1.1,5.6. Accharā.
Accharāgaṇasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ || pisācagaṇasevitaṃ ||
vanan-tam mohanaṃ nāma || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti || ||
Ujuko nāma so maggo || abhayā nāma sā disā ||
ratho akujano² nāma || dhammacakkehi saṃyuto³ || ||
Hirī tassa apālambo || saty-assa⁴ parivāraṇam ||
dhammāhaṃ sārathiṃ⁵ brūmi || sammādiṭṭhipure javaṃ || ||
Yassa etādisaṃ⁶ yānaṃ || itthiyā purisassa vā ||
sa ve⁷ etena yānena || nibbānass-eva santike ti || ||

SN_1.1,5.7. Vanaropa (or Vacanam).
Kesaṃ divā ca ratto ca || sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati ||
dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā || ke janā saggagāmino ti || ||
Arāmaropā vanaropā || ye janā setukārakā ||
papañ ca udapānañ ca ||ye dadanti upassayaṃ⁸ ||
tesaṃ divā ca ratto ca || sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati ||
dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā || te janā saggagāmino ti || ||

SN_1.1,5.8. Jetavana.
Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanisevitaṃ ||
āvutthaṃ⁹ dhammarājena || pītisañjananam mama || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nipunatha-.
2 SS. aññūjano, altered to ajañako or ajañano (S3).
3 So B.; C. samyutto; SS. samyutaṃ.
4 SS. satassa.
5 SS. sārathī.
6 S2-3 etādiso.
7 SS. seem to have ce.
8 C. notices the reading upāsayaṃ.
9 S1-2 avuttha; S3 avuttam; B. āvuṭṭham. See Devaputa-S. I. 10

[page 034]
34 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 8.
kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlaṃ jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlena upasamena ca ||
yo pi pāragato¹ bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyāti || ||

SN_1.1,5.9. Macchari.
Ye dha² maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
aññesaṃ dadamānānaṃ || antarāyakarā narā || ||
kiṃdiso³ tesaṃ vipāko || samparāyo ca kiṃdiso ||
bhavantaṃ⁴ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu tam
mayan ti || ||
Ye dha maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
aññesaṃ dadamānānam || antarāyakarā narā || ||
nirayaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ || yamalokam uppajjare ||
sace enti manussattaṃ || dalidde jāyare kule || ||
coḷaṃ piṇḍo ratī khiḍḍā || yattha kicchena⁵ labbhati ||
parato āsiṃsare bālā || tam pi tesaṃ na labbhati ||
diṭṭhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye⁶ ca duggatīti || ||
Iti h-etam vijānāma || aññaṃ pucchāma Gotama⁷ ||
ye dha⁸ laddhā manussattaṃ || vadaññū vītamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saṅghe ca tibbagāravā || ||
kiṃdiso⁹ tesaṃ vipāko || samparāyo ca kiṃdiso ||
bhavantaṃ¹⁰ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ
mayan ti || ||
Ye dha laddhā manussattam || vadaññū vītamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saṅghe tibbagāravā ||
ete sagge pakāsenti¹¹ || yattha te upapajjare¹² || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. pāraṃ gato.
2 B. Ye ca; SS. Ye dhammaccharino.
3 SS. kīdiso.
4 SS. Bhagavantam.
5 B. yatthākiccena.
6 S1-2 samparāyo.
7 SS. Gotamaṃ.
8 B. Ye ca here and further on.
9 SS. kīdiso.
10 SS. Bhagavantam.
11 B. saggā pakāsanti.
12 B. upapajjare; SS. uppajjare here and above.

[page 035]
I. 5. 10.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 35
sace enti manussattaṃ || aḍḍhe ajāyare kule ||
coḷaṃ piṇḍo ratī khiḍḍā || yatthākicchena¹ labbhati || ||
parasambhatesu bhogesu || vasavattīva modare² ||
diṭṭhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye³ ca suggatīti || ||

SN_1.1,5.10. Ghaṭīkaro.
Avihaṃ upapannāse || vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
Ke ca te⁴ ataruṃ paṅkaṃ⁵ || maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ ||
te⁶ hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam⁷ upaccagun ti || ||
Upako Phalagaṇḍo ca⁸ || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaṇḍadevo ca⁹ || Bāhuraggi¹⁰ ca Piṅgiyo¹¹ ||
te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun ti || ||
Kusalaṃ¹² bhāsasi¹³ tesaṃ || mārapāsappahāyinaṃ ||
kassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ¹⁴ bhavabhandha-
nan ti || ||
Na aññatra Bhagavatā || naññatra¹⁵ tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandha-
naṃ || ||
yattha nāmañca rupañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taṃ te dhammam idha ñāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandha-
nan ti || ||
Gambhīraṃ bhāsasi¹⁶ vācaṃ || dubbijānam sudubbudhaṃ ||
kassa tvaṃ dhammam aññaya¹⁷ || vācam¹⁸ bhāsasi īdisan-
ti || ||
Kumbhakāro pure āsiṃ || Vehaḷiṅge¹⁹ ghaṭīkaro ||
mātāpettibharo āsiṃ || Kassapassa upāsako²⁰ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S. 1-3 yattha kicchena; B. yatthākiccena (as above).
2 S1 vasavattīva-; B. vasavatti pamodare.
3 C. and S1-2 samparāyo.
4 S1-3 Ko ca ko ca; S2 Ko ca ke.
5 SS. saṅgam.
6 SS. ke.
7 SS. dibbaṃ yogaṃ.
8 B. Palagaṇḍo.
9 SS. Bhaddiko Bhaddadevo ca.
10 SS. Bahudantī.
11 B. Siṅgiyo
12 SS kusalī.
13 SS. bhāsasī.
14 SS. acchidam here and further on; but in the Devaputta-S. acchiduṃ.
15 SS. na aññatra.
16 SS. bhāsasī.
17 S1-3 dhammam ñāya.
18 SS. vācā.
19 Or Vebhalinge; B. Vekaḷinge here and further on.
20 SS.1-3 add ti.

[page 036]
36 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 10.
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā te sagāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte¹ satta bhikkhave² ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇe || tiṇṇe³ loke visattikan ti || ||
Evam etaṃ tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhaggava ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭikāro ||
mātāpettibharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhā ti || ||
evam etaṃ purāṇānaṃ || sahāyānam ahu saṅgamo ||
ubhinnaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ || sarīrantimadhārinan ti⁴ || ||
Āditta-vaggo pañcamo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ ||
Ādittaṃ Kiṃdadam Annaṃ ||
Ekamūla Anomiyaṃ ||
Accharā Vanaropetaṃ5 ||
Maccherena Ahaṭīkaro ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER VI. JARĀ-VAGGO.

SN_1.1,6.1. Jarā.
Kiṃsu yāva jarā sādhu || kiṃsu sādhu patiṭṭhitaṃ⁶ ||
kiṃsu narānaṃ ratanaṃ || kiṃsu corehi duharan ti || ||
Sīlaṃ yāva jarā sādhu || saddhā sādhu patiṭṭhitā⁷ ||
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ || puññaṃ corehi duharan ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.2. Ajarasā.
Kiṃsu ajarasā sādhu || kiṃsu sādhu adhiṭṭhitaṃ ||
kiṃsu narānaṃ ratanaṃ || kiṃsu corehi ahāriyan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vimuttā; S2 vimutto.
2 SS. bhikkhavo.
3 S1 -khīṇo tiṇṇo.
4 All these gāthās will be found again in Devaputta-S. III. 4.
5 S3 khīṇā tiṇṇā; S1-2 vacanam jeto; S3 vatamaṃ jeto.
6 B. patiṭṭhitā.
7 SS. patiṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 037]
I. 6. 6.] JARĀ-VAGGA 6. 37
Sīlam ajarasā sādhu || saddhā sādhu adhiṭṭhitā¹ ||
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ || puññaṃ corehi hāriyan ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.3. Mittam.
Kiṃsu pathavato² mittaṃ || kiṃsu mittaṃ sake ghare ||
kiṃ mittaṃ³ atthajātassa || kiṃ mittam samparāyikan-
ti || ||
Sattho⁴ pathavato⁵ mittam || mātā mittaṃ sake ghare ||
sahāyo atthajātassa || hoti mittaṃ punappunaṃ ||
sayam katāni puññāni || taṃ mittaṃ samparāyikan ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.4. Vatthu.
Kiṃsu vatthu manussānaṃ || kiṃsu-dha paramā sakhā ||
kiṃsu bhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti⁶ || ||
Puttā vatthu⁷ manussānaṃ || bhariyā ca paramā sakhā ||
vuṭṭhibhūtā⁸ upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.5. Janaṃ (1).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu⁹ tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi¹⁰ || kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayan ti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || dukkham assa mahabbhayan ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.6. Janaṃ (2).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi || kismā¹¹ na parimuccatīti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || dukkhā na parimuccatī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. adhiṭṭhitaṃ.
2 SS. pavasato.
3 SS. kiṃ nimittam.
4 S3 satto
5 SS. pañcasato.
6 B. pathavīsitātī.
7 SS. vatthuṃ.
8 SS. vutthiṃ bhūtā.
9 SS. omit su.
10 B. āpādī always.
11 SS. kissā.

[page 038]
38 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 6. 7.

SN_1.1,6.7. Janaṃ (3).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi || kiṃsu tassa parāyanan ti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || kammaṃ tassa parāyanan ti¹ || ||

SN_1.1,6.8. Uppatho.2
Kiṃsu uppatho akkhāti || kiṃsu rattindivakkhayo ||
kiṃ malaṃ³ brahmacariyassa || kim sinānam anodakan-
ti || ||
Rāgo uppatho akkhāti⁴ || vayo rattindivakkhayo ||
itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa || etthāyaṃ sajjate⁵ pajā ||
tapo brahmacariyañca || taṃ sinānam anodakan ti || ||

SN_1.1,6.9. Dutiyo.
Kiṃsu dutiyaṃ purisassa hoti || kiṃsu c-enaṃ pasāsati ||
kissa cābhirato⁶ macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti || paññā c-enaṃ pasāsati ||
nibbānābhirato macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||

SN_1.1,6.10. Kavi.
Kiṃsu nidānaṃ gāthānaṃ⁷ || kiṃsu tāsaṃ viyañjanaṃ⁷ ||
kiṃsu sannissitā gāthā || kiṃsu gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Chando nidānaṃ gāthānaṃ || akkharā tāsaṃ viyañja-
naṃ⁸ ||
nāmasannissitā⁹ gāthā || kavi¹⁰ gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Jarā-vaggo chaṭṭho ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Jarā Ajarasā Mittaṃ || Vatthu tīṇi Janāni ca ||
Uppatho ca Dutiyo ca || Kavinā purito vaggo ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 parāyaṇaṇ-ti.
2 These verses recur below I. 8.6.
3 SS. mūlaṃ.
4 SS. akkhāto.
5 SS. sajjato.
6 SS. kissābhirato.
7 B. kiṃsu gāthānaṃ byañjanaṃ.
8 B. akkhārānaṃ viyāñjanaṃ.
9 S2 nassitti (or nassinti) ssitā.
10 S1-3 kavī.

[page 039]
I. 7. 5.] ADDHA-VAGGA 7. 39

___________________________________________

CHAPTER VII. ADDHA-VAGGO.

SN_1.1,7.1. NĀMAM.
Kiṃsu sabbaṃ addhabhavi¹ || kismā² bhīyo na vijjati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
Nāmam sabbam addhabhavi || nāmā bhīyo na vijjati ||
nāmassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.2. Cittam.
Kenassu nīyati³ loko || kenassu parikissati⁴ ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagūti || ||
Cittena nīyati⁵ loko || cittena parikissati ||
cittassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagūti || ||

SN_1.1,7.3. Taṇhā.
Kenassu nīyati loko || kenassu parikissati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
Taṇhāya nīyati loko || taṇhāya parikissati ||
taṇhāya ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.4. Samyojana.
Kiṃsu saṃyojano loko || kiṃsu tassa vicāraṇam ||
kissassa⁶ vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatīti || ||
Nandī saṃyojano loko || vitakk-assa vicāraṇam⁷ ||
taṇhāya vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatīti || ||

SN_1.1,7.5. Bandhana.
Kiṃsu sambandhano loko || kiṃsu tassa vicāranaṃ || ||
kissassa vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. aṭṭha-; C. anda- and also andha-.
2 S1-3 kissā.
3 S1 nīyatīm (?); S2-3 nīyataṃ.
4 B. parikassati always.
5 SS. nīyatī here and further on.
6 B. kissassu here and further on.
7 B. (supported by C.) vicāranā here and further on.

[page 040]
40 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 7. 5.
Nandī sambandhano loko || vitakk-assa vicāranaṃ ||
taṇhāya vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.6. Abbhāhata.
Kenassu-bbhāhato¹ loko || kenassu² parivārito ||
kena sallena otiṇṇo || kissa dhūpāyito³ sadā ti || ||
Maccunābbhāhato loko || jarāya parivārito ||
taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo || icchādhūpāyito⁴ sadā ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.7. Uḍḍito.
Kenassu uḍḍito⁵ loko || kenassu parivārito ||
kenassu⁶ pihito loko || kismiṃ loko patiṭṭhito ti || ||
Taṇhāya uḍḍito loko || jarāya parivārito ||
maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiṭṭhito ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.8. Pihito.
Kenassu pihito loko || kosmiṃ loko patiṭṭhito || ||
kenassu uḍḍito⁷ loko || kenassu parivārito ti || ||
Maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiṭṭhito ||
taṇhāya uḍḍito loko || jarāya parivārito ti || ||

SN_1.1,7.9. Icchā.
Kenassu bajjhati⁸ loko || kissa vinayāya muccati ||
kissassu⁹ vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan-
ti || ||
Icchāya bajjhati loko || icchāvinayāya muccati ||
icchāya vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. kenassabbhāsato.
2 SS. kenassa.
3 SS. kissā dhūmāyito
4 SS. dhūmāyito.
5 S1 seems to have uccito here and further on, and also S2-3 except
in one passage; C. uddito.
6 SS. kenassa.
7 S2-3 uḍḍito here only.
8 SS. kenassa ba (S1 ma-) jjhati.
9 SS. kissassa.

[page 041]
I. 8. 2.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 41

SN_1.1,7.10. Loka.
Kismiṃ loko samuppanno || kismiṃ kubbati santhavaṃ ||
kissā¹ loko upādāya || kismiṃ loko vihaññatīti || ||
Chasu² loko samuppanno || chasu kubbati santhavaṃ ||
channam eva upādāya || chasu loko vihaññatīti || ||
Addha-vaggo sattamo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Nāmam Cittaṃ ca Taṇhā ca ||
Saṃyojanaṃ ca Bandhanā ||
Abbhāhat-Uḍḍito3 Pihito ||
Icchā Lokena te dasā ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER VIII. CHETVĀ-VAGGO.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||

SN_1.1,8.1. Chetvā.
Kiṃsu chetvā⁴ sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa⁵ ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamā ti || ||
Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socāti ||
kodhassa vīsamūlassa || madhuraggassa devate ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti⁶ || ||

SN_1.1,8.2. Ratha.
Kiṃsu rathassa paññāṇaṃ || kiṃsu paññāṇam aggino ||
kiṃsu raṭṭhassa paññāṇaṃ || kiṃsu paññāṇam itthiyā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. kismiṃ.
2 S1-3 chassu.
3 S2-3 (and perhaps S1) have uḍḍito here.
4 SS. jhatvā here and further on; C. ghatvā.
5 B. kissassu.
6 These gāthās will be found again three times (Devaputta-S. I. 3;
Brahmāṇa-S. I. 1; Sakka-S. III. 1.

[page 042]
42 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 8. 2.
Dhajo rathassa paññāṇam || dhūmo paññāṇam aggino ||
rājā raṭṭhassa paññāṇam || bhattā paññāṇam itthiyāti || ||

SN_1.1,8.3. Vitta.
Kiṃsūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
kiṃsu suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
kiṃsu have sādutaraṃ¹ rasānaṃ ||
kathaṃ² jīviṃ jūvitam āhu seṭṭhan ti || ||
Saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭham ||
dhammo suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaram rasānam ||
paññājīviṃ jīvitaṃ āhu setthaṇ ti³ || ||

SN_1.1,8.4. Vuṭṭhi.
Kiṃsu uppatataṃ seṭṭham || kiṃsu nipatataṃ varaṃ ||
kiṃsu pavajamānānaṃ || kiṃsu pavadataṃ varan ti || ||
Bījam⁴ uppatataṃ seṭṭham || vuṭṭhi nipatatam varā⁵ ||
gāvo pavajamānānam || putto pavadataṃ varo ti || ||
Vijjā uppatataṃ seṭṭhā⁶ || avijjā nipatataṃ varā ||
saṅgho pavajamānānaṃ || buddho pavadataṃ varo ti || ||

SN_1.1,8.5. Bhītā.
Kiṃsūdha bhīrā⁷ janatā anekā ||
maggo v-anekāyatanaṃ pavutto ||
pucchāmi taṃ Gotama bhūripañña ||
kismiṃ ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye ti || ||
Vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā ||
kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno ||
bahvannapānaṃ⁸ gharam āvasanto ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. sādhutaram.
2 B. kiṃsu.
3 These gāthās will be found again, Yakkha-S. 12.
4 B. Vijam; S2-3 Bījā.
5 S3 varaṃ.
6 SS. seṭṭhaṃ.
7 S3 gītaṃ.
8 B. and C. bahunna-.

[page 043]
I. 8. 7.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 43
saddho mudū {saṃvibhāgī} vadaññū ||
etesu dhammesu ṭhito catusu ||
paralokaṃ na bhāye ti || ||

SN_1.1,8.6. Na jīrati.
Kiṃ¹ jīrati kiṃ na jīrati || kiṃ¹ uppatho ti vuccati ||
kiṃsu dhammānaṃ paripantho² || kiṃsu rattindivakkha-
yo³ ||
kiṃ malaṃ brahmacariyassa || kiṃ sinānam anodakaṃ ||
kati lokasmiṃ chiddāni || yattha cittaṃ na tiṭṭhati⁴ ||
bhavantaṃ⁵ puṭṭhum āgamma || katham jānemu tam ma-
yan ti || ||
Rūpaṃ jīrati maccānam || nāmagottaṃ na jīrati ||
rāgo uppatho ti vuccati || lobho dhammānaṃ paripan-
tho⁶ ||
vayo rattindivakkhayo || itthi malam brahmacariyassa ||
etthāyam sajjate7 pajā ||
tapo ca brahmacariyañca || tam sinānam anodakaṃ⁸ || ||
Cha lokasmiṃ chiddāni⁹ yattha cittaṃ na tiṭṭhati ||
alassañca¹⁰ pamādoca || anuṭṭhānaṃ asaṃyamo ||
niddā tandī ca te chidde || sabbaso taṃ vivajjaye ti || ||

SN_1.1,8.7. Issaraṃ.
Kiṃsu issariyaṃ loke || kiṃsu bhaṇḍānam uttamaṃ ||
kiṃsu satthamalaṃ¹¹ loke || kiṃsu lokasmim abbudaṃ || ||
kiṃsu harantaṃ¹² vārenti || haranto¹² pana¹³ ko piyo ||
kiṃsu punappanāyantaṃ || abhinandanti paṇḍitāti || ||
Vaso¹⁴ issariyaṃ loke || itthi bhaṇḍānam¹⁵ uttamaṃ ||
kodho satthamalam loke || corā lokasmim abbudā || ||
coram harantaṃ¹⁶ vārenti || haranto¹⁷ samaṇo piyo ||
samaṇam punappunāyantaṃ || abhinandanti paṇḍitāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. kiṃsu.
2 B. paribandho.
3 B. rattidiva- here and further on.
4 S1 cittena tiṭṭhati.
5 SS. Bhagavantaṃ.
6 B. paribandho.
7 S2-3 sajjato.
8 See above, VI. 8.
9 B. chinde lokasmim cha chiddāni.
10 B. ālasyañca.
11 S3 satthāmalaṃ; B. satta-.
12 S2-3 harentam . . . harento.
13 B. haranto vā pana.
14 So B. and C.; SS. vayo.
15 SS. bhaccānam here (and above, except S2).
16 S1 harante; S2 harenti (or te); S3 harente.
17 S2-3 harento.

[page 044]
44 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 8. 8.

SN_1.1,8.8. Kāma.
Kiṃ atthakāmo na dade || kiṃ macco na pariccaje ||
kiṃsu mucceyya¹ kalyāṇam² || pāpiyaṃ³ ca na mocaye-
ti || ||
Attānaṃ na dade poso || attānam na pariccaje ||
vācaṃ muñceyya kalyāṇiṃ⁴ || pāpikaṃ⁵ ca na mocaye
ti || ||

SN_1.1,8.9. Pātheyyaṃ.
Kiṃsu bandhati pātheyyaṃ || kiṃsu bhogānam āsayo ||
kiṃsu naraṃ parikassati⁶ || kiṃsu lokasmiṃ dujjahaṃ ||
kismiṃ baddhā⁷ puthusattā || pāsena sakunī yathā ti || ||
Saddhā bandhati pātheyyam || siri⁸ bhogānam āsayo ||
icchā naram parikassati || icchā lokasmiṃ dujjahā ||
icchābaddhā⁹ puthusattā || pāsena sakuṇī yathā ti || ||

SN_1.1,8.10. Pajjoto.
Kiṃsu lokasmiṃ pajjoto || kiṃsu lokasmiṃ jāgaro ||
kiṃsu kamme sajīvānaṃ || kim assa¹⁰ iriyāpatho. || ||
kiṃsu alasam analasañca¹¹ || mātā puttaṃ va posati ||
kiṃsu bhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sītāti¹² || ||
Paññā lokasmiṃ pajjoto || sati lokasmiṃ jāgaro ||
gāvo kamme sajīvānaṃ || sītassa¹³ iriyāpatho ||
vuṭṭhi alasam analasañca¹⁴ || mātā puttaṃ va posati ||
vuṭṭhibhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti¹⁵ || ||

SN_1.1,8.11. Araṇā.
Kesu-dha araṇā loke || kesaṃ vusiṭaṃ na nassati ||
ke-dha icchaṃ¹⁶ parijānanti || kesaṃ bhojisiyaṃ sadā || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS.
2 SS. kalyāṇi.
3 B. pāpikaṃ here and further on.
4 B. kalyāṇam.
5 SS. pāpiyaṃ.
6 SS. parikaḍḍhati; C. has parikassati, but explains parikaḍḍhati.
7 B. bandhā.
8 B. sīri.
9 B. icchabandhā.
10 SS. kiṃsucassa.
11 So S1-3; S2 alasaṃ nalasañca; B. ālasyānalasyamca
12 B. Pathavīsitā.
13 B. and S2 sitassa.
14 B. vittam ālasyānālasyaṃ.
15 See above, above, VI. 4.
16 S1 kedhammacchaṃ; S2 ko-; S3 kedhammacchā.

[page 045]
I. 8. 11.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 45
kiṃsu mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ ||
kaṃsu idha¹ jātihīnaṃ || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Samaṇīdha araṇā loke || samaṇānaṃ vusitaṃ na nassati ||
samaṇā icchaṃ² parijānanti || samaṇānaṃ bhojisiyaṃ
sadā || ||
Samaṇaṃ mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ ||
samaṇīdha³ jātihīnaṃ || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Chetvā-vaggo aṭṭhamo ||
Tass-uddānam
Chetvā Rathaṃ ca Vittaṃ ca ||
Vuṭṭhi Bhītā Na-jīrati ||
Issaraṃ Kāmaṃ Pātheyyaṃ ||
Pajjoto Araṇena cā ti || ||
Devatā-Samyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. kiṃsu; S1-2 kaṃsudha; S3 kiṃsudha.
2 S1-3 icchā.
3 B. C. S2-3 samaṇidha.

[page 046]
46

********************************************

BOOK II.- DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTAM.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGO.

SN_1.2,1.1. Kassapo (1).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Atha kho
Kassapo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo
kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antam ṭhito¹ kho Kassapo
devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhikkhuṃ Bha-
gavā pakāsesi no ca bhikkhuno anusāsan ti² || ||
2. Tena hi Kassapa taññev-etthā³ paṭibhātūti || ||
3. Subhāsitassa sikkhetha⁴ || samaṇupāsanassa ca ||
ekāsanassa ca raho || cittavūpāsamassa cā ti || ||
4. Idam avoca Kassapo devaputto || samanuñño satthā
ahosi || || Atha kho Kassapo devaputto samanuñño me
satthāti Bhagavantaṃ vanditvā⁵ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-
ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.2,1.2. Kassapo (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ ārāme || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kassapo devaputto Bhagavato
santike {imaṃ} gātham abhāsi || ||
Bhikkhu siyā jhāyī6 vimuttacitto ||
ākaṅkhe ca7 hadayassānuppattiṃ ||
lokassa ñatvā udayabbayañca8 ||
sucetaso asito9 tadānisaṃso ti10 || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. ṭhitā.
2 So B. and C.; S3 anusāsaninti; S1-2 anusāsininti.
3 SS. seem to have naññe-.
4 S3 bhikkhetha.
5 SS. abhivādetvā.
6 S1-3 jhāyi (S2 omits yi).
7 B. ce; omitted by S3.
8 SS. udayavyayañca.
9 B. and C. anissito.
10 This verse will be found again, Devaputta-S. II. 3.

[page 047]
II. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMO-VAGGA 1. 47

SN_1.2,1.3. Māgho.
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māgho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho¹ Māgho
devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kiṃsu chetvā² sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā² na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamāti || ||
4. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa Vatrabhū ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti³ || ||

SN_1.2,1.4. Māgadho.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Māgadho⁴ devaputto Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kati lokasmiṃ pajjotā || yehi loko pakāsati ||
bhavantaṃ⁵ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ janemu taṃ
mayan ti || ||
2. Cattāro loke pajjotā⁶ || pañcam-ettha na vajjati ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā ||
atha aggi divārattiṃ || tattha tattha pakāsati ||
sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti⁷ || ||

SN_1.2,1.5. Dāmali.
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Dāmali⁸ devaputto abhikkantāyā rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho
Dāmali devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
3. Karaṇīyam ettha⁹ brāhmaṇena || padhānam akilāsunā ||
kāmānaṃ vippahānena || na tenāsiṃsate bhavan ti || ||
4. Natthi kiccaṃ brāhmaṇassa¹⁰ || Dāmalīti¹¹ Bhagavā ||
katakicco hi¹² brāhmaṇo || || Yāva na gādham labhati ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 ṭhitā-; S3 ṭhitā kho sā M-.
2 SS. jhatvā always as above and futher on.
3 See above, Devatā-S. VIII.1.
4 SS. Māgho.
5 SS. bhagavantaṃ.
6 S1-3 (perhaps SS.) lokapajjotā.
7 See above, Devatā-S. III. 6.
8 SS. Dāmalo.
9 SS. etaṃ.
10 S1-2 Brāhmaṇa natthi kiccassa (S3 kissa).
11 B. adds ca.
12 B. ti.

[page 048]
48 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 1. 5.
nadīsu1 āyūhati sabbagattehi jantu ||
gādhaṃ ca laddhāna thale ṭhito so ||
nāyūhati pāragato hi so ti2 || ||
es-upamā3 Dāmali brāhmaṇassa ||
khīṇāsavassa nipakassa jhāyino ||
pappuyya jāti-maraṇassa antaṃ ||
nāyūhati pāragato hi so ti4 || ||

SN_1.2,1.6. Kāmado.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kāmado devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
2. Dukkaram Bhagavā sudukkaraṃ Bhagavāti || ||
Dukkaram vā pi karonti || (Kāmadā ti Bhagavā) || sekha-
sīlasamāhitā ṭhitattā ||
anagāriyupetassa || tuṭṭhi hoti sukhāvahā ti || ||
3. Dullabhā Bhagavā yadidaṃ tuṭṭhī ti || ||
Dullabhaṃ vā pi labhanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) cittavū-
pasame ratā ||
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca⁵ || bhāvanāya rato mano ti || ||
4. Dussamādahaṃ Bhagavā yad idaṃ cittan ti || ||
Dussamādahaṃ vāpi samādahanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) ||
indriyūpasame ratā ||
te chetvā maccuno jālaṃ || ariyā gacchanti Kāmadāti || ||
5. Duggamo Bhagavā visamo maggo ti || ||
Duggame visame vā pi || ariyā gacchanti Kāmada⁶ ||
anariyā visame magge || papatanti avaṃsirā ||
ariyānaṃ samo maggo || ariyā hi visame samā ti || ||

SN_1.2,1.7. Pañcālacaṇḍo.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcālacaṇḍo devaputto Bhaga-
vato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sambādhe vata okāsaṃ || avindi bhūrimedhaso ||
yo jhānam abuddhi buddho⁷ || patilīnanisabho munīti || ||
2. Sambādhe vāpi vindanti⁸ || (Pañcālacaṇḍāti Bhagavā) ||
dhammaṃ9 nibbānapattiyā ||
ye satiṃ paccalatthaṃsu¹⁰ || sammā¹¹ te susamāhitā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. nadesu.
2 S1 bhihoti; S2-3 bhāragato hi sūpamā.
3 SS. sūpamā.
4 SS. hi hohīti.
5 S1 divācaraṃto ca; S3 (and perhaps2) divācaranto ca.
6 All the MSS. kāmadā.
7 S1 yo jhānaṃ buddhābuddho; S3 yojhānam abuddhābuddho;
S2 yo jhānam buddho buddho (perhaps as S1).
8 B. sambādhe pi ca tiṭṭhanti.
9 B. dhammā-.
10 B. paccaladdhaṃsu.
11 S2-3 sammate-.

[page 049]
II. 1. 8] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 49

SN_1.2,1.8. Tāyano.
1. Atha kho Tāyano¹ devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ
ṭhito kho Tāyano devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
2. Chinda sotaṃ parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaṇa ||
nappahāya muni² kāme || n-ekattam³ upapajjatīti || ||
Kayirañ ce kayirath'; -enaṃ⁴ || daḷham enaṃ parakkame ||
sithilo⁵ hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ || ||
Akatam dukkataṃ seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataṃ ||
kataṃ ca sukataṃ⁶ seyyo || yaṃ katvā nānutappati || ||
Kuso yathā duggahīto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭham⁷ || nirayāyūpakaḍḍhati⁸ || ||
Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ⁹ kammaṃ || saṅkiliṭṭham ca yaṃ
vataṃ ||
saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ || na taṃ hoti mahappha-
lan ti¹⁰ || ||
3. Idam avoca Tāyano devaputto || idaṃ vatvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yīti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū
āmantesi || ||
5. Imaṃ bhikkhavo rattiṃ Tāyano nāma devaputto purā-
ṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo¹¹ kevala-
kappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā mam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Tāyano devaputto mama santike imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
6. Chinda sotam parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaṇa ||
nappahāya muni kāme || n-ekattam upapajjati ||
Kayirañce kayirath-enaṃ || daḷham enaṃ parakkame ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 Atha kho yātāyano.
2 SS. munī.
3 SS. ekattam (or ekantaṃ).
4 B. kayirāce kariyāthenaṃ here and further on.
5 S1-2 saṭhilo; S3 saṭṭhilo.
6 B. dukkaṭam . . . tappati . . . sukaṭam.
7 S1-2 dupparāmaddhaṃ.
8 SS. nirayāya upa-.
9 SS. saṭhilaṃ.
10 All these verses save the first are the same as 311-314 of the
Dhammapada; but the order is not the same.
11 SS. -vaṇṇā.

[page 050]
50 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 1. 8.
sithilo hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ ||
Akataṃ dukkataṃ seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataṃ ||
kataṃ ca sukataṃ seyyo || yaṃ katvā nānutappati ||
Kuso yathā duggahīto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāmaññaṃ dupparāpaṭṭham || nirayāyūpakaḍḍhati ||
Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ ||
saṅkiliṭṭhaṃ ca yaṃ vataṃ ||
saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ ||
na taṃ hoti magapphalan ti¹ || ||
7. Idam avoca bhikkhave Tāyano devaputto || idaṃ vatvā
maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyi ||
Uggaṇhātha bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā || pariyāpuṇātha bhi-
kkhave Tāyanagāthā || atthasaṃhitā bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā
ādibrahmacariyikāti || ||

SN_1.2,1.9. Candima.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
Tena kho pana samayena Candimā devaputto Rāhunā
asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Candimā devaputto Bhaga-
vantam anussaramāno tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vīr-atthu || vippamutto si sabbabhi ||
sambādhapaṭippanno-smi || tassa me saraṇaṃ bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Candimaṃ devaputtam ārabbha
Rāhum asurindaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Tathāgatam arahantaṃ || Candimā saranaṃ gato ||
Rāhu candaṃ pamuñcassu || dubbhā lokānukampakāti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Candimaṃ devaputtaṃ muñ-
citvā taramānarūpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rāhum asurindaṃ Vepacitti asurindo
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu candaṃ pamuñcasi ||
saṃviggarūpo āgamma || kinnu bhīto va tiṭṭhasīti || ||
6. Sattabhā me phale muddhā || jīvanto na sukhaṃ labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihīto-mhi² || no ce muñceyya Candiman-
ti³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Same remarks as above for the whole.
2 SS. -gāthābhigīto-.
3 Already published (from the Paritta) with the differing gātha of
the next sutta (Journal Asiatique, Oct.-Dec. 1871, p. 226-7).

[page 051]
II. 2. 1.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 51
10 Suriyo.
1. Tena kho pana samayena Suriyo devaputto Rāhunā
asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Suriyo devaputto Bhaga-
vantam anussaramāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vīra-tthu || vippamutto si sabbadhi ||
sambādhapaṭippanno-smi || tassa me saraṇaṃ bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Suriyaṃ devaputtaṃ ārabbha Rāhum
asurindaṃ gāthāya¹ ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tathāgatam arahantam || suriyo saraṇaṃ gato ||
Rāhu pamuñca suriyaṃ || buddhā lokānukampakā ti || ||
Yo andhakāre tamasi pabhaṃkaro² || verocano maṇḍalī
uggatejo ||
mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe || pajaṃ mama³ Rāhu
pamuñca suriyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Suriyaṃ devaputtaṃ muñcitvā
taramānarūpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rāhuṃ asurindaṃ Vepacitti asurindo
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu suriyam pamuñcasi ||
saṃviggarūpo āgamma || kinnu bhīto tiṭṭhasīti || ||
6. Sattadhā me phale muddhā || jīvanto na sukhaṃ labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihito-mhi⁴ || no ce muñceyya suriyan ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaṃ ||
Dve Kassapā ca Māgho ca || Māgadho Dāmali⁵ Kāmado ||
Pañcālacaṇḍo ca Tāyano || Candima-Suriyena te dasāti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. -- ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.

SN_1.2,2.1. Candimaso.
Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
1. Atha kho Candimaso⁶ devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenaḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 gāthābiya.
2 SS. tamasī; B. pabhākaro.
3 B. mamaṃ.
4 S3 gāthābhigīto; S1 -bhihīno.
5 SS. Dāmalo.
6 So all the MSS.; but, in the uddāna, Candimāso.

[page 052]
52 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 1.
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito
kho Candimaso devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi || ||
2. Te hi sotthiṃ gamissanti || kacche vāmakase¹ magā ||
jhānāni upasampajja || ekodinipakā satā ti || ||
Te hi pāram gamissanti || chetvā jālaṃ va² ambujo ||
jhānāni upasampajja || appamattā raṇaṃ jahā ti || ||

SN_1.2,2.2. Veṇḍu.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Veṇḍu³ devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Sukhitā va⁴ te manujā || Sugataṃ payirūpāsiya ||
yuñja⁵ Gotamasāsane || appamattānusikkhare ti || ||
Ye me pavutte satthipade⁶ || (Veṇḍūti Bhagavā) anu-
sikkhanti jhāyino ||
kāle te appamajjantā || na maccuvasaṅgā⁷ siyun ti || ||

SN_1.2,2.3. Dīghalaṭṭhi.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho Dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo⁸ kevalakappaṃ Veḷuvanam obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antam aṭṭāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Dīgha-
laṭṭhi devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi⁹ || ||
3. Bhikkhu siyā jhāyī vimuttacitto¹⁰ ||
ākaṅkhe ca¹¹ hadayassānupattiṃ ||
lokassa ñatvā udayabbayaṃ ca ||
sucetaso asito tadānisaṃso ti¹² || ||

SN_1.2,2.4. Nandano.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nandano devaputto Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Pucchāmi taṃ Gotama bhūripaññaṃ¹³ ||
anāvaṭaṃ¹⁴ Bhagavato ñāṇadassanaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. kacche va amakase-.
2 SS. jālañca.
3 S2-3 Veṇṇu; S1 Vennu; C. Veṇḍo.
4 SS. vata.
5 SS. yajja.
6 B. siṭṭhipade.
7 S3 maccuvasagā; S1-2 muccavasagā.
8 SS. -vaṇṇā.
9 SS. Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
10 SS. vippamuttacitto.
11 B. ce; SS. have not ca nor ce.
12 See above I. 2; same varieties of reading beyond those here noticed.
13 B. bhūripañña.
14 C. anāvaṭṭaṃ.

[page 053]
II. 2. 7.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 53
Kathaṃ vidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ paññāvantam vadanti ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ dukkham aticca iriyati¹ ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ devatā pūjayantīti² || ||
2. Yo sīlavā paññavā bhāvitatto ||
samāhito jhānarato satimā³ ||
sabb-assa sokā vigatā pahīnā⁴ ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī⁵ || ||
Tathāvidhaṃ sīlavantam vadanti ||
tathāvidhaṃ paññāvantaṃ vadanti ||
tathāvidho dukkhaṃ aticca iriyati ||
tathāvidhaṃ devatā pūjayantīti || ||

SN_1.2,2.5. Candana.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Candano devaputto Bhagavantaṃ
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kathaṃ su tarati⁶ oghaṃ || rattindivam atandito ||
appatiṭṭhe anālambe || ko gambhīre na sīdatīti ||
2. Sabbadā sīlasampanno || paññavā susamāhito ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ ||
virato kāmasaññāya || rūpasaññojanātigo ||
nandībhavaparikkhīṇo⁷ || so gambhīre⁸ na sīdatīti || ||

SN_1.2,2.6. Sudatto
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho⁹ Sudatto devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāno¹⁰ va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
2. Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāno va matthake ||
sakkāya diṭṭhippahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.2,2.7. Subrahmā.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Subrahmā devaputto Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Niccam utrastam idaṃ cittaṃ || niccam ubiggam idaṃ
mano ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 irīyati.
2 S2-3 pūjayanti.
3 SS. jhānapatī satīmā.
4 B. pahinnā.
5 SS. hantima-.
6 S1 ko sūdha tarati; S2-3 kosūdhatari.
7 So SS. and C.; B. nandīrāga.
8 C. adds mahoghe.
9 SS. add vā.
10 B. ḍayhamāne here and further on.
11 See above, Devatā-S. III. 1.

[page 054]
54 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 7.
anuppannesu kiccesu || atho uppattitesu ca ||
sace atthi anutrastaṃ || taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito ti || ||
2. Na aññatra bojjhaṅgatapasā|| na aññatra indriyasaṃvarā||
na aññatra¹ sabbanissaggā² || sotthiṃ passāmi pāṇinan-
ti || ||
3. Tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti³ || ||

SN_1.2,2.8. Kakudho.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sākete viharati
Añjanavane Migadāye || || Atha kho Kakudho⁴ devaputto
abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Añja-
navanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami upasaṅ-
kamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kakudho devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Nandasi samanā ti || ||
Kiṃ laddhā āvuso ti || ||
Tena hi samaṇa socasī ti || ||
Kiṃ jīyittha āvusoti || ||
Tena hi samaṇa n-eva nandasi na ca⁵ socasīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
3. Kacci tvam anigho bhikkhu || atho nandī na vijjati ||
kacci tam ekam āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
4. Anigho ve ahaṃ yakkha || atho nandī na vijjati ||
atho mam ekam āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
5. Kathaṃ tvam anigho bhikkhu || kathaṃ nandi na vijjati ||
kathaṃ tam⁶ ekaṃ āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
6. Aghajātassa⁷ ve nandī || nandījātassa⁸ ve aghaṃ ||
anandī anigho bhikkhu || evaṃ jānāhi āvuso ti || ||
7. Cirassaṃ vata passāmi || brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ ||
anandim anighaṃ bhikkhuṃ || tiṇṇaṃ loke visattikan-
ti⁹ || ||

SN_1.2,2.9. Uttaro.
1. Rājagaha nidānam¹⁰ || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Uttaro devaputto Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. nāññatrabojjhātapasā || nāññatrindriyasāmvarā || nāññatra-.
2 SS. -nissaṅgā.
3 SS. omit these words.
4 C. kukkuṭo.
5 S1-3 neva; S2 nova.
6 SS. tvam.
7 SS. aghājātassa.
8 SS. nahijātassa; C. reads nandijātassa and explains jātagaṇhassa.
9 Cf. with the last verse of Devatā-S. I.1.
10 Missing in SS.

[page 055]
II. 2. 10.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 55
2. Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
3. Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti¹ || ||
10 Anāthapiṇḍiko.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto Bha-
gavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanisevitaṃ ||
āvuttham² dhammarājena || pītisaṃjananaṃ mama || ||
Kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlam jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham³ attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlen-upasamena⁴ ca ||
yo pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyā ti⁵ || ||
2. Idam avoca Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto || idaṃ vatvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-eva
antaradhāyi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū
āmantesi || ||
4. Imam⁶ bhikkhave rattiṃ aññataro devaputto abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yenāham ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho
bhikkhave⁷ so devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
5. Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanissevitaṃ ||
āvutthaṃ⁸ dhammarājena || pītisaṃjananaṃ mama || ||
kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlaṃ jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassam attham⁹ attano ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See Devatā-S. I. 3.
2 S3 avutthaṃ; S2 avuttaṃ; B. āvuṭṭhaṃ.
3 S1-3 attam.
4 SS. silena upasamena.
5 See above Devatā-S. V. 8.
6 S1-3 idaṃ.
7 SS. omit bhikkhave.
8 B. āvuṭṭhaṃ; S2-3 avuttha-ṃ.
9 S1-3 (perhaps SS.) attam.

[page 056]
56 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 10.
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlen-upasamena¹ ca ||
yo pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu etāva paramo² siyā ti || ||
6. Idam avoca bhikkhave so devaputto || idam vatvā maṃ
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
So hi nūna bhante Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhavissati ||
Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmante Sāriputte abhippasanno
ahosīti || ||
8. Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || yāvatakaṃ kho Ānanda takkāya
pattabbaṃ anuppattaṃ³ tayā || Anāthapiṇḍiko hi so Ānanda
devaputto ti || ||
Anāthapiṇḍika-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Candimāso ca Veṇḍu⁴ ca || Dīghalaṭṭhi ca Nandano ||
Candano ca Sudatto ca || Subrahmā || Kakudhena ca ||
Uttaro⁵ navamo vutto || dasamo Anāthapiṇḍiko ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER III. -- NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGO TATIYO.

SN_1.2,3.1. Sivo.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Atha kho Sivo
devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevala-
kappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam
aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sivo devaputto Bhagavato
santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
2. Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha⁶ santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || paññā labbhati⁷ nāññato⁸ ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || soka-majjhe na socati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. sīlena upasamena.
2 S1 here and above has paramā.
3 B. pattibbaṃ anupattabbaṃ.
4 SS. Veṇṇu.
5 SS. kakudhena cattāro.
6 B. krubbetha sandhavaṃ always.
7 B. paññam labhati.
8 SS. anaññato.

[page 057]
II. 3. 3.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 57
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || ñāti-majjhe virocati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā hacchanti suggatiṃ¹ || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā tiṭṭhanti sātatan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Sivaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya pacchā-
bhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti² || ||

SN_1.2,3.2. Khemo.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Khemo devaputto Bhagavato
santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Caranti bālā dummedhā || amitten-eva attanā ||
karontā³ pāpakaṃ kammaṃ || yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ || ||
na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu || yaṃ katvā anutappati ||
yassa assumukho rodaṃ || vipākaṃ paṭisevati || ||
taṃ ca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu || yam katvā nānutappati ||
yassa patīto⁴ sumano || vipākaṃ paṭisevati || ||
Paṭikacceva⁵ taṃ kayirā || yaṃ jaññā hitam attano ||
na sākaṭikaṃ cintāya || mantādhīro parakkame⁶ || ||
yathā sākaṭiko panthaṃ || samaṃ hitvā mahāpathaṃ ||
visamaṃ maggam āruyha || akkhacchinno vajhāyati⁷ || ||
evaṃ dhammā apakkamma || adhammam anuvattiya ||
mando⁸ maccumukhaṃ patto || akkhachinno va jhāyatīti || ||

SN_1.2,3.3. Serī.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Serī⁹ devaputto Bhagavantaṃ
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo devamānusā ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam annaṃ nābhinandatīti¹⁰ || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāninan ti¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. sugatiṃ.
2 See above, Devatā-S. IV.1.
3 B. karonto.
4 B. patito.
5 SS patigacceva (S1 patigaṃceva).
6 SS. parakkamo.
7 C. vajjhāyati.
8 SS. māno, whence the reading anuvattiyamāno.
9 B. S3 Seri.
10 SS. atha kho nāma so yakkho yam annam abhinandati.
11 See above, Devatā-S. V. 3.

[page 058]
58 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 3.
2. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutam yāva subhāsitaṃ idam¹
bhante Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
3. Bhūtapubbāhaṃ bhante Serī² nāma rājā ahosiṃ dāyako
dānapatī dānassa vaṇṇavādī³ || tassa mayhaṃ bhante catusu
dvāresu dānaṃ dīyittha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇi-ddhika⁴-
vanibbaka⁵-yācakānaṃ || ||
4. Atha kho maṃ bhante itthāgāraṃ⁶ upasaṅkamitvā etad
avoca⁷ || || Devassa kho⁸ dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ
na dīyati || Sādhu mayaṃ pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni da-
deyyāma puññāni kareyyāmā ti || ||
5. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi⁹
dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānaṃ dassāmā ti
vadantānaṃ¹⁰ kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaṃ bhante
pathamaṃ dvāraṃ¹¹ itthāgārassa adāsiṃ || tattha itthāgā-
rassa dānaṃ dīyittha mama dānam patikkami || ||
6. Atha kho maṃ bhante khattiyā anuyuttā¹² upasaṅ-
kamitvā mam etad avocuṃ || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati
itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ no dīyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma puññāni
kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || aham kho smi¹³ dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānam dassāmāti vadantānam¹⁴
kinti vadeyyan ti || || So kvāhaṃ bhante dutiyaṃ dvāraṃ¹⁵
khattiyānam anuyuttānaṃ¹⁶ adāsiṃ || tattha khattiyānam
anuyuttānam dānam dīyittha mama dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
7. Atha kho maṃ bhante balakāyo upasaṅkamitvā etad
avoca || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati itthāhārassa dānaṃ dīyati
khattiyānam anuyuttānam dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ na
dīyati || Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma
puññāni kareyyāmāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. cīdam.
2 B. Siri.
3 S1 vaṇṇāvādī; S2 vaṇṇavādi; S3 vannaṃ vādī.
4 B. kapaṇaddhika-.
5 C. SS. vaṇibbaka-.
6 B.itthāgarā.
7 B. avocuṃ.
8 SS. devasseva.
9 SS. mhi.
10 B.vadante always.
11 SS. pathamadvāraṃ.
12 B. anuyantā.
13 SS. mhi.
14 SS. have here vadante as B.
15 S1-3 vāraṃ.
16 B. anuyantānaṃ here and further on.

[page 059]
II. 3. 3.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 59
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānam dassāmāti vadantānaṃ
kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaṃ bhante tatiyaṃ dvāraṃ¹
balakāyassa adasiṃ || tattha balakāyassa dānam dīyittha mama
dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
8. Atha kho maṃ bhante brāhmaṇagahapatikā upasaṅ-
kamitvā etad avocuṃ || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati itthāgā-
rassa dānaṃ dīyati khattiyānaṃ anuyuttānam dānaṃ dīyati
balakāyassa dānaṃ dīyati || amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānaṃ dadeyyāma puññāni
kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi² dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānaṃ dassāmāti vadantānam³
kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāham bhante catutthaṃ dvāram
brāhmaṇagahapatikānam adāsiṃ || tattha brāhmaṇagahapati-
kānam dānaṃ dīyittha mama dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
9. Atha kho mam bhante purisā upasaṅkamitvā etad
avocuṃ || Na kho dāni devassa⁴ koci dānaṃ dīyatīti || ||
Evaṃ vutto-haṃ⁵ bhante te purise etad avocaṃ || || Tena
hi bhaṇe yo bāhiresu janapadesu āyo⁶ sañjāyati || tato
upaḍḍham antepuraṃ pavesetha upaḍḍhaṃ tatth-eva dānaṃ
detha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇi-ddhika-vanibbaka-yācakā-
nan ti⁷ || ||
10. So khvāhaṃ bhante evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññā-
naṃ evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ kusalānaṃ⁸ pariyantaṃ
nādhigacchāmi || ettakaṃ puññan ti ettako puññavipāko⁹
ti vā ettakaṃ. sagge ṭhātabban ti vā ti || ||
11. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaṃ¹⁰ Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmi loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. tatiyavāraṃ.
2 B. khvāsmi.
3 SS. have here vadante as B.
4 SS. add kho.
5 B. vuttāhaṃ.
6 S1-3 ayo.
7 See above, 6, 7.
8 B. adds kammānam.
9 SS. ettako vipāko.
10 B. cidaṃ bhante.
11 See above, No. 3 and Devatā-S. V. 3.

[page 060]
60 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II.3.4.

SN_1.2,3.4. Ghaṭīkaro.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Ghaṭīkāro devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Avihaṃ upapannāse vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāga-dosa-parikkhīṇā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
2. Ke ca te ataruṃ paṅkaṃ || maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ ||
ke hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun-
ti || ||
3. Upako Phalagaṇḍo ca || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaṇḍadeva ca || Bāhuraggi ca Piṅgiyo ||
te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun ti² || ||
4. Kusalaṃ bhāsasi tesaṃ || Mārapāsappahāyinaṃ ||
kassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ bhava-bandha-
nan ti || ||
5. Na aññatra Bhagavatā || nāññatra tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam aññāya acchiduṃ bhavabhandanaṃ || ||
yattha nāmaṃ ca rūpaṃ ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taṃ te dhammam idha ñāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandha-
nan ti || ||
6. Gambhīraṃ bhāsasi vācaṃ || dubbijānaṃsudubbuddhaṃ ||
kassa tvaṃ dhammam aññāya || vācaṃ bhāsasi īdisan¹-
ti || ||
7. Kumbhakāro pure āsiṃ || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro ||
mātā-petti-bharo āsiṃ || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
Ahuvā te sajāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇe || tiṇṇe loke visattikan ti || ||
8. Evam etaṃ tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhagavā ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭikāro ||
mātāpetti-bharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhāti || ||
9. Evam evaṃ³ purāṇānaṃ || sahāyānaṃ ahu saṅgamo ||
ubhinnaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ || sarīrantimadhārinan ti⁴ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. edisaṃ.
2 See Therī-gāthā, p. 205.
3 B. etaṃ.
4 See above text and notes, Devatā-S. V. 10.

[page 061]
II. 3. 6.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 61

SN_1.2,3.5. Jantu.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū
Kosalesu viharanti Himavanta-passe araññakuṭikāyaṃ¹
uddhatā unnaḷā² capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassa-
tino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhatacittā pākatindriyā³ || ||
2. Atha kho Jantu devaputto tadahuposathe pannarase
yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū
gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajīvino pure āsuṃ || bhikkhū Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piṇḍam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaṃ ||
loke aniccataṃ ñatvā || dukkhass-antam akaṃsu te || ||
Dupposaṃ katvā attānaṃ || gāme gāmaṇikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saṅghassa añjaliṃ katvā || idh-ekacce vandām-aham || ||
Apaviddhā⁴ anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te⁵ ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesam karom-ahan ti || ||

SN_1.2,3.6. Rohito.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Rohitasso devaputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
Yattha nu kho bhante na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na
cavati na uppajjati⁶ || sakkā nu kho so bhante gamanena
lokassa anto⁷ ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā ti || ||
3. Yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati
na uppajjati || nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ
daṭṭheyyaṃ⁸ patteyyan ti vadāmīti || ||
4. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitaṃ
idam⁹ bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati
na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || nāhaṃ taṃ
gamanena lokassa antaṃ nāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan-ti
vadāmīti || ||
5. Bhūtapubbāhaṃ bhante Rohitasso nāma isi ahosiṃ ||
Bhoja-putto iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo¹⁰ || tassa mayhaṃ bhanteḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. kuṭiyaṃ.
2 S3 unnalā.
3 This list recurs in Pug. III. 12.
4 B. apaviṭṭhā.
5 SS. tathevaca.
6 B. upapajjati here and further on.
7 B. antaṃ.
8 B. diṭṭheyyaṃ.
9 B. subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ here and further on.
10 S2 vebhā-.

[page 062]
62 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 6.
evarūpo javo ahosi || seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammo dha-
nuggaho sikkhito katahattho katayoggo¹ katupāsano lahu-
kena asanena appakasiren-eva tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipā-
teyya || ||
6. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante evarūpo padavītihāro ahosi ||
seyyathāpi puratthimasamuddā pacchimo samuddo || tassa
mayhaṃ bhante evarupaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji || ahaṃ ga-
manena lokassa antaṃ pāpuṇissāmīti || ||
7. So khvāhaṃ² bhante evarūpena javena samannāgato
evarūpena ca³ padavītihārena aññatr-eva⁴ asita-pita-khāyi-
ta-sāyitā aññatra uccārapassāva-kammā aññatra niddā-kila-
matha-paṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvi⁵ vassasataṃ
gantvā appatvā ca lokassa antam⁶ antarā va⁷ kālaṅkato || ||
8. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaṃ bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na
jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati nāhaṃ tam gamanena
lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan ti vadāmīti⁸ ||
9. Na kho⁹ panāham āvuso appatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa
antakiriyaṃ vadāmi¹⁰ || api khvāham¹¹ āvuso imasmiññeva
vyāmamatte kaḷevare¹² saññimhi¹³ samanake lokaṃ ca
paññāpemi lokasamudayaṃ ca lokanirodhaṃ ca lokanirodha-
gāminiṃ ca paṭipadan ti || ||
10. Gamanena na pattabbo || lokass-anto kudācanaṃ ||
na ca appatvā lokantam || dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ ||
Tasmā bhave lokavidū sumedho ||
lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo ||
lokassa antaṃ samitāviñatvā ||
nāsiṃsati lokam imaṃ parañ cā ti || ||

SN_1.2,3.7. Nando.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nando devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. omits katayoggo.
2 S1 kho ham.
3 B. omits ca.
4 S1 aññato ca.
5 B.vassasataṃ jīvi.
6 All this passage from papuṇissāmi to lokassa antam is missing in S3.
Almost the same part from antam papuṇissāmi to appatvā ca (or va)
lokassa is superadded in S1.
7 SS. omit va.
8 After this word, SS. repeat afresh yattha kho avuso najāyati-
-patteyyanti vadāmi.
9 SS. ca
10 SS. dukkhassantakiriyaṃ vadāmīti.
11 SS. cāham.
12 S1-2 kaḷebare; S3 kalebare.
13 B. sasaññimhi.

[page 063]
II. 3. 9.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 63
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
2. Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbam jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti1 || ||

SN_1.2,3.8. Nandivisālo.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nandivisālo devaputto² Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ || puṇṇam lobhena saṃyutaṃ ||
paṅkajātaṃ mahāvīra || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti³ ||
2. Chetvā nandiṃ varattañ ca || icchālobhañ ca pāpakaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham⁴ abbuyha || evaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti⁵ || ||

SN_1.2,3.9. Susimo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam
Ānandaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tuyham pi no Ānanda
Sāriputto ruccatīti || ||
3. Kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto⁶ || mahāpañño bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || puthupañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || hāsapañño⁷
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || javanapañño bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || tikkhapañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || nibbedhika-
pañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || appiccho bhante āyasmā Sari-
putto || santuṭṭho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pavivitto bhante
āyasmā Sāriputto || asaṃsaṭṭho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto ||
āraddhaviriyo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || vattā bhante āyasmā
Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || codako
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pāpagarahī bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See above, Devatā-S. I. 4.
2 S3 Nandīvisālo.
3 SS. bhavissati.
4 S3 samūlataṇhaṃ.
5 See above, Devatā-S. III. 9.
6 SS. add here: appiccho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto, which will be
found further on.
7 SS. hāsupañño (or bhāsu-), here and further on.

[page 064]
64 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 9.
Evam etam Ānanda || evam etam Ānanda || kassa hi nāma
Ānanda¹ abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacitassa
Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito Ānando Sāriputto || mahā-
pañño Ānanda Sāriputto || puthupañño Ānanda Sāriputto ||
hāsapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || javanapañño Ānanda Sāri-
putto || tikkhapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || nibbedhikapañño
Ānanda Sāriputto || appiccho Ānanda Sāriputto || santuṭṭho
Ānanda Sāriputto || pavivitto Ānanda Sāriputto || asaṃsattho
Ānanda Sāriputto || vattā Ānanda Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo
Ānanda Sāriputto || codako Ānanda Sāriputto || pāpagarahī
Ānanda Sāriputto || kassa hi nāmo Ānanda abālassa aduṭṭhassa
amūḷhassa avippallathacittassa Sāriputto na rucceyyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Susimo² devaputto āyasmato Sāriputtassa
vaṇṇe bhaññamāne mahatiyā devaputta-patisāya parivuto
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavāntam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Susimo devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata || kassa hi nāma
bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa
āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito bhante ca āyasmā Sāri-
putto || pe³ || pāpagarahī bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || kassa hi nā-
ma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa
āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Aham pi⁴ hi bhante yaññad'⁵
eva devaputtaparisam upasaṅkamiṃ etad eva bahulaṃ saddaṃ
suṇāmi || Paṇḍito āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || pāpagarahī āyasmā
Sāriputto ti || kassa hi nāma abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya ti || ||
7. Atha kho Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā
āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamu-
ditā pitisomanassajātā uccāvacā⁶ vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
8. Seyyathāpi nāma maṇiveḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso
suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate
ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit kassa hi nāma Ānanda.
2 SS. Susīmo here and further on.
3 This and the following abridgments are in SS only. In B. the text runs
on all along.
4 B. ahamhi.
5 S2 yaññā; S2 yaṃñad; B. yadeva (by correction).
6 S3 uccāvaca-.

[page 065]
II. 3. 10.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 65
parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā
pamoditā pītisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
9. Seyyathāpi nāma nekkhaṃ¹ jambonadaṃ dakkhakammā-
raputtena sukusalasampahaṭṭhaṃ² paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṃ
bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa
devaputtassa devaputtaparisā || pe || upadaṃseti ||
10. Seyyathāpi nāma³ rattiyā paccūsamayaṃ osadhitārakā
bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa deva-
puttassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe
bhaññamāne attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassajātā uccāvacā
vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
11. Seyyathāpi nāma saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake
deve ādicco nabham abbhussukkamāno⁴ sabbam ākāsagataṃ
tamaṃ⁵ abhivihacca⁶ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam
evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato
Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamuditā pītiso-
manassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti || ||
12. Atha kho Susimo devaputto āyasmantam Sāriputtam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Paṇḍito ti samaññāto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || satthuvaṇṇābhato⁷ isīti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ ārabbha
Susimaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Paṇḍito ti samaññāto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhatiko⁸ su-
danto ti || ||
10 Nānnātitthiyā.
1. Evam me sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā nānā-titthiya-sāvakā devaputtā
Asamo ca Sahalī ca Niṃko ca Ākoṭako ca Veṭambarī ca⁹
Māṇava-gāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇāḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS. and C.; B. nikkham.
2 S3 dakkhaṃ-; S2 -puttena kusala-; B. -kammāraputtaukkāmukhasukusala-;
C. kammāraputtaṃ ukkāmukhesukusalaṃ sampahaṭṭhaṃ.
3 SS. omit nāma; B. adds saradasamaye viddhe vigātavalāhake deve,
of the next paragraph.
4 B. abbhussakkamāno.
5 S. tamagatam.
6 S1-2 abhavihacca; B. abhivihañña.
7 SS. -vaṇṇabhato.
8 C. has bhattiko; SS. bhāvito.
9 B. -sahali- niko- vegabbhari here and further on.

[page 066]
66 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 10.
kevalakappaṃ Veḷuvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṃkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Asamo devaputto Pūraṇaṃ¹
Kassapam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Idha chinditamārite || hatajānisu Kassapo ||
pāpaṃ na pan-upassati² || puññaṃ vā pana attano ||
sa ce³ vissāsam ācikkhi || satthā arahati mānanan ti⁴ || ||
4. Atha kho Sahalī devaputto Makkhali-Gosālam⁵ ārabbha
Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapo-jigucchāya⁶ susaṃvutatto ||
vācaṃ pahāya kalahaṃ janena ||
samo savajjā⁷ virato saccavādi ||
na hi nūna tādisaṃ karoti⁸ pāpan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Niṃko devaputto Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nāṭaputtaṃ
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Jegucchi⁹ nipako bhikkhu || cātuyāma-susaṃvuto ||
diṭṭhaṃ sutañca āccikkhaṃ¹⁰ || na hi nūna¹¹ kibbisī siyā
ti || ||
6. Atha kho Ākoṭako devaputto nānātitthiye ārabbha
Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Pakudhako Kātiyāno Nigaṇṭho¹² ||
ye ca pime¹³ Makkhali Pūraṇāse ||
gaṇassa satthāro¹⁴ sāmaññapattā¹⁵ ||
na hi nūna te¹⁶ sappurisehi dūre ti || ||
7. Atha kho Veṭambarī devaputto Ākoṭakaṃ devaputtaṃ
gāthāya paccabhāsi¹⁷ || ||
Sagāravenāpi¹⁸ chavo¹⁹ sigālo²⁰ ||
na kutthako²¹ sīhasamo kadāci ||
naggo musāvādi gaṇassa satthā ||
saṅkassarācāro²² na sataṃ²³ sarikkho ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Puraṇaṃ.
2 S1 pāpaṃ na sa panupassatī; B na pāpaṃ samanupassati.
3 B. va ve.
4 SS. arajāti māninti.
5 B. Makkhalim-.
6 S1-2 tapoci (S3 di) gucchāya.
7 B. pavajja.
8 SS. nahanūnatādīpakaroti.
9 S3 jegucchī.
10 SS. ācikkha.
11 SS. nahanūna-.
12 SS. Nigaṇḍho.
13 B. ye cā-.
14 SS. satthāte; S3 has Purāṇassatthāte-.
15 SS. samañña-.
16 SS1-3 nahanūnate; S1 nahunate.
17 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
18 So SS.; B. sīhācaritena; C. saharacittena.
19 SS. javo.
20 B. C. siṅgālao.
21 B. kotthako; C. kuṭṭhako.
22 C. vācaro (?).
23 So B. and C.; SS. na taṃ.

[page 067]
II. 3. 10.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 67
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Veṭambariṃ devaputtam anvā-
visitvā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapojigucchāya āyuttā¹ || pālayaṃ pavivekiyaṃ² ||
rūpe³ ca ye niviṭṭhāse || devalokābhinandino ||
te ve sammānusāsanti || paralokāya mātiyā ti⁴ || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā
Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Ye keci rūpā idha vā huraṃ vā
ye antalikkhasmi⁵ pabhāsavaṇṇā ||
sabbe vat'; ete Namucippasatthā⁶ ||
āmisaṃ va macchānaṃ vadhāya khittā ti || ||
10. Atha kho Māṇava-gāmiyo devaputto Bhagavantam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vipulo Rājagahīyānaṃ⁷ || giri seṭṭho pavuccati ||
Seto himavatam seṭṭho || ādicco aghagāminaṃ ||
samuddo udadhīnam⁸ seṭṭho || nakkhattānam va candimā ||
sadevakassa lokassa || buddho aggo pavuccatīti || ||
Nānātitthiya-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sivo Khemo9 ca Serī ca || Ghaṭi Jantu ca Rohito ||
Nando Nandivisālo ca || Susimo Nānātitthiye ca te dasā ti || ||
Devaputta-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. ayutta (S2 anutta) pālayaṃ.
2 SS. pavivekayaṃ.
3 SS2-3 rūpo.
4 SS. samma-; SS. paralokayāni mātiyāti.
5 B. ye vanta-.
6 B. pasaṭṭhā.
7 B. rajagahiyānaṃ; S1 rājagahīyyānaṃ.
8 B samuddodhadinaṃ (comp. Mahāvagga of the Vinaya VI. 35. 8.).
9 S1 khelī; S3 khemī; S2 kholi.

[page 068]
68

********************************************

BOOK III. -- KOSALA-SAṂYUTTAM.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.

SN_1.3,1.1. Daharo.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi¹-Kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Bhavam² pi no Gotamo anuttaraṃ
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti patijānātīti³ || ||
4. Yaṃ hi taṃ mahārāja sammāvadamāno vadeyya anutta-
raṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti maman-taṃ⁴ sammā-
vadamāno vadeyya || ahaṃ hi mahārāja⁵ anuttaraṃ sammā-
sambodhim abhisambuddho ti || ||
5. Ye pi te bho Gotama samaṇa-brāhmaṇā saṅghino ga-
ṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhu sammatā
bahujanassa || seyyathīdaṃ Puraṇo⁶-Kassapo Makkhali-Go-
sālo Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto⁷ Sañjayo-belaṭṭhaputto⁸ Kakudho⁹
Kaccāyano Ajito-kesakambalo¹⁰ || te pi mayā anuttaraṃ
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti paṭijānāthāti¹¹ puṭṭhā
samānā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho tina pa-
ṭijānanti¹² || kim pana bhavaṃ Gotamo daharo c-eva jātiyā
navo ca pabbajāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Passenadī always.
2 S2 Bhagavam-.
3 S3 has not patijānātīti; S2 also, but the place of the word is empty.
4 S1 mamaṃ taṃ; S2 mantaṃ.
5 S1-2 mahārājā.
6 The words Seyyathidam purāṇo are omitted by S2-3; but in S2 the place
is white, empty.
7 SS. nāthaputto.
8 S1-3 belaṭṭni-.
9 B. Pakuddho.
10 SS. -kambalī (S2 li).
11 SS. omit paṭijānāthāti.
12 S1-3 anuttaraṃ sammāsambuddho ti patijānanti;
S2 anuttaraṃ sammāsambo ti patijānanti.

[page 069]
III. 1. 1.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 69
6. Cattāro kho me¹ magārāja daharā ti na uññātabbā da-
harāti na paribhotabbā || katame cattāro || || Khattiyo kho
mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribho-
tabbo || || Urago kho mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo
daharo ti na paribhotabbho || || Aggi kho mahārāja daharo
ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || || Bhikkhu kho
mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || ||
Ime kho mahārāja cattāro daharā ti na uññātabbā daharā
ti na paribhotabbā ti || ||
7. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athā-
param² etad avoca satthā || ||
8. Khattiyaṃ jātisampannaṃ || abhijātaṃ yasassinaṃ ||
daharoti nāvajāneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
ṭhānaṃ hi so manussindo rajjaṃ laddhāna khattiyo ||
so kuddho rājadaṇḍena || tasmiṃ pakkamate bhusaṃ ||
tasmā taṃ parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
9. Gāme vā yadi vāraññe || yattha passe bhujaṅgamaṃ ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
uccāvacehi vaṇṇehi || urago carati tejasi³ ||
so āsajja ḍaṃse⁴ bālaṃ || naraṃ nāriṃ ca⁵ ekadā ||
tasmā taṃ parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
10. Pahūtabhakkhaṃ⁶ jālinaṃ⁷ || pāvakaṃ⁸ kaṇhavattaniṃ ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
laddhā hi so upādānaṃ || mahā hutvāna pāvako ||
so āsajja ḍahe⁹ bālaṃ || naraṃ nāriṃ ca¹⁰ ekadā ||
tasmā tam parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
11. Vanaṃ yad aggi¹¹ ḍahati¹² || pāvako kaṇhavattanī ||
jāyanti tattha pārohā¹³ || ahorattānam accaye || ||
12. Yañ ca kho sīlasampanno || bhikkhu ḍahati tejasā ||
na tassa puttā pasavo || dāyādā vindare¹⁴ dhanaṃ || ||
anapaccā adāyādā || tālavatthu¹⁵ bhavanti te || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. omits me.
2 B. sugatā || atha paraṃ.
3 S1-2 tejasī; S3 tejasā.
4 S1 ḍaṃso; S1-3 ḍayho.
5 SS. naranārīca.
6 B. bahutaṃ; C. bahuta-. For pahūta, which occurs often,
B. has always bahuta.
7 SS. jalinam.
8 C. reads pācakaṃ, but notices pāvakaṃ as another reading.
9 SS. ḍaso.
10 S2-3 naranārica; S1 naranarīca.
11 B. vanam yaggi-.
12 S1-3 ḍayhati. The Jātaka of the Catukka-nipāta, V.5 begins vanaṃ
yadāggi ḍahati, which seems to be the true reading.
13 SS. pārogā.
14 SS. vindate.
15 SS. tālā (and perhaps nālā S2-3) vatthu.

[page 070]
70 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 1.
13. Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
bhujaṅgamaṃ pāvakañca || khattiyaṃ ca yasassinaṃ ||
bhikkhuṃ ca sīlasampannaṃ || sammad-eva samāca-
re ti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bhante abhikkantaṃ bhante || seyya-
thāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā
vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā
telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti¹ ||
evam evaṃ Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || ||
Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammaṃ
ca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ca || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhante² Bhagavā
dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ³ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.3,1.2. Puriso.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ ārāme⁴ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante purisassa dhammā
ajjhattam uppajjamāna uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphā-
suvihārāyāti || ||
4. Tayo kho mahārāja purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppaj-
jamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Katame tayo || Lobho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhat-
taṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihā-
rāya || || Doso kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ
uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Moho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam uppajjamāno
uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || || Ime kho
mahārāja tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattam uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā ti || ||
5. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ ||
hiṃsanti attasambhūtā || tacasāraṃ va samphalan ti⁵ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. dakkhiṇtīti; B. dakkhanti.
2 SS. omit bhante.
3 S3 pānupetaṃ.
4 SS. evam me sutam.
5 S1-2 tañcasāram-; S3 omits va; C. tecasāraṃ va saphalan-ti.
All this sutta, prose and verse, will be found again, III. 3.

[page 071]
III. 1. 4.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 71

SN_1.3,1.3. Rājā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu¹ kho bhante jātassa aññatra
jarāmaraṇā ti || ||
3. Natthi kho mahārāja aññatra jarāmaraṇā || ||
4. Ye pi te mahārāja khattiya-mahāsalā aḍḍhā² mahaddhanā
mahābhogā pahūta-jātarūparajatā pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā³ pa-
hūta-dhanadhaññā || tesam pi jātānaṃ natthi aññatra jarāma-
raṇā || ||
5. Ye pi te mahāraja brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā gahapati-mahā-
sālā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūta-jātarūparajatā
pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā pahūta-dhanadhaññā || tesam pi jātānaṃ
natthi aññatra jarāmaraṇā ||
6. Ye pi⁴ te mahārāja bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā
vusitavanto⁵ kata-karaṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā
parikkhīna-bhava-saṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā || tesaṃ
pāyaṃ kāyo bhedana-dhammo nikkhepana-dhammo ti⁶ || ||
7. Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā ||
atho sarīram pi jaram upeti ||
satañ ca dhammo na jaram upeti ||
santo have sabbhi pavedayantīti⁷ || ||

SN_1.3,1.4. Piya.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
Idha⁸ mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || kesaṃ nu kho piyo attā kesaṃ
appiyo attā ti || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || vācāya ducca-
ritam caranti || manasā duccaritaṃ caranti || tesam appiyo
attā || kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || piyo no attā ti || atha kho
tesam appiyo attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi appiyoḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. omit nu.
2 B. atthā.
3 C. has pahutta cittupakaraṇā; S1 has cittu instead of vittu in
the next paragraph.
4 SS. hi.
5 S1-2 vusitamanto.
6 B. nikkhepadhammo; C. nikkhepanasabhāvo.
7 See Dhammapada, V. 151.
8 SS. omit idha.

[page 072]
72 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 4.
appiyassa kareyya taṃ te attanā va¹ attano karonti || tasmā
tesam appiyo attā || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritaṃ karonti || vācāya
sucaritaṃ caranti || manasā sucaritaṃ caranti || tesaṃ piyo
attā || kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || appiyo no attāti || atha kho
tesam piyo attā || Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi piyo piyassa kareyya
taṃ te² attanā va³ attano⁴ karonti || tasmā tesaṃ piyo attāti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja || Ye hi keci
mahārāja kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || pe || tasmā tesaṃ
appiyo attā ti || || Ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ
caranti || pe || tasmā tesaṃ piyo attā ti⁵ || ||
6. Attānañ ce piyaṃ jaññā || na nam pāpena saṃyuje ||
na hi taṃ sulabhaṃ hoti || sukhaṃ dukkatakārinā⁶ || ||
Antakenādhipannassa || jahato⁷ mānusaṃ bhavaṃ ||
kiṃ hi⁸ tassa sakaṃ hoti || kiñca ādāya gacchati || ||
kiñc-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va anapāyinī || ||
Ubho⁹ puññañca pāpañca || yaṃ macco kurute idha ||
taṃ hi tassa¹⁰ sakaṃ hoti || tañca ādāya gacchati ||
taṃ c-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va¹¹ anapāyinī¹² ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ || nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti¹³ || ||

SN_1.3,1.5. Attānarakkhita.
1. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idaṃ mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kesaṃ nu kho rakkhito
attā kesam arakkhito attā ti || || Tassa mayham bhante etad
ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho¹⁴ keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti vācāya
duccaritaṃ caranti manasā duccaritaṃ caranti tesam
arakkhito¹⁵ attā || kiñcāpi te hatthi-kāyo va rakkheyya ||
assa-kāyo vā rakkheyya || ratha-kāyo vā rakkheyya || patti-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 ca.
2 SS. omit te.
3 S1-2 ca.
4 SS. attānaṃ.
5 The abridgments are in SS. only.
6 B. dukkaṭa-.
7 SS. jahate.
8 SS kiñca.
9 S2-3 omit ubho, the place remaining empty in S2.
10 S1-2 tassaṃ.
11 S1-2 have chāyāya.
12 B. anupāyinī here and above.
13 This and the preceding gāthā but the two first padas will be
found again further on, II. 10 and III. 2.
14 B. ko; S3 hi.
15 SS. add hoti.

[page 073]
III. 1. 6] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 73
kāyo vā rakkheyya || atha kho tesam arakkhito attā || ||
Tam kissa hetu || Bāhirā h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā ajjhat-
tikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito attā¹ || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritam caranti vācāya sucari-
taṃ caranti manasā sucaritaṃ caranti tesaṃ rakkhito attā ||
kiñcāpi te n-eva hatthikāyo rakkheyya || na assa-kāyo
rakkheyya || na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo rakkh-
eyya || atha kho tesaṃ rakkhito attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā || h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā bāhirā || tasmā tesaṃ
rakkhito attā ti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja || || Ye hi
keci mahārāja kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || pe || tesaṃ
rakkhito attā || || Tam kissa hetu || bāhirā h-esā² mahārāja
rakkhā n-esa rakkhā ajjhattikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito
attā || || Ye ca kho³ keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti
vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti manasā sucaritaṃ caranti tesaṃ
rakkhito attā || kiñcāpi te n-eva hatthi-kāyo rakkheyya na
assa-kāyo rakkheyya na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo
rakkheyya || atha kho rakkhito attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā h-esā mahārāja rakkhā n-esā rakkhā⁴ bāhirā ||
tasmā tesaṃ rakkhito attā ti || ||
6. Kāyena {saṃvaro} sādhu || sādhu vācāya {saṃvaro} ||
manasā {saṃvaro} sādhu || sādhu sabbatthā-{saṃvaro} ||
sabbatthā-{saṃvuto} lajjī || rakkhito ti pavuccatīti⁵ || ||

SN_1.3,1.6. Appakā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekaṃ antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa
patisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso paravitakko udapādi || || Appakā
te sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre⁶ bhoge labhitvā na c-eva⁷
majjante na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedham āpajjanti
na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti || || Atha kho eteva⁸ bahutarā
sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷare bhoge labhitvā majjanti c-eva pa-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 attāti.
2 SS. omit h-here and further on.
3 B. ye hi.
4 SS. na instead of nesā rakkhā.
5 Cf. with Dhammapada, V. 361. The last pada only differs.
6 So B. and C.; SS. have not the repetition of uḷāre here and further on.
7 S3 na instead of naceva.
8 SS. te.

[page 074]
74 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 6.
majjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti sattesu ca vippaṭi-
pajjantīti || ||
3. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja¹ || || Appakā
te mahārāja sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na
ceva majjanti na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedhaṃ
āpajjanti na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti || || Atha kho ete va
bahutarā sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā
majjanti c-eva pamajjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti
sattesu ca² vippaṭipajjantīti || ||
4. Sārattā kāma-bhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraṃ na bujjhanti³ || migā⁴ kūṭam va oḍḍitaṃ⁵ ||
pacchāsaṃ kaṭukaṃ hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako ti || ||

SN_1.3,1.7. Atthakaraṇa.6
1. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idhāhaṃ bhante atthakaraṇe⁷ nisinno passāmi khattiya-
mahāsāle pi brāhmaṇamahāsāle pi gahapatimahāsāle pi aḍḍhe
mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūta-jātarūparajate pahūta-vittū-
pakaraṇe pahūta-dhanadhaññe kāmahetu kāmanidānam kā-
mādhikakaraṇaṃ sampajāna-musā bhāsante || || Tassa mayhaṃ
bhante etad ahosi || Alaṃ dāni me atthakaraṇena || bhadra-
mukho⁸ dāni atthakaraṇena paññāyissatīti || ||
3. Ye pi te mahārāja⁹ khattiya-mahāsālā brāhmaṇa-
mahāsālā gahapati-mahāsālā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā
pahūta-jātarūpa-rajatā pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā pahūta-dhana-
dhaññā kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ sampa-
jāna-musā bhāsanti || tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattam
ahitāya dukkhāyā ti || ||
4. Sārattā kāmabhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraṃ na bujjhanti || macchā khippaṃ va oḍḍitaṃ ||
pacchāsam kaṭukaṃ hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako
ti¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The repetition is not in S3 (perhaps in SS.).
2 SS. omit ca.
3 C. ajjanti.
4 SS. magā.
5 So S3; S2 oḍḍhitam; B. oṭṭitam; S1 doubtful.
6 B. Aṭṭakāraka.
7 So SS. and C.; B. aṭṭakaraṇe.
8 So B.and C.; S1 bhadrathamukho; S1 bhadātha-.
9 B. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja ye pi te mahārāja-.
10 Cf. the gāthā of the preceding Sutta.

[page 075]
III. 1. 9.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 75

SN_1.3,1.8. Mallikā.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikāya
deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato hoti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikaṃ devim avoca ||||
Atthi nu kho te Mallike koc-añño attanā piyataro ti || ||
4. Natthi kho me mahārāja koc-añño¹ attanā piyataro² ||
tuyhaṃ pana mahārāja atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti ||||
5. Mayhaṃ pi kho Mallike natth-añño koci attanā piya-
taro ti || ||
6. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo pāsādā orohitvā³ yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno
kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
7. Idhāhaṃ bhante Mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsā-
davaragato Mallikaṃ deviṃ etad avocaṃ || Atthi nu kho
te⁴ Mallike koc-añño attanā piyataro ti || || Evaṃ vutte
bhante Mallikā devī mam etad avoca || || N-atthi kho me
mahārāja koci añño attanā piyataro ti || tuyham pana mahā-
rāja atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti || || Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ
bhante Mallikaṃ devim etad avocaṃ || Mayham pi kho
Mallike n-atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti || ||
8. Atha kho Bhagavā etam attham viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam
imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbā disānuparigamma⁵ cetasā ||
n-ev-ajjhagā piyataram attanā kvaci ||
evam piyo puthu attā paresaṃ ||
tasmā na hiṃse param attakāmo ti || ||

SN_1.3,1.9. Yañña.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena rañño Pasenadi⁶-kosalassa
mahā-yañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti || pañca ca usabha⁷-satāni
pañca ca vacchatara-satāni pañca ca vacchatarī-satāni pañcaḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 kociñño; S3 koci añño.
2 S2 and B. add ti.
3 SS. otaritvā.
4 SS. omit te.
5 SS. disā anupari-.
6 B. Pasenadissa.
7 S. vusabha, further on usabha.

[page 076]
76 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 9.
ca aja-satāni pañca ca urabbha-satāni¹ thūṇūpanitāni² honti
yaññatthāya ||
3. Ye pi-ssa te honti dāsā ti vā³ pessā⁴ ti vā kammakarā
ti vā te pi daṇḍa-tajjitā bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā
parikammāni karonti⁵ || ||
4. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu⁶ || Sā-
vatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā paccabhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || Ekam antaṃ
nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
5. Idha bhante rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa mahā-yañño
paccupaṭṭhito hoti⁷ || Pañca ca usabha-satāni pañca ca
vacchatara-satāni pañca vacchatarī-satāni pañca ca urabbha-
satāni thūṇūpanitāni honti yaññatthāya || || Ye pi-ssa te
honti dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā te pi daṇḍa-tajjitā
bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā⁸ parikammāni karontīti || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam
imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Assamedhaṃ⁹ purisamedhaṃ || sammāpāsaṃ vājapeyyaṃ¹⁰ ||
niraggaḷaṃ mahārambhā¹¹ || na te honti mahapphalā || ||
ajeḷakā gāvo ca || vividhā yattha haññare ||
na tam sammaggatā yaññaṃ || upayanti mahesino || ||
Ye ca yaññā nirārambhā || yajanti anukūlaṃ sadā ||
ajeḷakā ca gāvo ca || vividhā n-ettha haññare || ||
etaṃ sammaggatā yaññaṃ || upayanti mahesino ||
etaṃ yajetha medhāvī || eso yañño mahapphalo || ||
etaṃ hi yajamānassa || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ||
yañño ca vipulo hoti ||pasīdanti ca devatā ti || ||
10 Bandhana.
1. Tena kho pana samayena raññā Pasenadinā Kosalena¹²
mahājanakāyo bandhāpito hoti || appekacce rajjūhi appekacce
andūhi¹³ appekacce saṅkhalikāhi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 usabha; S1 ubha, further on usabha.
2 B. thunu-; C. thunū-.
3 B. adds dāsītivā here and further on.
4 B. pesā.
5 3 = Puggala IV. 24. 3.
6 SS. pavisiṃsu.
7 SS. omit hoti.
8 B.rodamānā.
9 B. and Cṣassamedham.
10 B. vācāpeyyam; C. rājapeyyaṃ.
11 SS. add mahāyaññā.
12 S1 Pasenadi Kosalena.
13 S1 annūhi; B. addūhi.

[page 077]
III. 2. 1.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 77
2. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu¹ ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭi-
kkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante raññā Pasenadinā² kosalena
mahājanakāyo bandhāpito || appekacce rajjūhi appekacce
andūhi appekacce saṅkhalikāhī ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanam āhu dhīrā ||
yad'; āyasam dārujaṃ pabbajañ ca || ||
sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu ||
puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā ||
etam daḷham bandhanam āhu dhīrā ||
ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ ||
etam pi chetvāna paribbajanti ||
anapekkhino kāmasukham pahāyāti⁴ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Daharo Puriso Rājā || Piya Attāna³-rakkhito ||
Appakā Atthakaraṇa⁵ || Mallikā Yañña Bandhanan ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.

SN_1.3,2.1. Jaṭilo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbā-
rāme Migāramātu-pāsāde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ
paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvāra-koṭṭhake nisinno hoti || ||
Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 (and also S2) omit Sāvatthim- pāvisiṃsu.
2 So all the MSS.
3 SS. attena.
4 See Dhammapada, verse 346.
5 B. attakārakā.

[page 078]
78 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III.2.1.
3. Tena kho pana samayena satta ca¹ jaṭilā satta ca ni-
gaṇṭhā satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāṭakā satta ca paribbājakā
paruḷha-kaccha-nakha-lomā khārividham² ādāya Bhagavato
avidūre atikkamanti || ||
4. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃ-
sam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā dakkhiṇa-jānu-maṇḍalaṃ patha-
viyaṃ nihantvā || yena te satta ca jaṭilā satta ca nigaṇṭhā
satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāṭakā satta ca paribbājakā
ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ nāmaṃ sāvesi || || Rājā-
haṃ bhante Pasenadi-kosalo rājāham bhante Pasenadi-
kosalo ti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || acirapakkantesu tesu³
sattasu ca jaṭilesu sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu sattasu ca acelesu⁴
sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu sattasu ca paribbājakesu || yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
6. Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ye te⁵ bhante loke arahanto vā
arahatta-maggaṃ vā samāpannā ete tesam aññatarā ti || ||
7. Dujjānaṃ kho etam mahārāja tayā gihinā kāma-bhoginā
putta-sambādha-samayaṃ⁶ ajjhāvasantena kāsika-candanaṃ
paccanubhontena mālā-gandha-vilepanam dhārayantena jāta-
rūparajataṃ sādiyantena ime vā arahanto ime vā arahanta-
maggaṃ samāpannā ti ||
8. {Saṃvāsena} kho mahārāja sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ || taṃ ca
kho dīghena addhunā⁷ na itaram⁸ || manasi-karotā no ama-
nasi karotā⁹ || paññāvatā no duppaññena ||
9. {Saṃvohārena} kho mahārāja soceyyaṃ veditabbam || taṃ
ca kho dīghena addhunā na itaraṃ || manasi-karotā no amana-
sikarotā || paññavatā no duppaññena ||
10. Āpadāsu kho mahārāja thāmo veditabbo || so ca kho
dīghena addhunā na itaram || manasikarotā na amanasikarotā ||
paññavatā no duppaññena ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here S2 and further on SS. omit ca.
2 B. dārividham; C. khārivividham; SS. vividham (omitting dā-ri
or khā-ri).
3 S2-3 omit tesu; SS. omit ca.
4 S3 acelakesu.
5 SS. yenate.
6 S1-2 sutta-; S3 sambodha (?)-; SS. sayanaṃ.
7 C. addhana.
8 B. has always ittaram; SS. oftentimes; C. has also ittaram.
9 B. amanasikārā always.

[page 079]
III. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 79
11. Sākacchāya kho¹ mahārāja paññā veditabbā || sā ca kho
dīghena addhunā na itaraṃ || manasi-karotā no amanasi-
karotā || paññavatā no dupaññenā ti || ||
12. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaṃ² bhante Bhagavatā || || Dujjānaṃ kho etaṃ magārāja
tayā gihinā kāmabhoginā || pe || paññāvatā no duppaññe-
nā ti || ||
13. Ete bhante mama purisā carā³ ocarakā⁴ janapadam
ocaritā⁵ āgacchanti || tehi pathamam ociṇṇam⁶ ahaṃ pacchā
osāpayissāmi⁷ ||
14. Idāni te bhante taṃ rajojallaṃ pavāhetvā sunhātā
suvilittā kappitakesamassu odātavatthā⁸ pañcahi kāmaguṇehi
samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricārayissantīti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ
imā gathāyo abhāsi || ||
Na vaṇṇarūpena naro sujāno ||
na vissase⁹ ittara-dassaṇena ||
susaññatānaṃ¹⁰ hi viyañjanena ||
asaññatā lokam imaṃ caranti ||
Patirūpako mattikakuṇḍalo¹¹ va ||
lohaḍḍhamāso¹² va suvaṇṇachanno ||
caranti eke¹³ parivārachannā ||
anto-asuddhā bahi-sobhamānā ti¹⁴ || ||

SN_1.3,2.2. Pañca-rājāno.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena pañcannaṃ rājūnaṃ Pasenadi-
pamukhānaṃ pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitānaṃ samaṅgi-
bhūtānaṃ paricārayamānānaṃ ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
Kin-nu kho kāmānam aggan ti || ||
3. Tatr-ekacce evam āhaṃsu || rūpā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || saddā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce
evam evam āhaṃsu || gandhā kāmānaṃ aggan ti || || Ekacce
evam āhaṃsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 sakacchā kho-.
2 So S1; S2-3 omit the word; B. cīdam.
3 SS. corā.
4 So B. and C.; S1-3 okacarā; S2 okācarā.
5 SS. otaritvā.
6 SS. otīṇṇam.
7 S1-2 oyāyissāmi; S3 obhāyissāmi.
8 SS. odātavatthavasanā.
9 S1-2 vissahe.
10 S1-2 susaññātānaṃ.
11 SS. -mattikā-.
12 SS. lohaddha-.
13 B. loke.
14 SS. sobhamāneti.

[page 080]
80 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 2.
āhaṃsu || phoṭṭhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || || Yato kho te
rājāno¹ nāsakkhiṃsu aññaṃ aññaṃ saññāpetuṃ² || ||
4. Atha kho³ rājā Pasenadi-kosalo te rājāno etad avoca || ||
Āyāma mārisā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamissāma || upa-
saṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etam atthaṃ paṭipucchissāma⁴ ||
Yathā no Bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāreyyāmā ti⁵ || ||
5. Evam marisā ti kho te rājāno rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
6. Atha kho te pañca rājāno Pasenadi-pamukhā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
7. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante amhākaṃ pañcannam
rājūnaṃ pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitānaṃ samaṅgibhūtā-
naṃ paricārayamānaṃ ayam antarā kathā udapādi || || Kin-
nu kho kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam āhaṃsu || rupā
kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || rūpā kāmā-
nam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || saddā kāmānam
aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu gandhā kāmānam aggan-
ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam āhaṃsu || poṭṭhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Kin-nu kho bhante kāmānam aggan ti || ||
8. Manāpa-pariyantam⁶ khvāhaṃ mahārāja pañcasu⁷ kā-
maguṇesu aggan ti vadāmi || Te ca⁸ mahārāja rūpā
ekaccassa⁹ manāpā honti te ca¹⁰ rūpā ekaccassa amanāpā
honti || Yehi ca yo¹¹ rūpehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇa-saṅ-
kappo so tehi rūpehi aññaṃ rūpam uttaritaraṃ¹² vā paṇīta-
taraṃ vā na pattheti || te tassa rūpā paramā honti || te tassa
rūpā anuttarā honti || ||
9. Te ca mahārāja saddā || pe || Te¹³ ca mahārāja gandhā ||
Te ca mahārāja rasā || Te ca mahārāja poṭṭhabbā ekaccassa
manāpā honti¹⁴ || Te ca poṭṭhabbā ekaccassa amanāpā honti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 mahārājāno.
2 S2 ñāpetuṃ.
3 S1-3 omit kho.
4 S3 aroceyyāmā ti; S1 Bhagavantam paṭipucchāma; S2 omits the whole
from Bhaga . . . to . . . ma, the interval remaining empty, white.
5 B. dhāressāmāti.
6 SS. manappariyantiṃ (S3 omitting ṃ).
7 S1-3 omit su.
8 SS. tañce-.
9 SS. ekassa.
10 SS. va.
11 SS. so.
12 S. uttarītaram; S2 uttataram (?).
13 This abridgment is in SS. only.
14 This phrase is taken up from B. In SS. the full text begins again
with the next phrase only.

[page 081]
III. 2. 3.] DUTIYA- VAGGA 2. 81
Yehi ca yo poṭṭhabbehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇa-saṅkappo ||
so tehi poṭṭhabbehi aññaṃ poṭṭhabbam uttaritaraṃ vā panī-
tataram vā na pattheti || te tassa poṭṭhabbā paramā honti ||
te tassa poṭṭhabbā anuttarā hontīti || ||
10. Tena kho pana samayena Candanaṅgaliko¹ upāsako
tassam parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti || Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko
upāsako uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena
Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Paṭibhāti mam Bhagavā patibhāti maṃ Sugatāti || ||
11. Paṭibhātu taṃ Candanaṅgalikāti² Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko upāsako Bhagavato sam-
mukhā tad-anurūpāyā gāthāya abhitthavi³ || ||
Padumaṃ yathā kokanadaṃ⁴ sugandhaṃ ||
pāto siyā phullam avītagandhaṃ ||
aṅgīrasam passa virocamānaṃ ||
tapantam ādiccam iv-antalikkhe ti⁵ || ||
13. Atha kho te pañcarājāno Candanaṅgalikam upāsakam
pañcahi saṅgehi acchādesuṃ || ||
14. Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko upāsako tehi pañcahi uttarā-
saṅgehi Bhagavantam acchādesīti || ||

SN_1.3,2.3. Doṇapāka.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo doṇapākaṃ sudaṃ⁶ bhuñjati || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo bhuttāvī mahassāsī yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalaṃ
bhuttāviṃ mahassāsiṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham
abhāsi ||
Manujassa sadā satīmato ||
mattam jānato laddha-bhojane⁷ ||
tanu tassa⁸ bhavanti vedanā ||
saṇikaṃ jīrati āyu pālayan ti⁹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Candanaṅkaliko; S2 Candanaṅkalīko; C. Candanaṅgaliyo.
2 S2 Candanaṅkaliyāti.
3 B. abhitthati.
4 B. kokanudaṃ.
5 Quoted Jḷ.116
6 C. doṇapākasudaṃ (which it resolves into doṇapakaṃ sudaṃ);
B. doṇapākakuram.
7 B. -bhojanaṃ.
8 B. tanukassa. All the MSS. have tanu.
9 See Fausboll's Dhammapadam, p. 356.

[page 082]
82 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 3.
4. Tena kho pana samayena Sudassano mānavo rañño
Pasenadi-kosalassa piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Sudassanaṃ māṇavaṃ
āmantesi || || Ehi tvam tāta Sudassana Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gātham pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhibāre¹ bhāsa ||
ahaṃ ca te devasikaṃ kahāpaṇasataṃ kahāpaṇasatam² nicca-
bhikkhaṃ pavaṭṭayissāmīti || ||
6. Evam devāti³ kho Sudassano māṇavo Pasenadi-kosalassa
paṭisunitvā⁴ Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham pariyāpuṇitvā
rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa bhattābhihāre sudaṃ bhāsati || ||
Manujassa⁵ sadā satīmato ||
mattaṃ jānato laddhabhojane⁶ ||
tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā ||
saṇikam jīrati āyu pālayan ti || ||
7. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anupubbena nāḷikodana-
paramatāya saṇṭhāsi || ||
8. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo aparena samayena salli-
khita-gatto⁷ pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṃ velāyaṃ
imaṃ udānam udānesi || ||
Ubhayena vata maṃ so Bhagavā atthena anukampi ||
diṭṭhadhammikena c-eva samparāyikena cā ti⁸ || ||

SN_1.3,2.4,5. Saṅgāme dve vuttāni.
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati.

SN_1.3,2.4.
1. Atha kho rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu⁹ vedehiputto catu-
raṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā¹⁰ rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī ||
2. Assosi kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho
Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senam sannayhitvā¹¹
mamaṃ abbhuyyāto yena Kāsīti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattuṃ vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāsi yena Kāsī || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. repeats bhattābhihāre; S1-2 mama bhihāre; S2 mama bhihāro.
2 S1-2 do not repeat kahāpaṇasataṃ.
3 SS paramam hoti.
4 SS. paṭissutvā.
5 SS. maṇujassa.
6 B. satimato (here and above) . . . bhojanam.
7 B. su-sallikhita-.
8 S2 samparayike cā ti; S1 samparayikenācāti. For the whole cf.
Dhammapada, p. 355-7 (v.204).
9 B. Ajātasatthu, always.
10 S1 sannayahitvā; S2 sanyahitvā.
11 S1-2 sannayahitvā.

[page 083]
III. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 83
4. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā
ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tena kho pana saṅgāme
rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Passenadi-
kosalam parājesi || parājito ca rājā Pasenadi kosalo sakam eva
rājadhānim¹ Sāvatthim² pāyāsi³ || ||
5. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivā-
setvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu⁴ ||
Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā⁵ pacchābhattam piṇḍapāta-
paṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu ||
ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad
avocuṃ || ||
6. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehī-putto
caturāṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā⁶ rājānaṃ Passenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || || Assosi kho bhante rājā Passenadi-
kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto catu-
raṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyyāto yena
Kāsīti || || Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo catu-
raṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānaṃ Māgadham Ajāta-
sattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyāsī yena Kāsī || || Atha kho
bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca
Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tasmiṃ kho pana⁷ sagāme
rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Pasenadi-
kosalam parājesi || parājito ca bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo
sakam eva rājadhānim⁸ Sāvatthim paccuyyāsīti || ||
7. Rājā⁹ bhikkhave māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
pāpa-mitto pāpasahāyo pāpa-sampavaṅko || rājā ca¹⁰ bhikkhave
Pasenadi-kosalo kalyāṇa-mitto kalyāṇa-sahāyokalyāṇa-sampa-
vaṅko || ajjatañ ca¹¹ bhikkhave rājā Pasenadi-kosalo imaṃ
rattiṃ dukkhaṃ sessati¹² parājito ti || ||
Jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || dukkhaṃ seti parājito ||
upasanto sukham seti || hitvā jayam parājayan ti¹³ || ||

SN_1.3,2.5.
8. Atha kho rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto catu-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. saṅgāmā rājaṭhāniṃ.
2 S1 adds yaṃ.
3 B. paccuyyāsi.
4 S2-3 pavisiṃsu; B. cariṃsu.
5 SS. pavisitvā.
6 S2 sannayahitvā.
7 B. adds bhante.
8 B. saṅgāma rājaṭhānim as above.
9 S3 adds hi.
10 B. adds kho.
11 B. ajjeva.
12 B. seti.
13 See Dhammapadam, v. 201; and the commentary, p. 353.

[page 084]
84 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 5.
raṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā¹ rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || ||
9. Assosi kho rājā Passenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho
Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā²
mamaṃ abbhuyāto yena Kāsī ti || ||
10. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāti yena Kāsī ||
11. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tasmiṃ kho pana
saṅgāme rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rājanaṃ māgadhaṃ Ajāta-
sattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jīvagāhaṃ ca nam agga-
hesi³ || ||
12. Atha kho⁴ rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa etad ahosi || ||
Kiñcāpi kho myāyam⁵ rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
adubbhantassa⁶ dubbhati || atha ca pana me bhāgineyyo
hoti || yaṃ nūnāham rañño māgadhassa Ajātasattusso⁷ vedehi-
puttassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam assa-
kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaṃ ratha-kāyam pariyādiyitvā
sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jīvantam eva nam ossaj-
jeyyan ti || ||
13. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rañño māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kāyam patriyā-
diyitvā || pe || jīvantam eva nam ossajji⁸ || ||
14. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu⁹ ||
Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā¹⁰ pacchābhattam piṇḍapāta-
paṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu ||
Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad
avocuṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 sannayahitvā.
2 S1 sannayihitvā; S2 sannayahitvā here and in the next paragraph.
3 S1 aggahehi.
4 SS. omit Atha kho.
5 S3 mayaṃ.
6 S2 dubbhantassa; S3 abbhantassa.
7 SS. Ajātasattussa.
8 So B. and S3 (except the abridgment which is in S3 only); but S1-2
intermingle this and the preceding paragraph, suppressing the last
word of the first and retaining only the last of the second.
S2 has: jīvantam eva nam ossajji (or ossaji); S1 jīvantam eva naṃ
mevanaṃ ossaji (from the first jīvantaṃ); S3 has ossajeyyan-ti . . .
ossajī as B.
9 S1-3 pavisiṃsu.
10 S1-3 pavisitvā.

[page 085]
III. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 85
15. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || Assosi kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-
kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅgi-
niṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyāto yena Kāsī ti || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāsi¹ || || Atha kho bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajāta-
sattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || ||
Tasmiṃ kho pana² saṅgāme rājā Pasenasi-kosalo rājānam
māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jīvagāhañ ca
nam aggahesi³ || || Atha kho bhante rañño Pasenadi-kosa-
lassa etad ahosi || Kiñcāpi kho myāyam rājā māgadho Ajāta-
sattu vedehi-putto adubbhantassa⁴ dubbhati || atha va pana
me bhāgineyyo hoti || yaṃ nūnāham rañño māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam paridā-
yitvā || sabbam assa-kāyam || sabbaṃ ratha-kāyam || sabbam
patti-kāyam paridāyitvā jīvantam eva nam ossajjeyyan ti⁵ || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rañño māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam pariyādi-
yitvā sabbam assa-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaṃ rathā-kāyam
pariyādiyitvā sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jīvantam eva
nam⁶ ossajjīti⁷ || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velayam
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vilumpateva puriso || yāvassa upakappati ||
yadā c-aññe⁸ vilumpanti || so vilutto vilumpati ||
ṭhānaṃhi maññati⁹ bālo || yāva pāpaṃ na paccati ||
yadā ca paccati pāpam¹⁰ || atha bālo dukkham nigacchati || ||
hantā labhati¹¹ hantāram || jetāram labhati¹² jāyaṃ ||
akkosako ca akkosaṃ || rosetārañ ca rosako¹³ ||
atha kamma-vivaṭṭena || so vilutto vilumpatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. adds yena kāsī.
2 B. adds bhante.
3 S1 aggahehi as above.
4 SS. adubbhassa.
5 S3 ossajeyyan.
6 B. omits nam.
7 S1-3 (perhaps2) ossajīti.
8 S3 yadācaṃñā-; S2 yadācakkhoññā vilumpanti.
9 S1-3 maññatī; S2 maññatīti.
10 See Dhammapada, v. 69.
11 SS. labhati hantā.
12 SS labhate.
13 S3 rosato paṭirosako; S1-2 rosato pacarosako.

[page 086]
86 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 6.

SN_1.3,2.6. Dhitā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho aññataro puriso yena rājā Pasenādi-kosalo
ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa
upakaṇṇake ārocesi || Mallikā deva¹ devī dhītaraṃ vi-
jātā ti || ||
4. Evam vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anattamano ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam anatta-
manataṃ² viditvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Itthīpi hi ekaccī³ yā || seyyo⁴ posā⁵ jānādhipa ||
medhāvinī sīlavatī || sassu-deva patibbatā || ||
tassā yo jāyati poso || sūro hoti disampati ||
tādiso subhariyā⁶ putto || rajjam pi anusāsatī ti⁷ || ||

SN_1.3,2.7. Appamāda (1)
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antam nisīdi || || Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho
bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha⁸ tiṭṭhati
diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ cā ti || ||
3. Atthi kho mahārāja eko dhammo yo ubho samadhigga-
yha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ
cā ti || ||
4. Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe sama-
dhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparā-
yikaṃ cā ti || ||
5. Appamādo kho mahārāja eko dhammo ubho atthe sama-
dhigghayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ sampa-
rāyikaṃ cā ti⁹ || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici jaṅga-
mānam¹⁰ pāṇānam padajatāni sabbāni tāni hatthipade samo-
dhānaṃ gacchanti || hatthipadaṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati
yad idam mahantena¹¹ || evam eva kho mahārāja eko dhammoḥ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. omit deva.
2 So B; S1-2; S3 anattañcanaṃ.
3 All the MSS. ekacci.
4 C. seyyā.
5 C. seems to read posā; B., SS posa.
6 S2 B. tadisā; SS. subhagiyā.
7 B. anussāsatīti.
8 B samadhigayha; C. samatigeyha.
9 S1 adds āyum ārogyaṃ vaṇṇaṃ.
10 B. jaṅgalānam.
11 B. mahantaṭṭhena.

[page 087]
III. 2. 8.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 87
ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva
atthaṃ samparāyikam cā ti || ||
6. Āyum ārogiyaṃ¹ vaṇṇaṃ || saggam uccākulīnataṃ² ||
ratiyo patthayantena³ || uḷārā aparāparā || ||
appamādam pasaṃsanti || puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito ||
diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko || ||
atthābhisamayā dhīro || paṇḍito ti pavuccatīti⁴ || ||

SN_1.3,2.8. Appamāda (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Ekam antam nisīdi || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evam ce-
taso parivitakko udapādi || Svākhyāto⁵ Bhagavatā dhammo ||
so ca kho kalyāṇa-mittassa kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampa-
vaṅkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no papa-sahāyassa no pāpa-
sampavaṅkassā ti⁶ || ||
3. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || svākhyāto
mahārāja mayā dhammo || so ca kho kalyāṇa-mittassa kalyāṇa-
sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no pāpa-
sahāyassa no pāpa-sampavaṅkassā ti || ||
4. Ekam idāhaṃ⁷ mahārāja samayam Sakkesu⁸ viharāmi
Sakyānaṃ⁹ nigame¹⁰ || ||
5. Atho kho mahārāja Ānando bhikkhu yenāhaṃ ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || Ekam antam nisinno kho mahārāja Ānando bhikkhu
mam etad avoca || || Upaḍḍham idam bhante brahmacari-
yassa yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇa-
sampavaṅkatā ti || ||
6. Evam vuttāham mahārāja¹¹ Ānandam bhikkhum etad
avocam¹² || Mā h-evam Ānanda mā h-evam Ānanda || saka-
lam eva h-idam Ānanda¹³ brahmacariyaṃ yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. āroggiyaṃ.
2 S1 ubba (ucca?) kuli-; B. uccākuli-.
3 So B. and C.; SS. patthayānena; SS. -kiriyāsu.
4 Already published (Journal Assiatique, Janvier, 1873, p. 59-60).
5 SS. svākkhāto here and further on.
6 B. sampavaṅkassa.
7 So all the MSS.
8 S1 adds nāgarakaṇṇā; S2-3 nāgarakaṃ.
9 S2 omits sakyānaṃ.
10 B. nigāmo; S1 nigamo; S3 gāme; S2 game. The true reading of
the whole is sakkaraṃ nāma sakyānaṃ nigame.
11 S3 etaṃ mahaṃ (with erasure); S2 Eva . . . rāja,
the interval being left empty.
12 S3 avocuṃ.
13 SS. omit Ānanda.

[page 088]
88 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA [III. 2. 8.
mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkatā || kalyaṇa-
mittassa etam¹ Ānanda bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇa-
mittassa kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa ariyam
aṭṭhaṅgikam maggaṃ bhāvessati ariyam atthaṅgikam maggam
bahulī-karissati² ||
7. Kathañ ca Ānanda bhikkhu kalyāṇa-mitto kalyāṇa-
sahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ariyam aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulī-karoti || ||
8. Idha Ānanda bhikkhu sammā-diṭṭhim bhāveti viveka-
nissitaṃ virāga-nissitam nirodha-nissitaṃ vossaggapari-
ṇamiṃ || sammā-saṅkappam bhāveti sammāvācam bhāveti ||
sammā-kammantam bhāveti || sammā-ājīvam bhāveti sammā-
vāyāmaṃ sammā-satim bhāveti || sammā-samādhiṃ bhāveti
viveka-nissitaṃ virāga-nissitaṃ nirodha-nissitaṃ vossagga-
pariṇāmiṃ || || Evaṃ kho Ānanda bhikkhu kalyāṇa-mitto
kalyāṇa-sahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ariyam atthaṅgikam
maggam bhāveti ariyam atthaṅgikam maggam bahulī karoti ||
9. Tad'; aminā p-etam Ānanda pariyāyena veditabbam ||
yathā sakalam ev-idam brahmacariyaṃ yad-idam kālyāṇa-
mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkatā ti || ||
10. Mamaṃ hi³ Ānanda kalyāṇa-mittam āgamma jāti-
dhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti || jarādhammā sattā jarāya
parimuccanti || vyādhidhammā sattā vyādhiyā⁴ parimuccanti ||
maraṇa-dhammā sattā maraṇena parimuccanti || soka-pari-
deva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsa-dhammā sattā soka-parideva-
dukkha-domanass-upāyāsehi parimuccanti⁵ || Iminā kho etam⁶
Ānanda pariyāyena veditabbaṃ || yathā sakalam ev-idaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā
kalyaṇa-sampavaṅkatāti⁷ || ||
11. Tasmāt iha te mahārāja evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || kalyāṇa-
mitto bhavissāmi kalyāṇa-sahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ti⁸ ||
evaṃ hi te mahārāja sikkhitabbaṃ || || Kalyāṇa-mittassa te
mahārāja kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa ayamḥ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. -idaṃ.
2 SS. -karissatīti.
3 SS. omit hi.
4 B. vyādhito.
5 SS. parimuccantīti.
6 SS. evaṃ.
7 This intercalated sutta is the second of the first vaggo of the
Magga-Saṃyutta (the first of the fifth and last section of this
Nikāya,-- the Mahāvaggo); it is entitled Upaḍḍha. Already
published (Journal Asiatique, Janvier, 1873, p. 55, 6).
8 All this phrase is omitted by S3.

[page 089]
III. 2. 9.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 89
eko dhammo upanissāya vihātabbo appamādo kusalesu
dhammesu || ||
12. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam
upanissāya itthāgārassa evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho
appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam
pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissayā ti || ||
13. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam
upanissāya khattiyānam pi anuyuttānaṃ¹ evam bha-
vissati || || Rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādam
upanissāya || || Handa mayam pi appamattā viharāma
appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
14. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanis-
sāya negamajānapadassa² pi evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho
appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam
pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
15. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upani-
ssāya attā pi gutto rakkhito bhavissati || itthāgāram pi guttaṃ
rakkhitam bhavissati || kosakoṭṭhāgāram pi³ guttaṃ rakkhi-
tam bhavissatīti || ||
16. Bhoge patthayamānena || uḷāre aparāpare ||
appamādam pasaṃsanti || puñña-kriyāsu⁴ paṇḍitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito ||
diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko ||
atthābhisamayādhīro || paṇḍito ti pavuccatīti⁵ || ||

SN_1.3,2.9. Aputtaka (10).
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa
kuto nu tvam mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
3. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyam seṭṭhi gahapati kālakato⁶ ||
tam aham aputtakam sāpateyyam rājantepuram atiharitvā
āgacchāmi || asīti⁷ bhante satasahassāni hiraññass-eva || koḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. anuyantānam (Cf. Devaputta-S. III. 3. 5) omitted by S2.
2 B. nigamajanapadassa.
3 S2-3 omit kosa.
4 SS. kiriyāsu.
5 Already published (Journal Asiatique, Janv. 1874, p. 80-1).
6 B. kālaṃkato here and further on.
7 B. adds ca.

[page 090]
90 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 9
pana vādo rūpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seṭṭhissa gaha-
patissa evarūpo bhattabhogo ahosi || kaṇājakam¹ bhuñjati
bilaṅgadutiyaṃ || || Evarūpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāṇaṃ dhā-
reti tipakkhavasaṇaṃ² || || Evarūpo yānabhogo ahosi || jajja-
rarathakena yāti paṇṇacchattakena dhārīyamānenā ti || ||
4. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || asappuriso
kho mahārāja uḷāre bhoge labhitvā n-ev-attānam³ sukheti
pīneti || na mātapitaro sukheti pīneti || na puttadāram sukheti
pīneti || na dāsa-kammakaraporise sukheti pīneti || na mittā-
macce sukheti pīneti⁴ || na samaṇa-brāhmaṇesu⁵ uddhaggi-
kaṃ⁶ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ
saggasaṃvattanikaṃ || || Tassa te bhoge evaṃ sammā apari-
bhuñjamāne rājāno vā haranti || corā vā haranti || aggi vā
ḍahati⁷ || udakam vā vahati || appiyā vā dāyadā⁸ haranti || ||
Evaṃ sante⁹ mahārāja bhogā sammā aparibhuñjamānā
parikkhayaṃ gacchanti no paribhogaṃ ||
5. Seyyathāpi mahārāja amanussaṭṭhāne pokkharanī accho-
dakā¹⁰ sītodakā¹¹ sātodakā¹² setakā¹³ supatitthā¹⁴ ramaṇīyā ||
taṃ jano¹⁵ n-eva hareyya na piveyya na nahayeyya na yathā
paccayaṃ vā kareyya || evaṃ hi tam mahārāja udakaṃ sammā
aparibhuñjiyamānam parikkhayam gaccheyya no paribho-
gaṃ || || Evaṃ eva¹⁶ kho mahārājā asappuriso uḷāre bhoge
labhitvā n-ev-attānaṃ sukheti pīneti¹⁷ || pe || Evam sante
bhogā sammā aparibhuñjamānā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti no
paribhogaṃ || ||
6. Sappuriso ca kho mahārāja uḷāre bhoge labhitvā attānam
sukheti pīneti mātāpitaro sukheti pīneti puttadāraṃ sukheti
pīneti dāsa-kammakara-porise sukheti pīneti mittāmacce
sukheti pīneti samaṇesu brāhmaṇesu uddhaggikam dakkhiṇaṃ
patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ ||
tassa te bhoge evaṃ sammāparibhuñjamāne n-eva rājānoḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 ka (or ta?) ṇākajakam; C. kāṇājakam; B. kaṇāekam.
2 SS. dhāretītipakkha-.
3 S3 neva attānam; S2 nevaputtānam.
4 So S2; S3 pīṇeti (twice) pīneti (thrice); B. piṇeti;
S1 pīneti (once) jīṇeti (four times).
5 B. samaṇesu brāhmaṇesu.
6 SS. uddhaggiyaṃ.
7 S3 dayhati.
8 SS. add vā.
9 B. sate.
10 SS. acchodikā.
11 S3 sitodikā; S1 sitotādikā.
12 S1 sātodikā; omitted by S2-3; explained by C.
13 B. setokā.
14 S3 āpatiṭṭhā; S1 ā- corrected in su-.
15 S1-2 rājāno; S3 mahājano.
16 S1-2 evam evaṃ.
17 B. piṇeti; S2 pīṇeti (here), pīneti (four times); S1 jīṇeti always.

[page 091]
III. 2. 10.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 91
haranti na corā haranti na aggi ḍahati na udakam vahati na
appiyā pi dāyādā haranti || || Evam sante mahārāja bhogā
sammā paribhuñjamānā paribhogaṃ gacchanti no pari-
kkhayaṃ || ||
7. Seyyathāpi mahārāja gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre
pokkharaṇī acchodakā sītodakā sātodakā¹ setakā supatitthā
ramaṇīyā || taṃ ca² jano hareyya pi piveyya pi nahāyeyya pi
yathāpaccayam pi kāreyya || evaṃ hi taṃ mahārāja udakam
sammāparibhuñjamānam³ paribhogaṃ gaccheyya no pari-
kkhayaṃ⁴ || || Evam eva kho mahārāja sappuriso uḷāre
bhoge labhitvā attānaṃ sukheti || pe || Evaṃ sante bhogā
sammā paribhuñjamānā paribhogaṃ gacchanti no parikkha-
yan ti || ||
8. Amanussaṭṭhāne udakaṃ vasitaṃ ||
tad apeyyamānam parisosam eti ||
evaṃ dhanaṃ kā-puriso labhitvā ||
n-ev-attanā bhuñjati⁵ no dadāti || ||
dhīro ca viññū⁶ adhigamma bhoge ||
so bhuñjati⁷ kiccakaro ca hoti ||
so nātī-saṅghaṃ nisabho bharitvā⁴ ||
anindito saggam upeti ṭhānan ti ||

SN_1.3,2.10. Aputtaka (20).
1. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ
Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || handa kuto nu tvaṃ
mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
2. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyaṃ seṭṭhi-gahapati kālakato ||
tam aham aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ rājantepuram atiharitvā
āgacchāmi || sataṃ bhante satasahassāni⁸ hiraññassa || ko pana
vādo rūpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seṭṭhissa gahapa-
tissa evarūpo bhattabhogo ahosi kaṇājakaṃ bhuñjati bilaṅga-
dutiyaṃ || || Evarūpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāṇaṃ dhāreti⁹ ti-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. acchodikā sītodikā sātodikā; B. -setodākā.
2 SS. omits ca.
3 B. bhuñjiyamānam.
4 SS. gaccheyyamāno parisosam.
5 SS. paribhuñjati.
6 S1 viññu.
6 S1-2 bhuñjatī.
7 So S3 only; S1-2 have haritvā; S2 has nisaho (for nisabho);
B. -saṅghe na (or ni?) sabhā caritvā.
8 SS. -sahassānaṃ.
9 SS. dharetī.

[page 092]
92 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 10.
pakkhavasanam || Evarūpo yāna-bhogo ahosi || jajjararathakena
yāti paṇṇachattakena dhāriyamānenā ti || ||
3. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || bhūta-
pubbaṃ so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Taggarasikkhiṃ¹ nāma
paccekabuddhaṃ² piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi detha samaṇassa
piṇḍan ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi datvā ca pana pacchā
vippaṭisārī ahosi || varaṃ etaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dāsā vā kamma-
karā vā bhuñjeyyun ti³ || bhātu ca pana ekaputtaṃ⁴ sāpa-
teyyassa kāraṇā jīvitā voropesi || ||
4. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi-gahapati Tagarasikhim⁵
paccekabuddham piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi || tassa kammassa
vipākena⁶ sattakhattum sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppajji⁷ ||
tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena imissā yeva Sāvatthiyā
sattakkhattuṃ seṭṭhittam⁸ kāresi || ||
5. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati datvā pacchā
vippaṭisārī ahosi || varam etaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dāsā vā kamma-
karā vā bhuñjeyyun ti⁹ || tassa kammassa vipākena nāss-
uḷārāya bhatta-bogāya cittaṃ namati || nāssuḷārāya vattha-
bhogāya cittaṃ namati || nāssuḷārāya yāna-bhogāya cittaṃ
namati || nāss-uḷārāṇaṃ pañcannaṃ kāma-gunānaṃ bhogāya
cittaṃ namati ||
6. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati bhātuca¹⁰ pana
ekaputtakaṃ¹¹ sāpateyyassa kāraṇā jīvitā voropesi || tassa
kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassa-satāni¹²
bahūni vassa-sahassāni bahūni vassa-sata-sahassāni niraye
paccittha || tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena idam¹³ sattamam
aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ rāja¹⁴-kosam paveseti¹⁵ || tassa kho
pana¹⁶ mahārāja seṭṭhissa gahapatissa¹⁷ purāṇaṃ ca puññaṃ
parikkhīṇaṃ navañ ca puññaṃ anupacitaṃ || || Ajja pana
mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruva-niraye paccatīti || ||
7. Evaṃ bhante seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruvaṃ nirayam
uppanno¹⁸ ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Taggara-; S1 Nagara-; S2 Gara-.
2 B. paccekasambuddham here and further on.
3 S1-2 bhuñjeyyanti.
4 S1-2 bhātucca; S3 ekaputtakam; B. ekamputtakam.
5 SS. Tagarasikhiṃ (S1 Nagara-); B. Taggarasikhiṃ (as above)
6 S2-3 kammavipākena.
7 B. upapajji.
8 S2-3 seṭṭhattam; B. seṭṭhaggam.
9 S1 bhuñjeyyanti.
10 SS. bhātucca.
11 B. ekam-.
12 SS. omit vassasatāni.
13 SS. idha.
14 S1 rājā.
15 B pavesanti; S2 pasevaseti.
16 B. omits pana.
17 S2-3 omit seṭṭhissa ga-.
18 B. upapanno.

[page 093]
III. 3. 1.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 93
8. Evam mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruve niraye¹
uppanno ti || ||
9. Dhaññaṃ dhanaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ ||
pariggahaṃ vā pi² yad atthi kiñci ||
dāsā kammakarā pessā³ ye c-assa⁴ anujīvino ||
sabbaṃ nādāya gantabbaṃ ||sabbaṃ nikkhippa⁵-gā-
minaṃ || ||
10. Yañ ca karoti kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
taṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti || tañca ādāya gacchati ||
tañc-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va anapāyinī⁶ || ||
11. Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇam || nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Jāṭilā⁸ pañcarājāno || Doṇapākakurena ca⁹ ||
Saṅgāmena¹⁰ dve vuttāni || Dhitarā dve Appamadena ca ||
Aputtakena dve vuttā || vaggo tena vuccatīti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGA.

SN_1.3,3.1. Puggala.11
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho rājānam Pase-
nadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cattāro me mahārāja
puggalā santo {saṃvijjamānā} lokasmiṃ || ||
3. Katame cattāro || || Tamo tama-parāyano || tamo joti-
parāyano || Joti tama-parāyano || Joti joti-parāyano || ||
4. Kathañca mahārājā puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti
caṇḍāla-kule vā veṇa-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule
vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde¹² app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasiraḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -roruvaniraye; B. roruvaṃnirayaṃ upapannoti.
2 B. pī; S1-3 cāpi.
3 B. pesā.
4 SS. ye vassa.
5 B. nikkhīpa; C. nikkhepa.
6 B. anupāyinī.
7 See above, I. 4.
8 S2 Jaṭilo; S1-lā.
9 SS. doṇa.
10 SS. Saṅgāme.
11 Most of this chapter recurs in the Puggala, IV. 19.
12 SS. daḷidde.

[page 094]
94 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 1.
vuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati || || so ca
hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bahvābādho || kāṇo vā
hoti kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhī annassa
pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasa-
thapadīpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati || vācāya
duccaritaṃ carati || manasā duccaritaṃ carati || || so kāyena
duccaritam caritā vācāya duccaritam caritvā manasā duccari-
taṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ uppajjati¹ || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso andha-
kārā vā andhakāraṃ gaccheya || tamā vā tamaṃ gaccheyya ||
lohita-malā vā lohita-malaṃ vā gaccheyya || tathūpamāhaṃ
mahārāja imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evam mahārāja
puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
5. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti
caṇḍāla-kule va vena-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule
vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasira-
vuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo² labbhati || || so ca
hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bahvābādho || kāṇo va
kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhī annassa pānassa
vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-
padīpeyyassa || || So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya suca-
ritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || so kāyena sucaritaṃ
caritvā vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppaj-
jati || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pathaviyā vā pallaṅkam
āroheyya || pallaṅkā vā³ assapiṭṭhim āroheyya || assa-piṭṭhiyā
vā hatthikkhandham āroheyya hatthikkhandhā vā⁴ pāsādam
āroheyya || tathūpamāhaṃ mahārāja imam puggalaṃ va-
dāmi || || Evaṃ kho mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano
hoti || ||
6. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla-kule vā brāhmaṇa-mahāsāla-kule vā gaha-
pati-mahāsāla-kule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pa-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. upapajjati always.
2 S1-2 -ghāsacchādano.
3 S1-2 pallaṅkaṃ vā.
4 S2 hatthikkhandhaṃ vā.

[page 095]
III. 3. 1.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 95
hūta-jātarūpa-rajate pahūta-vittūpakaraṇe¹ pahūta-dhana-
dhaññe || So ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya
vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgato || lābhī annassa pānassa
vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-
padīpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati || vācāya
duccaritaṃ carati vācāya duccaritaṃ carati manasā duccari-
taṃ carati || so kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritam
caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param
maranā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkandham
oroheyya || hatthikkhandhā vā assa-piṭṭhim oroheyya || assa-
piṭṭhiyā vā² pallaṅkam oroheyya pallaṅkā vā pathaviṃ³
oroheyya pathaviyā vā andhakāraṃ oroheyya⁴ || tathūpamā-
haṃ mahārāja imam puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evam kho ma-
hārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
7. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo joti joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla kule vā brāhmaṇa-mahāsāla-kule vā gaha-
pati-mahāsāla kule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūta-
jātarūpa-rajate pahūta-vittū-pakaraṇe pahūta-dhana-dhaññe ||
so ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇa-
pokkharatāya samannāgato || labhī annassa pānassa vatthassa
yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-padīpey-
yassa || || So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ ca-
rati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || so kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā
vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pallaṅkā vā⁵ pallaṅkaṃ saṅka-
meyya || assappiṭṭhiyā va assa-piṭṭhiṃ saṅkameyya || hatthi-
kkhandhā vā⁶ hatthikkhandhaṃ saṅkameyya || pāsādā va
pāsādam saṅkameyya || tathūpamāham mahārāja imam pugga-
laṃ vadāmi || || Evaṃ kho mahārāja puggalo joti joti-
parāyano hoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. -vatthupakaraṇe here and further on.
2 SS. omit vā.
3 SS. pathaviyaṃ.
4 B. paviseyya.
5 S1-2 pallankaṃ vā.
6 S1-2 hatthikkhandhaṃ vā.

[page 096]
96 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 1
8. Ime kho mahārāja puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lo-
kasmiṃ || ||
9. Daliddo puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharī ||
kadariyo pāpa-saṅkappo || micchā-diṭṭhi anādaro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vāpi || aññe vā pi vanibbake¹ ||
akkosati² paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako || ||
dadamānam nivāreti || yācamānānaṃ³ bhojanaṃ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || tamo-tama-parāyano || ||
10. Daliddo puriso rāja || saddho hoti amaccharī ||
dadāti seṭṭha-saṅkappo || avyagga-manaso naro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññe vā pi vanibbake ||
uṭṭhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati ||
dadamānaṃ na vāreti⁴ || yācamānānaṃ bhojanam⁵ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaṃ ṭhānaṃ || tamo-joti-parāyano || ||
11. Aḍḍho ve⁶ puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharī ||
kadariyo pāpa-saṅkappo || micchā-diṭṭhi anādaro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññe vā pi vanibbake ||
akkosati paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako ||
dadamānaṃ nivāreti || yācamānānaṃ bhojanaṃ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno jarādhipa ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || joti-tama-parāyano || ||
12. Aḍḍho ve puriso⁷ rāja || saddho hoti amaccharī ||
dadāti seṭṭha-saṅkappo || abyaggamanaso naro
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññevāpi vanibbake ||
uṭṭhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati || ||
dadamānam na vāreti⁸ || yācamānānam bhojanam⁹ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaṃ ṭhānaṃ || joti-joti-parāyano ti || ||

SN_1.3,3.2. Ayyakā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalaṃḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. vaṇibbake always.
2 S2 aññesati; S1-3 also, but with erasement of ñño.
and interlinear adjunction of kho.
3 S1-3 yācamānāna bho- always; S2 three times.
4 SS. dadamānam nivāreti (S3 adds na under the line before nivāreti).
5 S2 yācamānā bho-.
6 SS. omit ve here and further on.
7 SS. omit ve, add mahā.
8 Same remarks as above.
9 B. yācamānāna bho-.

[page 097]
III. 3. 2.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 97
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto nu tvaṃ mahārāja
āgacchasi divādivassāti || ||
3. Ayyakā¹ me bhante kālakatā² jiṇṇā vuḍḍhā³ mahallikā
addhagatā vayo anuppattā vīsa-vassa-satikā jātiyā⁴ || ||
4. Ayyakā kho pana me bhante piyā ahosi⁵ manāpā || ||
Hatthi-ratanena ce pāham⁶ bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā
kālam akāsīti || hatthiratanam pāham dadeyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsīti || || Assa-ratanena ce pāham bhante
labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || assa-ratanam
pāham dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || || Gāma-
varena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam
akāsīti || gāma-varam pāhaṃ dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam
akāsīti || || Janapadena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsīti || janapadam pāhaṃ dadeyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsīti || ||
5. Sabbe sattā mahārāja maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyo-
sānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
6. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || yāva subhāsitam
idam⁷ bhante Bhagavatā || sabbe sattā maraṇa-dhammā
maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
7. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja sabbe sattā
maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici kumbhakāraka-bhājanāni
āmakāni c-eva pakkāni ca || sabbāni tāni bhedana-dhammāni
bhedana-pariyosānāni bhedanam anatītāni || evam eva kho
mahārāja sabbe sattā maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā
maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
8. Sabbe sattā marissanti || maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitam ||
yathā kammaṃ gamissanti || puñña-pāpa-phalūpagā⁸ || ||
nirayam pāpa-kammantā || puñña-kammā ca⁹ sugga-
tiṃ¹⁰ || ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇam || nicayam samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. ayyikā always.
2 B. kālaṃ katā
3 SS. vuddhā.
4 SS. vīsaṃ vassa-.
5 Bḥoti.
6 SS. paham always.
7 cidam.
8 SS. phalūpagaṃ.
9 S2 kammānā (ntā?).
10 B. S2 sugatiṃ.
11 See above, II. 10.

[page 098]
98 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 3.

SN_1.3,3.3. Loko.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || Kati nu kho bhante lokassa dhammā
uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārā-
yāti || ||
3. Tayo kho mahā rāja lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
4. Katame tayo || || Lobho kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo
uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
Doso kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati
ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || || Moho kho mahārāja
lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya
aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
5. Ime kho mahārāja tayo lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāyā ti || ||
6. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisam pāpa-cetasaṃ ||
hiṃsanti attasambhūtā || tacasāram¹ va samphalan ti² || ||

SN_1.3,3.4. Issattam.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kattha nu³ kho bhante dānaṃ
dātabban ti || ||
3. Yattha kho mahārāja cittam pasīdatī ti || ||
4. Kattha pana bhante dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
5. Aññaṃ kho etaṃ mahārāja kattha dānaṃ dātabbaṃ ||
aññam pan-etaṃ kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || || Sīlavato
kho mahārāja dinnam mahapphalaṃ no tathā dussīle || ||
Tena hi⁴ mahārāja taññ-ev-ettha paripucchissāmi⁵ || yathā te
khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi ||
6. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddham
paccupaṭṭhitam saṅgāmo samupabbuḷho⁶ || || Atha āgaccheyya
khattiya-kumāro asikkhito akata-hattho akata-yoggo akat-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 tañcasārava-.
2 Textual repetition of I. 2. the title only being changed.
3 S1-3 kathannu; S2 kathānnu.
4 S1-2 teneva.
5 SS. paripucchāmi.
6 B. samuppabyūḷho always.

[page 099]
III. 3. 4.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 99
upāsano bhīrū¹ chambhī utrāsī palāyī² || bhareyyāsi taṃ
purisaṃ attho ca³ te tādisena purisena || ||
7. Nāham bhante bhareyyaṃ taṃ purisaṃ na ca⁴ me
attho⁵ tādisena purisenā ti || ||
8. Atha āgaccheyya brāhmaṇa-kumāro asikkhito || Atha
āgaccheyya vessakumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro
asikkhito || la || na ca me attho tādisena purisenā ti⁶ ||
9. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddhaṃ
paccupaṭṭhitam saṅgāmo samupabbūḷho || || Atha āgaccheyya
khattiya-kumāro sikkhito⁷ kata-hattho kata-yoggo kat-upā-
sano abhīrū⁸ acchambhī⁹ anutrāsī apalāyī¹⁰ bhareyyāsi taṃ
purisaṃ attho ca te tādisena purisenā ti || ||
10. Bhareyyāham bhante tam purisam attho ca me
tādisena purisenā ti || ||
11. Atha¹¹ āgaccheyya brāhmaṇa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya
vessa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro sikkhito kata-
hattho kata-yoggo kat-upāsano abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī
apalāyī¹² || bhareyyāsi taṃ purisam attho ca te tādisena
purisenā ti || ||
12. Bhareyyāhaṃ bhante tam purisam attho ca me tādisena
purisenā ti || ||
13. Evam eva kho mahārāja yasmā kasmā ce¹³ pi kulā¹⁴
agarismā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || so ca hoti pañcaṅga-
vippahīno pañcaṅga-samannāgato || tasmiṃ dinnam ma-
happhalaṃ¹⁵ || ||
14. Katamāni pañca aṅgāni¹⁶ pahīnāni¹⁷ honti || Kāma-
cchando pahīno hoti || Vyāpādo pahīno hoti || Thīnamiddham
pahīnaṃ hoti || Uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti || Vici-
kicchā pahīnā hoti || Imāni pañcaṅgāni pahīnāni honti || ||
15. Katamehi pañca aṅgehi¹⁸ samannāgato hoti || asekkhena
sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena samādhik-
khandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena paññakkhandhenaḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. bhirū-; SS bhīrūcchambhi.
2 S1-3 palāyi.
3 S1-2 atth eva; S3 attho va
4 B. va.
5 SS. attho va me.
6 All this paragraph is omitted by S2-3, added between the lines by S1,
with some slight differences in the abridgment.
7 B. susikkhito.
8 B. S2-3 abhirū.
9 B. achambhī.
10 B. apalāyasī.
11 SS. add kho.
12 S3 apalāyi here and above; B. anapalāyī.
13 S1-2 omit kasmā; Bṭasmā; S2 has yasmāñce.
14 S1 kusalā.
15 B. adds hoti.
16 B. pañcaṅgāni.
17 S1-3 vippahīnāni.
18 B. pañcahaṅgehi here and further on.

[page 100]
100 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 4.
samannāgato hoti || asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannā-
gato hoti || asekkhena vimuttiññāna-dassana-kkhandhena
samannāgato hoti || || Imehi pañca aṅgehi samannāgato
hoti || ||
16. Iti pañcaṅga-vippahīne pañcaṅga-sammannāgate dinnam
mahapphalan ti || ||
17. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā¹ || ||
Issattam² balaviriyañca || yasmiṃ vijjetha māṇave³ ||
taṃ yuddhattho bhare rājā⁴ || nāsūraṃ⁵ jāti-paccayā || ||
tatheva khanti-soracca-dhammā⁶ yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
tam ariyavuttiṃ⁷ medhāvī⁸ || hīna-jaccam pi pūjaye || ||
kāraye assame ramme || vāsayettha bahussute ||
papañcavivane kayirā || dugge saṅkamanāni ca || ||
Annaṃ pānam khādaniyaṃ || vattha-senāsanāni ca ||
dadeyya uju-bhūtesu || vippasannena cetasā || ||
yathā hi megho thanayaṃ || vijjumālī satakkatu⁹ ||
thalaṃ ninnañca pureti || abhivassaṃ vasundharaṃ || ||
tath-eva saddho sutavā || abhisaṅkhacca¹⁰ bhojanaṃ ||
vanibbake tappayati || anna-pānena paṇḍito ||
āmodamāno¹¹ pakireti || detha dethā ti bhāsati || ||
taṃ hi-ssa gajjitaṃ hoti || devasseva pavassato ||
sā puññadhārā vipulā || dātāram abhivassatīti || ||

SN_1.3,3.5. Pabbatūpamaṃ.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto tvam mahārāja
āgacchasi || ||
3. Yāni tāni bhante raññam¹² khattiyānam muddhā-
vasittānam issariyamada-mattānaṃ kāma-gedha-pariyuṭṭhi-
tānaṃ janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantaṃ pathavī-
maṇḍalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānaṃ rāja-karaṇīyāṇi bha-
vanti¹³ || tesvāham etarahi ussukkam āpanno ti || ||
4. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha te purisoḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is omitted by SS.
2 S1-3 issatthaṃ.
3 S3 mānave.
4 B. bhareyyātha.
5 S2-3 sūram.
6 B. -soraccaṃ || dhammā.
7 B.omits tam; S1 nam.
6 SS. medhāviṃ.
9 So S3 only; B. and S1-2 satakkaku; C. satakkuku
(explaining satasikharo).
10 SS. abhisankhaṭa.
11 C. anumodamāno.
12 S2 rañño corrected to raññam in S3, perhaps also in S1.
13 SS. santi.

[page 101]
III. 3. 5.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 101
āgaccheyya puratthimāya disāya saddhāyiko paccayiko || so
tam upasaṅkamitvā evam vadeyya || yagghe mahārāja jāney-
yāsi¹ || aham āgacchāmi puratthimāya disāya || tatth-addasaṃ
mahantam pabbataṃ abbhasamam sabbe pāṇe nipphoṭento²
āgacchati || yaṃ te mahārāja karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
5. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya pacchimāya disāya ||
la³ || Atha tatiyo puriso āgaccheyya uttarāya disāya ||
Atha catuttho puriso āgaccheyya dakkhiṇāya disāya saddhā-
yiko paccayiko || so tam upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya ||
yagghe mahārāja jāneyyāsi aham āgacchāmi dakkhiṇāya
disāya || tattha addasam mahantam pabbatam abbhasamam
sabbe pāṇe nipphoṭento āgacchati || yaṃ te maharāja karaṇī-
yam taṃ karohīti || || Evarūpe te maharāja mahati⁴ ma-
habbhaye samuppanne dārune manussakkhaye⁵ dullabhe
manussatte kim assa karaṇīyan ti || ||
6. Evarūpe bhante mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne dā-
ruṇe manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kim assa karanī-
yam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya⁶
puññakiriyāyā ti⁷ || ||
7. Ārocemi kho te mahārāja paṭivedemi kho⁸ te mahārāja ||
adhivattati kho tam mahārāja jarāmaraṇaṃ || adhivattamāne
ca te mahārāja jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyan ti || ||
8. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraṇe kim assa
karaṇīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusala-
kiriyāya puññakiriyāya⁹ || ||
9. Yāni pi tāni bhante raññam khattiyānaṃ muddhāva-
sittānam issariyamada-mattānaṃ kāma-gedha-pariyuṭṭhitā-
naṃ janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantam pathavi-maṇ-
ḍalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānam hatthi-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
tesam pi bhante hatthi-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo
adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
10. Yāni pi tāni bhante raññaṃ khattiyānam muddhā-
vasittānam || pe || ajjhāvasantānam assa-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
ratha-yuddhāni bhavanti || patti-yuddhāni bhavanti || tesamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. jāneyya always.
2 B. nipphothento always.
3 SS. pe.
4 SS. mahatī.
5 B. manussakāye.
6 B. kusalacariyāya always.
7 Before each of these words, B. repeats aññatra.
8 SS. omit kho.
9 Same remarks as above.

[page 102]
102 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 5.
pi bhante patti-yuddhānam natthi gati¹ natthi visayo adhi-
vattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
11. Santi kho pana bhante imasmiṃ rājakule mantino
mahāmattā || ye pahonti² āgate paccatthike mantehi bheda-
yituṃ³ || tesam pi bhante manta-yuddhānam natthi gati⁴
natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
12. {Saṃvijjati} kho pana⁵ bhante imasmiṃ rājakule pahu-
taṃ⁶ suvaṇṇam bhūmigatañ c-eva vehāsaṭṭhañca yena mayam
pahoma āgate paccatthike dhanena upalāpetuṃ || tesam pi
bhante dhana-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhi-
vattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
13. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraṇe kim assa
karaṇīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusala-
kiriyāya puññakiriyāyā ti || ||
14. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja adhivatta-
māne ca te⁷ jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyam aññatra dhamma-
cariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyāti || ||
15. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā || ||
Yathā pi selā vipulā || nabham āhacca pabbatā ||
samantānupariyeyyuṃ⁸ || nipphoṭento catuddisā ||
evam jarā ca maccu ca⁹ || adhivattanti¹⁰ pāṇino¹¹ || ||
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse || sudde caṇḍāla-pukkuse ||
na kiñci parivajjeti || sabbam evābhimaddati || ||
na tattha hatthīnam¹² bhūmi || na rathānam na pattiyā ||
na cāpi manta-yuddhena || sakkā jetuṃ dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
buddhe dhamme ca saṅghe ca || dhīro saddhaṃ nivesaye || ||
Yo dhammacārī kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
idh-eva nam pasaṃsanti || pacca sagge pamodatīti¹³ || ||
Kosala-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddāmaṃ || ||
Puggalo Ayyakā¹⁴ Loko || Issattam Pabbatopamaṃ ||
desitam buddhaseṭṭhena || imaṃ Kosalam pañcakaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2-3 omit natthigati.
2 B. yesaṃ honti.
3 S1-3 add here tesam pi bhedayitum.
4 SS. omit natthi gati here and further on.
5 SS. omit pana.
6 B. bahutam.
7 B. omits ca te.
8 S1-3 samantā anupariyeyyuṃ.
9 S3 maraṇañ ca.
10 S2 has only evam-ttanti pāṇino, the place of the omitted words
remaining empty.
11 B. pāṇine.
12 S2 hatthīna.
13 SS. sagge ca modatīti.
14 B. Āyyikā.

[page 103]
103

********************************************

BOOK IV.- MĀRA-SAṂYUTTAM.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGA.

SN_1.4,1.1. Tapo kammañ ca.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle¹
pathamābhisambuddho ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evam
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Mutto vatamhi tāya dukkara-
kārikāya || sādhu mutto vatamhi tāya anattha-saṃhitāya
dukkara-kārikāya || sādhu ṭhito sato² bodhiṃ³ samajjha-
gan ti⁴ ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tapo kammā apakkamma || yena sujjhanti mānavā ||
asuddho maññati suddho || suddhimaggam⁵ aparaddho ti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccabhāsi⁶ || ||
Anattha-sañhitaṃ ñatvā || yaṃ kiñci aparaṃ⁷ tapaṃ ||
sabbānatthāvahaṃ⁸ hoti || piyārittam⁹ va dhammaniṃ¹⁰ || ||
sīlaṃ samādhi-paññañca || maggam bodhāya bhāvayaṃ ||
patto-smi paramaṃ suddhiṃ || nihato tvaṃ asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.4,1.2. Nāgo.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam bhagavā Uruvelāyam
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamā-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Ajapāla-nigrodhe.
2 B. sādhu vatamhi.
3 S2-3 bodhi.
4 B. samajjhagunti
5 B. suddham || suddhimaggā.
6 S1-2 paccajjhabhāsi.
7 So B.and C.; SS amaraṃ.
8 S1-3 sabhaṃnatthā-.
9 B. phiyārittam; C. thiyārittaṃ.
10 So C.; SS. vammani (or -ti); C. dhammani.
11 B. antaram adhāyīti.

[page 104]
104 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1.2.
bhisambuddho || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
ratt-andhakāra-timisāyam¹ ajjhokāse² nisinno hoti || devo ca
ekam ekam phusāyati³ || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhi-
tattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaṃ hatthirāja-
vaṇṇam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Seyyathāpi nāma mahā ariṭṭhako⁴ maṇi evam assa sisaṃ
hoti || seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ rūpiyam evam assa dantā
honti || seyyathāpi nāma mahatī naṅgalasīsā⁵ evam assa
soṇḍo hoti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saṃsāraṃ dīgham addhānam || vaṇṇaṃ katvā subhā-
subham ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ
Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti⁶ || ||

SN_1.4,1.3. Subham.
1. Uruvelāyaṃ viharati⁷ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ratt-andhakāra-timisā-
yaṃ ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ {chambhitattaṃ}
loma-haṃsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā
upadaṃseti subhā c-eva asubhā ca || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ
pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saṃsāram dīgham addhānaṃ || vaṇṇaṃ katvā subhā-
subhaṃ ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antaka || ||
Ye ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca⁸ susaṃvutā ||
na te Māra vasānugā || na te Mārassa paccagū ti⁹ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. and C. -timisāya.
2 So SS. and C.; B. abbhokāse always.
3 S1-2 phusāyāti.
4 SS. mahāriṭṭhako.
5 S1-3 naṅgalīsā; S2 naṅgālīsā.
6 This paragraph is omitted by SS. in this and all the following
Suttas but the last.
7 So SS.; B. gives the full text.
8 SS. manasāya.
9 S2 pañcaccagūti; B. baddhabhūti; C. paṭṭhagūti.

[page 105]
IV. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 105

SN_1.4,1.4. Pasa (1).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ
viharati Isipatane migadāye || || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū
āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bha-
gavato paccassosuṃ || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mayhaṃ kho bhikkhave
yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā¹ anuttarā vimutti
anuppattā anuttarā vimutti² sacchikatā || Tumhe pi bhik-
khave yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ
vimuttim anupāpuṇātha³ anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikaro-
thā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho⁴-si māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
māra-bandhana-baddhosi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
4. Mutto-ham⁵ māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||||
mārabandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||⁶

SN_1.4,1.5. Pasa <2>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isi-
patane migadāye || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || ||
Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante⁷ ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato
paccassosuṃ || ||
2. ⁸ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mutto-ham⁹ bhikkhave
sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā || Tumhe pi bhikkhave
muttā sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā¹⁰ caratha bhikkhave
cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ || || Mā ekena dve
agamettha¹¹ || desetha bhikkhave dhammam ādikalyāṇam
majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāṇa-kalyāṇam || sāttham savyañ-
janaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pa-
kāsetha || || Santi sattā apparajakkha-jātikā || assavanatā¹²ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. samappadhānā.
2 SS. omit anu- vi-.
3 B. pāpunātha.
4 B. bandho si always.
5 B. and S2 muttāhaṃ.
6 3 = Mahāvagga I. 11. 2.
7 B. Bhaddante.
8 2, 3, 4 = Mahāvagga I. 11.
9 B. S2-3 Muttāhaṃ.
10 Here S2 intercalates: [mārabandhana mutta] ettha,
and S1 [māra bandhanamuttomhi ti hato tvam] ettha.
11 B. agamattha (Vinaya, agamittha).
12 So B. and C.; SS. assavantā; Childers: assavanato
(word parihāyati).

[page 106]
106 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1. 5.
dhammassa parihāyanti || bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro || ||
Aham pi bhikkhave yena Uruvelā Senānigamo¹ ten-upa-
saṅkamissāmi dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho-si sabba-pāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana²-baddho si || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
4. Mutto-haṃ³ sabbapāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakā ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.4,1.6. sappo.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāra-timi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhi-
tattaṃ loma-haṃsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaṃ sappa-rāja-
vaṇṇam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Seyyathāpi nāma mahatī eka-rukkhikā nāvā evam assa
kāyo hoti || || Seyyathāpi nāma soṇḍikā kilañjā⁵ evam assa
phaṇo hoti || Seyyathāpi nāma kosālikā⁶ kaṃsapātī⁷ evam
assa akkhīni bhavanti || Seyyathāpi nāma deve gaḷagaḷāyante⁸
vijjullatā⁹ niccharanti evam assa mukhato jivhā niccharati ||
Seyyathāpi nāma kammāra-gaggariyā dhamamānāya saddo
hoti evam assa assāsa-passāsānaṃ¹⁰ saddo hoti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo suñña-gehāni11 sevati ||
seyyo so12 muni atta-saññato ||
vossajja careyya tattha so ||
paṭirūpaṃ hi tathāvidhassa taṃ || ||
Carakā bahu13-bheravā bahū ||
atho ḍaṃsā14 siriṃsapā15 bahū ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Sena. In the Vinaya: yena Uruvelā yena senā- (Comp. Rh. D. and
O's note, "Vinaya Texts," I. 113).
2 S2 mārabandhana-.
3 B. muttāham.
4 All this text is to be found in the Mahāvaggo of the Vinaya
at the end of the Mārakathā (11th Chapter).
5 B. C. Kilañjam; S1-2 kilañja; S3 kilajā.
6 B. kosalakā; C. kosala-.
7 B. S2 -pāti.
8 S2 gaḷagaḷānte.
9 B. vijjulatā; S2 vijjulla.
10 S1 -passāsānaṃ; S1-3 -passāsaṃna; S2 -passasampābahulo macaji
(or pi) na tattha na-.
11 B. -gahāni.
12 B. S1 seyyāso.
13 S1 bahū.
14 SS. daṃsa.
15 B. sarisapā.

[page 107]
IV. 1. 8.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 107
lomam pi na tattha iñjaye ||
suññāgāra-gato mahā muni || ||
Nabhaṃ phaleyya pathaviṃ caleyya1 ||
sabbe pi2 pāṇā uda santaseyyuṃ ||
sallam pi ce3 urasi pakampayeyyuṃ4 ||
upadhīsu5 tānaṃ6 na karonti buddhā ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,1.7. Suppati.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā bahud'; eva rattiṃ ajjhokāse caṅka-
mitvā rattiyā paccusa-samayam pāde⁷ pakkhāletvā vihāram
pavisitvā⁸ dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde
pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhāna-saññaṃ manasi
karitvā || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ soppasi kiṃ nu suppasi9 ||
kim idaṃ soppasi10 dubbhayo11 viya ||
suññam agāran ti12 soppasi ||
kim idaṃ soppasi sūriy-uggate13 ti || ||
4. Yassa jālinī visattikā ||
taṇhā n-atthi kuhiñci netave ||
sabbūpadhīnaṃ parikkhayā budho14 ||
soppati kin-tav-ettha Mārā ti || ||

SN_1.4,1.8. Nandanam.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Savātthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi15 tath-eva nandati ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2-3 jaleyya.
2 S. sabbeva.
3 S2-3 omit ce; C. ve.
4 So SS.; B. kappareyya; C. urasikampasseyyuṃ.
5 S1 udadhīsu; S2 udaṃdīsu.
6 S3 tāṇaṃ.
7 S2-3 omit pāde.
8 B. pavīsitvā.
9 B. soppasi.
10 B. soppatam (= soppanam?).
11 SS. dubbhato.
12 SS. suññāgaranti.
13 SS. sūriye-ug-.
14 SS. buddho.
15 B. Gomā gobhi here and further on.

[page 108]
108 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1. 8.
upadhīhi narassa nandaṇo ||
na hi so nandati yo nirupadhīti || ||
3. Socati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhīhi narassa socanā ||
na hi so socati nirupadhīti¹ || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhayatīti || ||

SN_1.4,1.9. Āyu <1>.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe ||
2. Tatra Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagava to paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Appam idam bhikkhave ma-
nussānam āyu || gamanīyo samparāyo || kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ
caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ || natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ || yo
bhikkhave ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appam vā bhīyo
ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dīgham āyu manussānaṃ || na naṃ hīḷe² suporiso ||
careyya khīramatto va || natthi maccussa āgamo ti || ||
5. Appam āyu manussānaṃ || hīḷeyya³ naṃ suporiso ||
careyyādittasīso⁴ va || natthi maccussa nāgamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,1.10. Āyu (2).
1. Rājagahe || ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā etad avoca || appam idaṃ bhikkhave
manussānam āyu || gamanīyo samparāyo || || kattabbaṃ
kusalaṃ caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ || natthi jātassa amara-
ṇam || yo bhikkhave ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appaṃ vā
bhīyo ti || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 These gāthās are the repetition of Devatā-S. II. 1. 4.
is in B. only.
2 B. C. hile
3 B. hileyya; SS. hileyyā.
4 B careyya; S3 -siso; S1 -ādikātasiso.

[page 109]
IV. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 109
Nāccayanti ahorattā || jīvitaṃ n-uparujjhati¹ ||
āyu² anupariyāti³ maccānaṃ || nemi va ratha-kubba-
ran ti ||
3. Accayanti ahorattā || jīvitam uparujjhati ||
āyu khīyati maccānam || kunnadīnam va odakan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ
Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Tapo-kammañ ca Nāgo ca || Subhaṃ Pāsena te duve ||
Sappo Suppati Nandanaṃ || Āyunā apare duve ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.

SN_1.4,2.1. Pāsāno.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭa-
pabbate || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhi-
tattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre mahante
mahante⁴ pāsāṇe padālesi⁵ || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sa ce pi⁶ kevalaṃ sabbam || Gijjhakūṭam calessasi⁷ ||
n-eva sammā vimuttānaṃ || buddhānam atthi iñjitan ti⁸ || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.2. Sīho.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 noparujjhati.
2 C. S3 āyum; S1-2 āyuñ ca.
3 So C.; B. anupuriyati; S1 anupariyeti; S2-3 pariyeti.
4 B. does not repeat mahante.
5 S1-2 pavaḍḍesi (or pavaddhesi); S3 pavaṭṭesi; C. pataḷesi.
6 SS. sacemaṃ.
7 B. caleyyasi.
8 B. iñjanan-ti.

[page 110]
110 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 2.
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho
samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā parisayā parivuto dhammaṃ
deseti || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅka-
meyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ nu sīho va nadasi || parisāyam¹ visārado ||
paṭimallo² hi te atthi || vijitāvī nu maññasīti || ||
4. Nandanti ve mahāvīrā || parisāsu visāradā ||
Tathāgatā balappattā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti || dukkhī dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.3. Sakalikaṃ.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Maddakucchimhi³ migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana⁴ samayena Bhagavato pādo sakalikāya
khato⁵ hoti || bhusā sudam Bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārī-
rikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā || tāsudam
Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno⁶ || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mandiyā nu⁷ sesi udāhu kāveyya-matto ||
atthā nu⁸ te sampacurā na santi ||
eko vivitte sayanāsanamhi⁹ ||
niddāmukho¹⁰ kim idaṃ soppasevā ti || ||
4. Na mandiyā sayāmi nāpi kāveyya-matto ||
atthaṃ sameccāham apetasoko ||
eko vivitte¹¹ sayanāsanamhi ||
sayām-ahaṃ sabbabhūtānukampī ||
Yesaṃ¹² pi sallam urasi paviṭṭhaṃ ||
muhuṃ muhuṃ hadayaṃ vedhamānaṃ¹³ ||
te cāpi¹⁴ soppaṃ labhare sasallā ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 parisāyaṃ
2 B. patimallo.
3 SS. -kucchismiṃ.
4 B omits kho pana.
5 B. sakkhalikāya hato.
6 See Devatā-S. IV. 4.
7 SS. kho.
8 S1 atthanaṃ; S2 atthāna; S3 atthānaṃ; but ṃ seems to be erased.
9 S1 eko ca vivitto-; S3 eko va seti (two erased letters) nāsanamhi;
S2 eko ma (or va) . . . sanamhi (with an empty space as usual).
10 SS. niddāsikho.
11 SS. vivitto.
12 S1-3 sesam.
13 B. hadaya-; SS. -secamānaṃ.
14 SS. te pidha (S1 pī-).

[page 111]
IV. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 111
kasmā¹ ahaṃ na supe² vītasallo || ||
Jaggaṃ na saṅke³ na pi bhemi⁴ sottuṃ ||
rattindivā nānutapanti⁵ māmaṃ ||
hāniṃ na passāmi kuhiñci loke ||
tasmā supe sabbabhūtānukampīti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.4. Patirūpam.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Ekasālā-
yaṃ⁶ brāhmaṇagāme || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
mahatiyā gihiparisāya⁷ parivuto dhammaṃ deseti⁸ || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho
samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ
deseti || Yam nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅka-
meyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-etaṃ tava patirūpam || yad aññam anusāsasi⁹ ||
anurodha-virodhesu || mā sajjittho¹⁰ tad ācaran ti || ||
4. Hitānukampī sambuddho || yad aññam anusāsati ||
anurodha-virodhehi || vippamutto Tathāgato ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.5. Mānasaṃ.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antalikkhacaro pāso¹¹ || yo-yam¹² carati mānaso¹³ ||
tena taṃ bādhayissāmi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
3. Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā¹⁴ || poṭṭhabbā ca manoramā ||
ettha me vigato chando || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. tasmā.
2 S3 sūpe; B. suse.
3 C. saṅkemi(= saṅkāmi).
4 SS. vihemi; C. reads bhemi (= bhāyāmi).
5 So B. and C.; SS. nānupatanti.
6 SS. sālāyam (without eka).
7 B. gīhi- here and further on.
8 B. desesi.
9 B. S3 anusāsati.
10 C. sajjittha.
11 S1 poso.
12 B. yvāyaṃ.
13 SS. mānuso.
14 B. gandhā rasā.

[page 112]
112 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 6.

SN_1.4,2.6. Pattaṃ.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena
Bhagavā pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya bhikkhū¹
dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampa-
haṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā² manasi katvā
sabba-cetaso³ samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho
samaṇo Gotamo pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya
bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti
sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā
sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohita-sotā dhammaṃ suṇanti ||
Yaṃ nunāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ
vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā pattā ajjhokāse
nikkhittā honti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā balivaddavaṇṇaṃ⁴ abhinimmi-
nitvā yena te pattā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. atha kho aññataro bhikkhu⁵ aññataram bhikkhum
etad avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu⁶ eso⁷ balivaddo patte
bhindeyyāti || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || Na so
bhikkhu balivaddo || Māro eso pāpimā tumhākaṃ vicakkhu-
kammāyāgato⁸ ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ vedayitaṃ⁹ saññaṃ || viññāṇaṃ yañca saṅkhataṃ ||
n-eso ham asmi n-etam me || evaṃ tattha virajjati || ||
evam virattaṃ khemattaṃ || sabbasaṃyojanātigaṃ ||
anvesaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu || Māra-senā pi nājjhagā ti¹⁰ || ||
8. Pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.4,2.7. Āyatana.
1. Ekam samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane
kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. bhikkhūnaṃ.
2 B. aṭṭhim- always.
3 B. sabbaṃ cetasā always.
4 B. balibaddha- here and further on.
5 S1-2 omit aññataro bhikkhu.
6 S1-2 omit bhikkhu bhikkhu.
7 SS. esa.
8 -kammāya āgato.
9 S1 vedayatītaṃ; S2-3 vedayatitaṃ (with erasure of da in S2,
of taṃ in S3).
10 B. nājjhāgāti.
11 pa- . . . -ti is in B. only.

[page 113]
IV. 2. 8.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 113
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā channam phassāya-
tanānaṃ¹ upādāya bhikkhū² dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti
samādapeti³ samuttejeti⁴ sampahaṃseti⁵ || te ca bhikkhū
aṭṭhi-katvā⁶ manasi katvā sabba-cetaso⁶ samannāharitvā
ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho
samaṇo Gotamo channam phassāyatanānam upādāya bhi-
kkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti
sampahaṃseti || Te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhikatvā manasi katvā
sabbacetaso sammannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam suṇanti ||
Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ
vicakkhukammāyāti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre mahantam bhaya-bherava-
saddam akāsi || api-sudam⁷ pathavī maññe udrīyati⁸ || ||
5. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataram bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu⁹ esā pathavī maññe udrīyatī
ti¹⁰ || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
N-esā bhikkhu pathavī udrīyati¹¹ || Māro eso pāpimā tumhā-
kaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā ||
etam lokāmisaṃ ghoraṃ || ettha loko dhimucchito¹² || ||
etañ ca samatikkamma || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
māradheyyam atikkamma || ādicco va¹³ virocatīti || ||
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyī
ti || ||

SN_1.4,2.8. Piṇḍaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Pañcasā-
lāyam brāhmaṇagāme || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 passāya-.
2 B. bhikkhūnaṃ here and further on.
3 SS. -dassesi -dapesi.
4 S3 -tejesi.
5 In S3 -haṃsesi has been corrected into -haṃseti.
6 See the preceding sutta.
7 SS. apissutaṃ.
8 B. undrīyati always; SS. and C. udriyatīti.
9 S2 does not repeat bhikkhu.
10 SS. udrīya-.
11 SS. udrīyatīti.
12 SS. lokādhimucchito; C. loko vimucchito.
13 B. omits va.

[page 114]
114 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 8.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pañcasālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme
kumārakānaṃ¹ pāhunakāni² bhavanti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya Pañcasālam³ brāhmaṇa-gāmaṃ piṇḍāya
pāvisi⁴ || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Pañcasāleyyakā brāhmaṇa-
gahapatikā Mārena pāpimatā anvāviṭṭhā⁵ bhavanti || || Mā⁶
samaṇo Gotamo piṇḍam alatthā⁷ ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yathā dhotena pattena Pañcasālaṃ⁸
brāhmaṇagāmam piṇḍāya pāvisi || tathā dhotena pattena
paṭikkami || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Api⁹ samaṇa
piṇḍam alatthā ti || ||
7. Tathā nu tvaṃ pāpima¹⁰ akāsi yathāhaṃ piṇḍaṃ na¹¹
labheyyan ti ||
8. Tena hi bhante Bhagavā dutiyam pi Pañcasālaṃ brāh-
maṇagāmam pavisatu¹² || tathāhaṃ karissāmi yathā Bhagavā
piṇḍam lacchatī ti¹³ || ||
Apuññam pasavi¹⁴ Māro || āsajjanaṃ¹⁵ Tathāgatam ||
kiṃ nu maññasi pāpima || na me pāpaṃ vipaccati¹⁶ || ||
susukham vata jīvāma || yesaṃ no¹⁷ n-atthi kiñcanaṃ ||
pītibhakkhā bhavissāma || devā Ābhassarā¹⁸ yathā ti¹⁹ || ||
9. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.9. Kassakam.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Tena kho pana samayena Bha-
gavā bhikkhū²⁰ nibbāna-paṭisamyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya
sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || || Te ca
bhikkhu aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabbacetaso²¹ samannā-
haritvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. kumārikānam.
2 So B. and C.; SS. pāhunakānaṃ.
3 S1-3 -sālāyam.
4 B. pāvīsi here and further on.
5 C. anvaviddhā.
6 SS. omit mā.
7 So C.; SS. ālatthā; B. alatta (ā being erased).
8 SS. -sāla-.
9 B. adds te.
10 S1-2 Tathā no tuvam pāpimaṃ; S3 Tathā no tvaṃ pāpima.
11 SS. omit na.
12 B. pavīsatu; S1-2 pavisitu.
13 S1-2 lacchāsīti.
14 SS. pasavī.
15 S2 āsajjana-; S1 asajjana.
16 SS. na me te pāpaṃ vipaccatīti.
17 SS. yesanno; B. yesaṃnno.
18 In S3 the place of -devā ābhas- is empty.
19 This second gāthā is the 200th of the Dhammapada; for the whole text,
see same book, p. 352-3
20 B. bhikkhūnam.
21 See the preceding suttas.

[page 115]
IV. 2. 9.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 115
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho
samaṇo Gotamo bhikkhū nibbāna-paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā
kathāya || pa || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-
upasaṅkameyyam vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā kassaka-vaṇṇam abhinimmi-
nitvā mahantam naṅgalaṃ khandhe karitvā dīgham¹ pā-
canayaṭṭhiṃ² gahetvā haṭa-haṭa-keso sāṇasāṭī-nivattho³
kaddama-makkhitehi pādehi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4. Api samaṇa balivadde⁴ addasā ti || ||
5. Kim pana pāpima te balivaddehī ti || ||
6. Mam-eva samaṇa⁵ cakkhu mama rupā mama cakkhu-
samphassa⁶-viññānāyatanam || kuhim me samaṇa⁷ gantvā
mokkhāsi || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa saddā sotam mama saddā || pa ||
Mam-eva samaṇa ghānaṃ mama gandhā || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa jivhā mama rasā || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa kāyo mama poṭṭhabo || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa mano mama dhammā mama mano-
samphassa⁸-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || kuhim me⁹ samaṇa gantvā
mokkhasī ti || ||
7. Tav-eva¹⁰ pāpima cakkhu¹¹ tava rūpā tava cakkhu-
samphassa¹²-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca¹³ kho pāpima natthi
cakkhu natthi rūpā natthi cakkhu samphassa-viññāṇāyata-
naṃ agati tava tattha pāpima || ||
8. Tav-eva¹⁴ pāpima sotaṃ tava saddā tava sota-samphassa¹⁵-
viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi sotaṃ natthi
saddā natthi sota-samphassa-viññāṇāyatanam agati tava
tattha pāpima || ||
9. Tav-eva¹⁶ pāpima ghāṇam tava gandhā tava ghāṇa
sampassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha¹⁷ ca kho pāpima natthi
ghāṇam natthi gandhā natthi ghāṇa-samphassa-viññāṇāya-
tanam agati tava tattha pāpima || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. S3 dīgha.
2 SS. -laṭṭhiṃ.
3 SS. saṇa-; B. -sāṭi.
4 B. balibaddhe.
5 SS. saraṇaṃ.
6 SS. -samphassaṃ.
7 SS. saraṇaṃ.
8 SS. samphassā-.
9 SS. omit me.
10 S3 tam eva.
11 SS. cakkhuṃ.
12 S2-3 -samphassā-; B. -samphassa.
13 B. omits ca; in S3 it seems to be erased.
14 SS. Tañceva
15 S2 samphassā-.
16 S2 tava va (or ca?).
17 S3 attha.

[page 116]
116 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 9.
10. Tav-eva pāpima jivhā tava rasā tava jivhā-samphassa-
viññāṇāyatanaṃ || pa || Tav-eva¹ pāpima kāyo tava phoṭṭhabbā
tava kāya-samphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || pa ||
11. Tav-eva pāpima mano tava dhammā tava manosam-
phassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi mano
natthi dhammā natthi mano-samphassa-viññāṇāyātanaṃ agati
tava tattha papimā ti || ||
12. Yaṃ vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te² mano atthi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
13. Yaṃ vadanti na tam mayhaṃ || ye vadanti na te ahaṃ ||
evam pāpima jānāhi || na me maggam pi dakkha-
sīti³ || ||
14. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || vantaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,2.10. Rajjaṃ
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Himavanta-
padese⁴ arañña-kuṭikāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || sakkā nu kho rajjaṃ kāretuṃ
ahanaṃ aghātayaṃ ajinaṃ ajāpayaṃ⁵ asocaṃ⁶ asocayaṃ⁷
dhammenā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā⁸ Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kāretu bhante Bhagavā
rajjaṃ kāretu Sugato rajjaṃ ahanaṃ aghātayaṃ ajinaṃ ajā-
payaṃ⁹ asocaṃ asocāpayaṃ¹⁰ dhammenā ti || ||
4. Kiṃ pana¹¹ tvaṃ pāpima passasi yam¹² maṃ tvam evaṃ
vadesi || || kāretu bhante Bhagavā rajjaṃ kāretu Sugato
rajjaṃ || pe || dhammenā ti || ||
5. Bhagavatā¹³ kho bhante cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamā-
raddhā || ākaṅkhamāno ca pana¹⁴ bhante Bhagavā Hima-
vantam pabbatarājaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ tveva¹⁵ adhimucceyya ||
suvaṇṇañca pabbatassāti¹⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 tath eva.
2 So B. and C.; SS. ceto.
3 These gāthās will be found again, III. 4.
4 SS. passe.
5 S2 ajāyayaṃ.
6 S1-2 asocayaṃ.
7 S1; asocāpayaṃ; S2 asocāmayaṃ.
8 S1-2 pāpimā māro.
9 S1-2 ajāmayaṃ.
10 S1-2 asocāmayaṃ.
11 B. adds me.
12 SS. kiṃ.
13 SS. Bhagavato.
14 B. omits pana.
15 SS. teva.
16 B. panassāti; SS. suvaṇṇapabbatassāti.

[page 117]
IV. 3. 1.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 117
6. Pabbatassa suvaṇṇassa || jātarūpassa kevalo ||
dvittā va¹ nālam ekassa || iti vidvā² samañcare³ || ||
yo dukkham addakkhi yato nidānaṃ ||
kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya ||
upadhiṃ viditvā saṅgo⁴ ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti⁵ || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti
maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Pāsāno Sīho Sakalikam || Patirūpañ ca Mānasaṃ ||
Pattaṃ Āyātanaṃ Piṇḍaṃ || Kassakaṃ Rajjena te dasā ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (UPARI-PAÑCA).

SN_1.4,3.1. Sambahulā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu
viharati Silāvatiyaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Bhagavato
avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharanti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā brāhmaṇa-vaṇṇaṃ abhinimmi-
nitvā mahantena jaṭaṇḍuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiṇṇo
gopānasivaṅko ghurughuru-passāsī udumbara-daṇḍaṃ ga-
hetvā yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā
te bhikkhū etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā susū
kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā
anikīḷitāvino kāmesu || || bhuñjantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
4. Na kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhikam hitvā kālikam
anudhāvāma || kālikañ ca kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa hitvā sandi-
ṭṭhikam anudhāvāma || || Kālikā hi brāhmaṇa kāmā vuttā
Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo ||
sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī ti⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So C. and B.; SS. vittavi.
2 B. vijjā; S3 viditvā, corrected into vidvā.
3 S3 samācare.
4 S1-3 samvego.
5 This last gāthā will be found again in the next sutta.
6 See above, Devatā-S. II.10.

[page 118]
118 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 1.
5. Evaṃ vutte Māro pāpimā sīsam okampetvā jivhaṃ
nillāḷetvā¹ tivisākhaṃ nalāṭena nalāṭikaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā
daṇḍam olubbha pakkāmi || ||
6. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅka-
miṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdiṃsu || || Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū
Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
7. Idha mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre appamattā
ātāpino pahitattā viharāma || Atha kho bhante aññataro
brāhmaṇo mahantena jaṭaṇḍuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiṇṇo
gopānasivaṅko ghuru-ghuru-passāsī udumbaradaṇḍaṃ ga-
hetvā yena amhe ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā amhe
etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā susū kālakesā
bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikī-
ḷitāvino kāmesu || || Bhuñjantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
8. Evaṃ vutte mayaṃ bhante taṃ brāhmaṇam etad'; avo-
cumha || || Na kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā
kālikam anudhāvāma || kālikaṃ ca kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa
hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anudhāvāma || kālikā hi brāhmaṇa kāmā
vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha
bhīyo || sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opa-
nayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhī ti || ||
9. Evaṃ vutte bhante so brāhmaṇo sīsam okampetvā
jivhaṃ nillāḷetvā² tivisākhaṃ nalāṭena nalāṭikaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā
daṇḍam olubbha pakkanto ti || ||
10. N-eso bhikkhave brāhmaṇo Māro eso pāpimā tumhā-
kaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velā-
yam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Yo dukkham adakkhi yato nidānaṃ ||
Kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya ||
upadhiṃ viditvā saṅgo ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti3 || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 B. nillāletvā; C. nilāḷetvā.
2 S2 B. nillāletvā.
3 See the end of the preceding chapter.

[page 119]
IV. 3. 2.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 119

SN_1.4,3.2. Samiddhi.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Silāvati-
yaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Samiddhi¹. Bhagavato
avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallī-
nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata me
suladdhaṃ² vata me yassa me satthā arahaṃ sammāsam-
buddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yo-haṃ
evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sīlavanto
kalyāṇa-dhammo ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetaso
cetoparivitakkam aññāya || yenāyasmā Samiddhi ten-upasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmato Samiddhissa avidūre mahan-
taṃ bhayabheravaṃ saddam akāsi || Apissudaṃ pathavī
maññe³ udrīyatīti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
6. Idhāhaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto viharāmi || tassa mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭi-
sallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me satthā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yo-haṃ
evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sīlavanto
kalyāṇadhammo ti⁴ || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhante avidūre mahā
bhayabheravasaddo ahosi || apissudaṃ pathavī maññe udrīya-
tīti || ||
7. N-esā Samiddhi pathavī udrīyati || Māro eso pāpimā
tuyhaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato || gaccha tvaṃ Samiddhi
tatth-eva appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharāhīti || ||
8. Evaṃ bhante ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavato paṭi-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See Devatā-S. II. 10.
2 SS. suladdhañca.
3 SS. add va.
4 B. -dhammāti.

[page 120]
120 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV.3.2.
suṇitvā¹ uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhi-
ṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Samiddhi tatth-eva appamatto
ātāpī pahitatto vihāsi || || Dutiyam pi kho āyasmato Sa-
middhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me satthā
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho || pe || kalyāṇadhammo ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetasā
ceto parivitakkam aññaya || pa || Apissudam pathavī maññe
udrīyatīti || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi || Māro ayam pāpimā iti
viditvā² Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito || agārasmā anagāriyaṃ ||
satipaññā ca me buddhā || cittañ ca susamāhitaṃ ||
kāmaṃ karassu rūpāni || n-eva mam vyādhayissasīti³ || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Samiddhi bhi-
kkhūti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.4,3.3. Godhika.4
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Godhiko Isigili-passe
viharati Kāḷasilāyaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahitatto
viharanto⁵ sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiṃ⁶ phusi || || Atha
kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā
parihāyi || ||
4. Dutiyaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahi-
tatto viharanto sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi || || Duti-
yam pi kho āyasmā tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā pari-
hāyi || ||
5. Tatiyaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||
6. Catutthaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. paṭissutvā.
2 B. omits the words Māro . . . viditvā.
3 So B. and C.; SS. vyādhayissatīti (B. and C. have byādha-); see
Thera-gāthā, 46.
4 This episode recurs in the Dhp. Com. 254-6.
5 S2-3 omit viharanto.
6 S2 cetasovi- here and further on.

[page 121]
IV. 3. 3.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 121
7. Pañcamaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko || pe || parihāyi || ||
8. Chaṭṭhaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi || ||
[Chaṭṭhaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā samādhikāya ceto
vimuttiya parihāyi || ||
9. Sattamaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi¹] || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmato Godhikassa etad ahosi || || Yāva
chaṭṭhaṃ khvāham sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā parihīno ||
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sattham āhareyyan ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Godhikassa cetasā
cetoparivitakkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mahāvīra mahāpañña || iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ ||
sabbe verabhayātīta || pāde vandāmi cakkhuma || ||
sāvako te mahāvīra || maraṇaṃ maraṇābhibhū ||
ākaṅkhati² cetayati || taṃ nisedha jutindhara || ||
kathaṃ hi Bhagavā tuyhaṃ || sāvako sāsane rato ||
appattamānaso³ sekho || kālaṃ kayirā jane sutā ti⁴ || ||
12. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Godhikena sattham
āharitaṃ hoti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Evaṃ hi dhīrā kubbanti || nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || Āyāma
bhikkhave yena Isigili-passaṃ Kāḷasilā ten-upasaṅkamissāma
yattha Godhikena kulaputtena sattham āharitan ti ||
15. Evaṃ bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
yena Isigili-passaṃ Kāḷasilā ten-upasaṅkami || || Addasā
kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Godikaṃ dūrato va mañcake
vivattakkhandhaṃ semānam⁵ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All the text from Chaṭṭhaṃ pi kho- to -phusi is in B. only.
2 SS. ākaṅkhayati.
3 B. apattamanaso; S1 appamattamānaso; S2 appamattamanaso.
4 Fausboll l.c. janesabhā.
5 So SS.; C. seyyamānaṃ; B. soppamānaṃ.

[page 122]
122 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 3.
17. Tena kho pana samayena dhumāyitattam timirayi-
tattaṃ¹ gacchat-eva purimaṃ disaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ
disaṃ || gacchati uttaraṃ disaṃ || gacchati dakkhiṇaṃ di-
saṃ || gacchati uddhaṃ gacchati adho gacchati anudisaṃ || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha
no tumhe bhikkhave etaṃ dhumāyitattam timirāyitattaṃ ||
gacchat-eva purimaṃ dīsaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ || utta-
raṃ || dakkhiṇaṃ || uddhaṃ || adho || gacchati anudisan ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
19. Eso kho² bhikkhave Māro pāpimā Godhikassa kula-
puttassa viññāṇaṃ samanvesati³ || kattha Godhikassa kula-
puttassa viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitan ti || appatiṭṭhitena ca⁴ bhi-
kkhave viññāṇena Godhiko kulaputto parinibbuto ti || ||
20. Atha kho Māro pāpimā beluva⁵-paṇḍuvīṇam ādāya
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
uddham adho ca tiriyaṃ || disā-anudisāsvaham⁶ ||
anvesaṃ nādhigacchāmi || Godhiko so kuhiṃ gato ti || ||
21. So⁷ dhīro dhitisampanno⁸ || jhāyī jhānarato sadā ||
ahorattam anuyuñjaṃ || jīvitam anikāmayaṃ ||
jetvāna maccuno senaṃ || anāgantvā punabbhavaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham⁹ abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti ||
22. Tassa sokaparetassa || vīṇākacchā abhassatha¹⁰ || ||
tato so dummano yakkho || tath-ev-antaradhayathāti || ||

SN_1.4,3.4. Sattarassāni.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Māro pāpimā sattavassāni
Bhagavantam anubaddho¹¹ hoti otārāpekkho¹² otāram ala-
bhamāno || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2-3 omit timirāyitattaṃ here and further on.
2 S1-3 omit kho; S2 hi.
3 So B.; C. samanessati; S3 sammannesati; S1-2 sammantesati.
4 SS. omit ca.
5 C. voluva-.
6 SS. anudisāsu hi.
7 B. yo.
8 SS. nidhisampanno.
9 S1-3 samūlataṇhaṃ; S2 samūlataṇhā.
10 Fausboll l. c. abhissatha.
11 B. anubandho.
12 B. -pekho.

[page 123]
IV. 3. 4.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 123
Sokāvatiṇṇo¹ nu² vanasmiṃ jhāyasi ||
vittaṃ nu jiṇṇo³ uda patthayāno⁴ ||
āguṃ nu gāmasmiṃ akāsi kiñci ||
kasmā janena na karosi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci te ti⁵ || ||
4. Sokassa mūlaṃ palikhāya sabbaṃ ||
anāgujhāyāmi asocamāno ||
chetvāna⁶ sabbaṃ bhavalobhajappaṃ ||
anāsavo jhāyāmi pamattabandhu || ||
5. Yaṃ vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te⁷ mano atthi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
6. Yaṃ vadanti na taṃ mayhaṃ || ye vadanti na te ahaṃ ||
evaṃ pāpima jānāhi || na me maggaṃ pi dakkhasīti⁸ || ||
7. Sa ce maggam anubuddhaṃ || khemam amatagāminaṃ⁹ ||
pehi¹⁰ gaccha tvam¹¹ ev-eko || kim aññam anusāsasīti || ||
8. Amaccudheyyam pucchanti || ye janā pāragāmino ||
tesāhaṃ puṭṭho akkhāmi || yaṃ sabbantaṃ¹² nirupadhin-
ti¹³ || ||
9. Seyyathāpi bhante gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre
pokkharaṇī || tatr-assa kakkaṭako || Atha kho bhante samba-
hulā kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tamhā gāmā va nigamā
vā nikkhamitvā yena sā pokkaraṇī ten-upasaṅkameyyuṃ ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam kakkaṭakaṃ udakā uddharitvā thale
patiṭṭhāpeyyuṃ || yaṃ yad eva hi so bhante kakkaṭako aḷam¹⁴
abhininnāmeyya taṃ tad eva te kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā
kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā saṃchindeyyuṃ sambhañjeyyuṃ
sampalibhañjeyyuṃ¹⁵ || Evaṃ hi so bhante kakkaṭako sabbehi
aḷehi saṃchinnehi sambhaggehi sampalibhaggehi¹⁶ abhabbo
tam pokkharaṇim puna otarituṃ || || Seyyathāpi pubbe
evam eva kho bhante yāni sukāyikāni¹⁷ visevitāni vipphandi-
tāni¹⁸ kānici kānici sabbāni Bhagavatā saṃchinnāni sambha-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2-3 sokānutiṇṇo; S1 sokāvanutiṇṇo.
2 S1-3 va.
3 C. vittam jino; SS. cittānujīno.
4 SS. appatthayāno, omitting uda.
5 SS. kenacitte (S1 tena-). This gātha will be found again in
the next sutta.
6 SS. hitvāna.
7 SS. ceto.
8 B. dakkhasi. See above, II. 9.
9 SS. -gāminiṃ.
10 C. apehi.
11 S1-3 tam; S2 tim.
12 S2 sabbanta; B. tacchaṃ taṃ.
13 SS. nirupadhīti.
14 B. āḷam, āḷehi.
15 S2 samphali- here and futher on.
16 S2 sampali abhabhaggehi.
17 B. and C. visu (C. sū) kāyitāni.
18 S1-2 vippanditāni; C. nipphaṇḍitāni.

[page 124]
124 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 4.
ggāni sampalibhaggāni abhabbo c-idānāham¹ bhante puna
Bhagavantam upasaṅkamituṃ yad idam otārāpekkhoti² || ||
10. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbe-
janiyā gāthāyo³ abhāsi || ||
Medavaṇṇañca pāsānaṃ || vāyaso⁴ anupariyagā ||
apetthamudu⁵ vindema || api assādanā siyā ||
aladdhā tattha assādaṃ || vāyas-etto apakkame || ||
kāko va selam āsajja || nibbijjāpema Gotamā ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbe-
janiyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā⁶ tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma Bhaga-
vato avidūre pathaviyaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhī bhūto
maṅku-bhūto pattakkhandho⁷ adhomukho pajjhāyanto appa-
ṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṃ⁸ vilikhanto || ||

SN_1.4,3.5. Dhitaro.
1. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati⁹ ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā
Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu¹⁰ || ||
Kenāsi dummano tāta || purisaṃ kaṃ nu socasi ||
mayaṃ taṃ rāgapāsena || araññam iva kuñjaraṃ || ||
bandhitvā ānayissāma || vasago te bhavissatīti || ||
2. Arahaṃ sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo¹¹ ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaṃ bhusan-
ti || ||
3. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avocuṃ || || Pāde te¹² samaṇa paricāremā ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā taṃ anuttare
upadhi-saṅkhaye vimutto ||
4. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
ekam antam apakkamma evaṃ¹³ samañcintesaṃ || || Uccā-
vacā kho purisānam adhippāyā || yaṃ nūna mayam ekasatam
ekasataṃ¹⁴ kumārivaṇṇasatam abbinimmineyyāmā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vadānāhaṃ; S2 vadānabhaṃ.
2 S2-3 -pekhoti; S1 pokhoti.
3 SS. gāthā.
4 B. Medavaṇṇaṃ pāsānaṃ vā || yaso-.
5 S3 -anupariyogāpetthamudu; B. -muduṃ; C. assādo siyā.
6 SS. gāthā bhāsitvā; C. abhāsitvā; but notices the reading bhāsitvā,
to which it says abhāsitvā is equivalent.
7 S3 pakatta-.
8 S2-3 omit bhūmiṃ; S1 adds bhumiyam between the lines.
9 SS. aratī.
10 S2-3 ajjhabhāsi.
11 See J. 1. 80.
12 B. vo always.
13 SS. omit evaṃ.
14 S2-3 do not repeat ekasataṃ.

[page 125]
IV. 3. 5.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 125
5. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro ekasa-
tam ekasataṃ kumārivaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad
avocuṃ || || Pāde te samana paricāremā ti || ||
Taṃ pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare upa-
dhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
6. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
ekam antam apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ || Uccāvacā kho
purisānam adhippāyā || yaṃ nūna mayam ekasatam ekasatam
avijātavaṇṇasatam abhinimmineyyāmā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
ekasatam ekasatam avijātavaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || Pāde te samaṇa paricaremā ti || ||
Taṃ pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare
upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
8. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || sakiṃ vijātavaṇṇasataṃ
abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare
upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
9. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || duvijātavaṇṇasatam abhi-
nimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare upadhi-
saṅkhaye vimutto || ||
10. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || majjhimitthivaṇṇasatam
abhinimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Tanhā ca || pa || majjhi-
mitthivaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā || pa || anuttare upadhi-
saṅkhaye vimutto || ||
11. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || mahitthivaṇṇasatam abhi-
nimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || mahitthi-
vaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || la || anuttare
upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
12. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca Māra-dhītaro
ekam antam apakkamma etad avocuṃ || || Saccaṃ kira no
pitā avoca || ||
Arahaṃ sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaṃ bhusan ti || ||
13. Yaṃ hi mayaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā avītarā-
gam iminā upakkamena upakkameyyāma hadayaṃ vāssa
phaleyya || uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ vā mukhato uggaccheyya ||ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 126]
126 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 5.
ummādam va pāpuṇeyya cittavikkhepaṃ vā || seyyathā vā
pana naḷo harito luto ussussati visussati milāyati || evam eva
ussusseyya visusseyya milāyeyyā ti || ||
14. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māradhītaro
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā ekam
antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
15. Ekam antam ṭhitā kho Taṇhā māradhītā Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sokāvatiṇṇo nu vanasmiṃ jhāyasi ||
cittaṃ nu¹ jiṇṇo² uda patthayāno ||
āguṃ nu gāmasmim akāsi kiñci ||
kasmā janena na³ karosi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci te ti⁴ || ||
16. Atthassa pattiṃ hadayassa santiṃ ||
jetvāna senaṃ piyasātarūpaṃ ||
ekāhaṃ⁵ jhāyaṃ sukham anubodhaṃ⁶ ||
tasmā janena na karomi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci me ti || ||
17. Atha kho Arati⁷ māra-dhītā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi ||
Kathaṃ vihārī-bahulo dha⁸ bhikkhu ||
pañcoghatiṇṇo atarīdha⁹ chaṭṭhaṃ ||
kathaṃ jhāyaṃ¹⁰ bahulaṃ kāma-saññā¹¹ ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo¹² tan ti || ||
18. Passaddhakāyo suvimuttacitto ||
asaṅkhārāno¹³ satimā anoko ||
aññāya dhammaṃ avitakkajhāyī ||
na kuppati na sarati ve¹⁴ na thino || ||
Evaṃ vihārī-bahulo dha¹⁵ bhikkhu ||
pañcoghatiṇṇo atarīdha¹⁶ chaṭṭhaṃ ||
evaṃ jhāyaṃ bahulaṃ kāmasaññā ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo tan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS. (see above, 4).
2 SS. jīno.
3 B. and S1-2 omit na here and further on.
4 See the preceding number.
5 So SS.; B. C. ekohaṃ.
6 S2 sukhānubodhaṃ; C. -anubodhayaṃ.
7 B. adds ca.
8 B. ca.
9 S3 atarīdha; S1-2 ataratīdha.
10 S1 jhāyī; S2-3 jhāyiṃ.
11 S1-2 -yaññā.
12 S1-3 aladdhayo.
13 B. asaṅkharāno.
14 B. omits ve.
15 B. ca.
16 B. atariṃ ca; S2 atharatidha; S1 ataritīdha.

[page 127]
IV. 3. 5.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 127
19. Atha kho Ragā ca māra-dhītā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ santi gātham abhāsi || ||
Acchejja taṇhaṃ gaṇa-saṅgha-cārī ||
addhā carissanti¹ bahū ca sattā² ||
bahuṃ vatāyam janatam anoko³ ||
acchijja⁴ nessati maccurājassa pāran ti || ||
20. Nayanti ve mahāvīrā || saddhammena Tathāgatā ||
dhammena nīyamānānaṃ⁵ || kā usūyā⁶ vijānatan ti || ||
21. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro
yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
22. Addasā kho Māro pāpimā Taṇhaṃ ca Aratiṃ ca Ragañ
ca māra-dhītaro dūrato va āgacchantiyo || || disvāna gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bālā kumudanāḷehi|| pabbatam abhimatthatha ||
giriṃ nakhena khaṇatha || ayo dantehi khādatha || ||
selaṃ va siras-ūhacca || pātāle gādham⁷ esatha ||
khāṇuṃ⁸ va urasāsajja || nibbijjāpetha Gotamā ti⁹ || ||
23. Daddallamānā¹⁰ āgañchuṃ || Taṇhā¹¹ Arati Ragā ca¹² ||
tā tattha panudī satthā || tulam bhaṭṭhaṃ¹³ vā Māruto¹⁴
ti || ||
Tatiyo¹⁵ vaggo¹⁶ || ||
Tass-uddānam¹⁷ || ||
Sambahulā Samiddhi ca || Godhikaṃ Sattavassāni ||
Dhītaraṃ desitam buddha-saṭṭhena imaṃ Mārapañcakan-ti
Māra-samyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. tarissanti.
2 SS. saddhā.
3 B. aneko.
4 C. accheja.
5 S1 niyya; S2 nīyya-; B. C. nayya-; S1 nīyyamānam.
6 B. ussuyā.
7 SS. gātham.
8 S1 khāṇaṃ.
9 SS. Gotamanti.
10 So SS.; B. daddaḷhamānā; C. daddalhamānā.
11 SS. Taṇhā ca.
12 SS. omit ca.
13 S1 tūlabhaṭṭham; S2-3 tulahaṭṭham.
14 SS. mārūto; B. māluto.
15 B. catuttho.
16 SS. uparipañca instead of tatiyo (or catuttho) vaggo.
17 B. Tatruddānaṃ bhavati.

[page 128]
128

********************************************

BOOK V. -- BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTAṂ || ||

SN_1.5.1. Āḷavikā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sā vatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Āḷavikā bhikkhunī pubbaṇha-samayaṃ ni-
vāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-
paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami vivekatthi-
kinī || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Āḷavikāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ
chambhitattam lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo vivekamhā cā-
vetu-kāmo yena Āḷavikā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā Āḷavikam bhikkhuṇim gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Natthi nissaraṇaṃ loke || kiṃ vivekena kāhasi ||
bhuñjassu kāmaratiyo || māhu¹ pacchānutāpinīti || ||
4. Atha kho Āḷavikāyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti² || ||
5. Atha kho Āḷavikāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃ-
saṃ uppādetukāmo vivekamhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsa-
tīti || ||
6. Atha kho Āḷavikā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Atthi nissaraṇam loke || paññāya me suphussitaṃ³ ||
pamattabandhu pāpima || na tvaṃ jānāsi taṃ padaṃ ||
sattisūlūpamā kāmā || khandhāsam⁴ adhikuṭṭanā ||
yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi || arati mayhaṃ sā ahū ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B. only; SS. bahu. See Therī-gāthā, 57.
2 S1-2 abhāsatīti; S2 abhāsitīti.
3 SS. suphassitaṃ.
4 At Therī-gāthā 58, 141 khandhānaṃ.

[page 129]
V. 3.] SOMĀ 2. 129
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Āḷavikā bhikkhunī
ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.2. Somā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Atha kho Somā bhikkhunī
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim
piṇḍaya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-
paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami divāviharāya ||
andhavanaṃ ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvi-
hāratthāya nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Somāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ
chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cā-
vetu-kāmo yena Somā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || || Upa-
saṅkamitvā Somam bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yan-tam isīhi pattabbam || ṭhānam durabhisambhavaṃ¹ ||
na taṃ dvaṅgulapaññāya || sakkā² pappotum itthiyā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
5. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho
ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam
uppādetu-kāmo samādimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Somā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Itthibhāvo kiṃ kayirā || cittamhi susamāhite ||
ñāṇamhi vattamānamhi || sammādhammaṃ vipassato³ || ||
yassa nūna siyā evaṃ || itthāhaṃ puriso ti vā ||
kiñci vā pana samīti⁴ || tam Māro vattum arahatīti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Somā bhikkhunīti
dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti⁵ || ||

SN_1.5.3. Gotamī.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Atha kho Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ ni-
vāsetva pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C. durati-.
2 See Therī-gāthā, 60.
3 See Therī-gāthā, 61.
4 So C.; SS. asminti; B. aññasmiṃ.
5 SS. suppress the last paragraph in all the suttas but the last,
or give only the first words Atha kho Māro pāpimā-.

[page 130]
130 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 3.
paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami¹ divāvihārāya ||
andhavanaṃ ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divā-
vihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā
bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetu-kāmo samā-
dimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī ten-upa-
saṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhuniṃ gā-
thāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ nu tvaṃ hataputtā va || ekamāsi rudammukhī ||
vanam ajjhogatā ekā || purisaṃ nu gavesasī ti || ||
4. Atha kho Kīsā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Ko nu khvāyaṃ² manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ abhā-
sīti³ || ||
5. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro kho ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattam loma-
haṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ
bhāsatīti⁴ || ||
6. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī Māro kho ayam
pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccābhāsi || ||
Accantaṃ⁵ hataputtāmhi⁶ || purisā etad antikā⁷ ||
na socāmi na rodāmi || na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso || ||
sabbattha vihatā⁸ nandi || tamokkhandho⁹ padālito ||
jetvāna maccuno¹⁰ senaṃ || viharāmi anāsavā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Kisā-Gotamī
bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.4. Vijayā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || || Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunī
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkha-
mūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ ||
pa || samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Vijayā bhikkhunī ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Vijayaṃ bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. add upasaṅkamitvā.
2 B. and S3 kvāhaṃ; S1 cāyaṃ; S2 khvāvāyaṃ (or khvācāyaṃ).
3 B. bhāsatīti here and futher on.
4 S2-3 gāthābhāsasīti (in S3 corrected from gāthāya abhāsasīti)
5 SS. accanta.
6 S3 gata-; SS. C. puttamhi.
7 SS. antiyā.
8 SS. vihitā.
9 B. C. tamokhandho.
10 See Māra-S. III. 3; SS. have bhetvā (here jetvā) namucino.

[page 131]
V. 5] UPPALAVAṆṆĀ 5. 131
Daharā tvaṃ rūpavatī || ahañca daharo susu ||
pañcaṅgikena turiyena || eh-ayye bhiramāmase ti¹ || ||
3. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
kho ayaṃ² manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
4. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
ayaṃ papimā || pa || gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
5. Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunī || Māro ayam pāpimā || iti
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gathāhi paccabhāsi³ || ||
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā || poṭṭhabbā ca manorāmā ||
niyyātayāmi tumheva || Māra na hi tena atthikā || ||
iminā pūtikāyena || bhindanena⁴ pabhaṅgunā ||
aṭṭiyāmi⁵ harāyāmi || kāmataṇhā samuhatā⁶ || ||
Ye ca rūpūpagā sattā || ye ca ārūppaṭṭhāyino⁷ ||
yā ca santā samāpatti || sabbattha vihato tamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Vijayā bhikkhu-
nīti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.5. Uppalavaṇṇā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || || Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā⁸ bhik-
khunī pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ
supupphita-sālarukkha-mūle aṭṭhāsi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā
bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetu-kāmo samā-
dhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī ten-
upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā Uppalavaṇṇam bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Supupphitaggam upagamma bhikkhuni ||
ekā tuvaṃ tiṭṭhasi sālamūle ||
na c-atthi te dutiyā vaṇṇadhātu ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuṃ9 ||
bāle na tvaṃ bhāyasi dhuttakānan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. ehi ayye ramāmase. See Therī-gāthā, 139.
2 SS. yam.
3 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
4 So B. and C.; SS. bhindarena.
5 C. aṭṭayāmi.
6 See Therī-gāthā, 140.
7 B. ye ca arūpagāmino (see further on, No. 6).
8 B. Upalavaṇṇā always.
9 S3 gaveyyuṃ. This word is omitted by S2; all the pada by B.,
and in Therī-gāthā, 230.

[page 132]
132 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 5.
Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gātham bhā-
sasīti¹ || ||
5. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ || pa || gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī || Māro ayaṃ pāpimā
iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Sataṃ sahassāni pi dhuttakānaṃ ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuṃ ||
lomaṃ na iñjāmi² na santasāmi ||
na Māra³ bhāyāmi tam⁴ ekikā pi || ||
Esā antaradhāyāmi || kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te ||
pakhumantarikāyam⁵ pi || tiṭṭhantiṃ⁶ maṃ na dakkhasi ||
cittasmiṃ vasībhūtamhi || iddhipādā subhāvitā ||
sabbabandhanamuttāmhi || na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso ti⁷ || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Uppalavaṇṇā
bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.6. Cālā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
Atha kho Cālā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā ||
pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Cālā bhikkhunī ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Cālaṃ bhikkhunim etad
avoca || || Kiṃ nu tvaṃ bhikkhuni na rocesīti⁸ || ||
Jātiṃ⁹ khvāhaṃ āvuso na rocemi || ||
Kiṃ nu tvaṃ¹⁰ jātiṃ na rocesi || ||
Jāto kāmāni bhuñjati || ||
Ko nu tam¹¹ idam ādapayi¹² || || Jātim mā rocesi¹³ bhi-
kkhunīti || ||
3. Jātassa maraṇaṃ hoti || jāto dukkhāni passati¹⁴ ||
bandhaṃ¹⁵ vadhaṃ pariklesaṃ || tasmā jātim na rocaye || ||
Buddho dhammam adesesi || jātiyā samatikkamaṃ ||
sabbadukkhappahānāya || so maṃ sacce nivesayi¹⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. bhāsatīti here and further on.
2 SS. icchāmi.
3 Māra na.
4 S1-2 na; S3 has neither na nor taṃ.
5 C. -antariyātiṃ.
6 B. -ntam; SS. -nti.
7 See Therī gāthā, 230-233.
8 SS. rocasīti.
9 SS. jāti.
10 SS. omit tvaṃ.
11 SS. tvam.
12 B. ādiyi.
13 SS. roca.
14 B. phussati.
15 S1-2 khandhaṃ.
16 SS. nivedayi. See Therī-gāthā, 191-2.

[page 133]
V. 8.] UPACĀLĀ 7. 133
Ye ca rūpupagā sattā || ye ca ārūppaṭṭhāyino¹ ||
nirodham appajānantā || āgantāro punabbhavan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Cālā bhikkhunīti
dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.7. Upacālā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Uppacālā bhikkhunī bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā || la || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi ||
pa || Upacālam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kattha nu tvaṃ
bhikkhuni uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso katthaci uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
4. Tāvatiṃsā ca Yāmā ca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
tattha cittaṃ paṇidhehi || ratiṃ paccanubhossasīti² || ||
5. Tāvatiṃsā ca Yāmāca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
kāmabandhanabaddhā te || enti Māra-vasaṃ puna || ||
Sabbo ādipito loko || sabbo loko padhūpito ||
sabbo pajjalito loko || sabbo loko pakampito || ||
akampitam acalitaṃ || aputthujjanasevitaṃ ||
agati yattha Mārassa || tattha me nirato mano ti³ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || ||

SN_1.5.8. Sīsupacālā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kho Sīsupacālā⁴ bhikkhunī
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhu-
mūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Sīsupacālā bhikkhunī ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Sīsupacālam bhikkhunim etad
avoca || || Kassa nu tvaṃ bhikkhuni pāsaṇḍaṃ⁵ rocesīti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso kassaci pāsaṇḍaṃ⁵ rocemī ti || ||
4. Kiṃ nu uddissa muṇḍāsi || samaṇī viya dissasi ||
na ca⁶ rocesi pāsaṇḍaṃ || kim-iva carasi momuhā ti || ||
5. Ito bahiddhā pāsaṇḍā || diṭṭhīsu⁷ pasīdanti⁸ ye⁹ ||
na tesaṃ dhammam rocemi || na te dhammassa kovidā¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. arūpaṭṭhāyino. See above, No. 4.
2 S1-2 ratipacca-; in S2 pa is erased.
3 See Therī-gāthā, 197-8 and 200-201.
4 SS. Sisappacāḷā always.
5 S2 pāsaccaṃ.
6 B. sacena; SS. na.
7 S3 diṭṭhisu.
8 C. saṃsidanti.
9 SS. te.
10 See Therī-gāthā, 183-4.

[page 134]
134 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 8.
Atthi sakya-kule jāto || buddho appaṭipuggalo ||
sabbābhibhū māranudo || sabbattham aparājito ||
sabbatthamutto asito¹ || sabbam passati cakkhumā || ||
sabbakammakkhayaṃ patto || vimutto upadhisaṅkhaye ||
so mayhaṃ Bhagavā satthā || tassa rocemi sāsanan ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe ||

SN_1.5.9. Selā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kho Selā bhikkhunī pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvi-
hāraṃ nisīdi ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Selāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ ||
pa || Selaṃ bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ken-idaṃ pakataṃ bimbaṃ || kvan-nu² bimbassa kārako ||
kvaṃ ca bimbaṃ samuppannaṃ || kvan-nu bimbaṃ ni-
rujjhatī ti || ||
3. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti || ||
4. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam
uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cavetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatī
ti || ||
5. Atha kho Selā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi paccabhāsi³ || ||
Nayidam attakataṃ bimbaṃ || na yidaṃ parakatam aghaṃ ||
hetuṃ paṭicca sambhūtaṃ || hetubhaṅgā nirujjhati || ||
Yathā aññataraṃ bījaṃ || khette vuttaṃ virūhati ||
pathavīrasañ cāgamma⁴ || sinehañ ca tad ubhayaṃ ||
evam khandhā ca dhātuyo || cha ca āyatanā ime⁵ ||
hetuṃ paṭicca sambhūtā || hetubhaṅgā nirujjhare ti⁶ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Selā bhikkhunī
ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.5.10. Vajirā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kha Vājirā bhikkhunī pubbaṇha-
samayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya
pāvisi || || Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhataṃḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C. anissito.
2 B. Kvaci here and further on.
3 S3 ajjhabhāsi.
4 SS. -rasañca āgamma.
5 SS. chāyatanā ime pana.
6 SS. nirujjhanti.

[page 135]
V. 10.] VAJIRĀ 10. 135
piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami
divāvihārāya || andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ ru-
kkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ
chambhitatthaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā
cāvetu-kāmo yena Vajirā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || ||
Upasaṅkamitvā Vajiram bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kenāyaṃ pakato satto || kuvam¹ sattassa kārako ||
kuvaṃ satto samuppanno || kuvaṃ satto nirujjhatī ti || ||
4. Atho kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyaṃ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti ||
5. Atha kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam
uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatī
ti || ||
6. Atha kho Vajirā bhikkhunī || Māro ayam pāpimā iti ||
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi² || ||
Kinnu satto ti³ paccesi || Māra diṭṭhigataṃ nu te⁴ || ||
suddhasaṅkhārapuñjo yaṃ || nayidha sattūpalabbhati || ||
yathā hi aṅgasambhārā || hoti saddo ratho iti || ||
evaṃ khandhesu santesu || hoti satto ti sammuti || ||
dukkham eva hi sambhoti || dukkhaṃ tiṭṭhati veti ca ||
nāññatra dukkhā sambhoti || nāññaṃ dukkhā nirujjhatī
ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Vajirā bhikkhunī
ti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
Bhikkhunī-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Āḷavikā5 ca Somā ca || Gotamī Vijayā saha6 ||
Uppalavaṇṇā ca Cālā7 || Upacālā Sīsupacālā8 ||
Selā9 Vajirāya te dasā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. kvaṃ always.
2 S1-2 ajjhabhāsi.
3 SS. sattosi.
4 S1-2 seem to have hatannute.
5 SS. āḷaviyā.
6 B. sāmā (perhaps sqÅàḥ.
7 SS. Cālāyā sattamaṃ.
8 B. Sīsūpacālā; SS. Sīsappa-.
9 S3 Sesā; omitted by S1.

[page 136]
136

********************************************

BOOK VI. -- BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTAM.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.

SN_1.6,1.1. Āyācanam.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle¹ pa-
thamābhisambuddho || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || ||
3. Adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso
duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍita-
vedanīyo || || Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālaya-
samuditā || ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālaya-
samuditāya duddasaṃ² idaṃ ṭhānam || yad idam idappacca-
yatā paṭiccasamuppādo || || Idam pi³ kho⁴ ṭhānaṃ dudda-
saṃ || yad idaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbupadhipaṭinissaggo
taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ⁵ || || Ahañceva kho
pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ || pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ⁶ ||
so mamassa kilamatho || sā mamassa vihesā ti || ||
4. Apissudaṃ⁷ Bhagavantam imā⁸ acchariyā⁹ gāthāyo
paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā || ||
Kicchena me adhigataṃ || halandāni pakāsituṃ ||
rāgadosaparetehi || nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho || ||
paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ || gambhīram duddasam aṇuṃ ||
rāgarattā na dakkhinti¹⁰ || tamokkhandhena āvutā ti¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. ajapālanigrodhe.
2 B. sududdasam.
3 SS. hi.
4 S2 omits kho.
5 SS. nibbānanti.
6 SS. ajāneyyuṃ.
7 S2 and C. apissu; B. apisu.
8 S3 imāya; S1 imā imā.
9 So S1-2; B. anacchariyā; C. anacchiriyā (explaining anu acchariyā).
10 B. dakkhanti always.
11 S2 āvatā-; S3 āvaṭā-; C. āvuttā-; S1 -kkhandho na āvarā ti.

[page 137]
VI. 1. 1.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 137
5. Iti¹ Bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ
namati no dhammadesanāya || ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa Bhagavato cetasā
ceto parivitakkam aññāya etad ahosi || || Nassati vata bho
loko vinassati vata bho loko || yatra hi nāma Tathāgatassa
arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati
no dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ
sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato
purato pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā dakkhiṇa-jānu-maṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena
Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ pamāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Desetu bhante² Bhagavā dhammaṃ desetu Sugato
dhammaṃ || Santi³ sattā apparajakkhajātikā⁴ assavanatā⁵
dhammassa parihāyanti⁶ bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro
ti || ||
9. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idaṃ vatvā athāparam
etad avoca || ||
Pātur'; ahosi Magadhesu pubbe ||
dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito ||
avāpur-etaṃ⁷ amatassa dvāraṃ ||
suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ || ||
Sele yathā pabbata-muddhani ṭhito ||
yathā pi passe janataṃ⁸ samantato ||
tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha -- ||
pāsādam āruyha samantacakkhu ||
sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatam⁹ apetasoko ||
avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtan ti || ||
[Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma ||
satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke ||
Desetu Bhagavā dhammam || aññātāro bhavissantī ti¹⁰] || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. adds ha.
2 B. omits bhante.
3 B. adds dha.
4. S3 -rajakkhi-.
5 SS. assavantā (see above, Māra-S. I. 5).
6 S2 pahāyanti.
7 B. C. apāpure-.
8 S1-2 jantum; S3 jantam corrected into janataṃ.
9 S1 jataṃ; S2 taṃ.
10 This gāthā is to be found in B. only.

[page 138]
138 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 1.
10. Atha kho Bhagavā Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā
sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volo-
kesi || ||
11. Addasā kho Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento
satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye¹
svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye² appekacce para-
loka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante || ||
12. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā
puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā
puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jatāni udake {saṃvaddhāni}³ udakā-
nuggatāni anto-nimuggaposīni⁴ || appekaccāni uppalāni vā
padumāni vā puṇḍarikāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaddhāni}
samodakam ṭhitāni || appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā
puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaddhāni} udakā⁵
accuggamma tiṭṭhanti⁶ anupalittāni udakena || Evam eva
Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte
apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre
dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajja-
bhayadassāvino viharante || ||
13. Disvāna Brahmānam sahampatiṃ gāthāya pacca-
bhāsi || ||
Apārutā tesam amatassa dvārā⁷ ||
ye sotavanto pamuccantu saddhaṃ ||
vihiṃsasaññī⁸ paguṇam na bhāsiṃ⁹ ||
dhammaṃ paṇitam manujesu Brahme ti || ||
14. Atha kho¹⁰ Brahmā sahampati || katāvakāso kho mhi
Bhagavato dhammadesanāyā ti || Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyī ti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.6,1.2. Gāravo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamā-
bhisambuddho || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 mutindriye.
2 B. omits dvākāre duviññāpaye here and further on.
3 S3 samvaṭṭāni here and further on.
4 So C.; S2 -posinī; S1 -lepāsinī; B. -āpesini.
5 SS. udakaṃ-.
6 B. thitāni.
7 SS. add Brahmā.
8 S1-2 vihiññāsaññī.
9 B. C nabhāsi.
10 S2-3 omit kho.
11 The same text is to be found in the Mahāvaggo of the Vinaya at
the beginning where it is entitled: Brahmāyācana-gāthā.

[page 139]
VI. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 139
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viha-
rati appatisso || kannu¹ khvāham samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā
sakkatvā garukatvā² upanissāya vihareyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Aparipuṇṇassa
kho sīlakkhandhassa paripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhma-
ṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || na kho
panāham passami sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassa-
maṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā sīla-
sampannataram aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yam
ahaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihāreyyaṃ ||
4. Aparipuṇṇassa kho³ samādhikkhandhassa pāripuriyā
aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā gurukatvā
upanissāva vihareyyamo || ||
5. Aparipuṇṇassa kho paññakkhandhassa pāripūriyā- || ||
6. Apāripuṇṇassa kho vimuttikkhandhassa pāripuriyā ||
pe ||
7. Aparipuṇṇassa kho vimuttiñāṇa-dassanakkhandhassa
pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā
garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || na kho panāhaṃ passāmi
sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamanabrāhmaṇiyā
pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā vimuttiññāṇa-dassana-
sampannataram aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yam
ahaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || ||
8. Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yvāyaṃ⁴ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho
tam eva dhammaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viha-
reyyan ti || ||
9. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato cetasā cetopa-
rivitakkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñji-
taṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya ||
evam evam Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato pātur
ahosi || ||
10. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam
karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. kathaṃ nu.
2 B. garuṃ- always.
3 SS. omit kho.
4 SS. svāyaṃ.

[page 140]
140 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 2.
11. Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata || ye pi te
bhante ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ||
te pi bhagavanto dhammaññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upa-
nissāya vihariṃsu || || Ye pi te bhante bhavissanti anāgatam
addhānam arahanto sammāsambuddhā || te pi bhagavanto
dhammaññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharissanti || ||
Bhagavā pi bhante etarahi¹ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dham-
maññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharatū ti || ||
12. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvāna athā-
param etad avoca || ||
Ye ca atītā² sambuddhā || ye ca buddhā anāgatā ||
yo c-etarahi³ sambuddho || bahunnaṃ sokanāsano || ||
sabbe saddhammagaruno || vihariṃsu⁴ viharanti ca ||
atho⁵ pi viharissanti || esā buddhānaṃ⁶ dhammatā || ||
tasmā hi atthakāmena || mahattam abhikaṅkhatā ||
saddhammo garukātabbo || saraṃ buddhānasāsananti || ||

SN_1.6,1.3. Brahmadevo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā brāhmaṇiyā
Brahmadevo nāma putto Bhagavato santike agārasmā⁷
anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo eko vūpakaṭṭho appa-
matto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya
kulaputtā⁸ sammad-eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā
jāti vūsitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam
itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Brahma-
devo arahatam ahosi⁹ || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ sapadānam piṇḍāya caramāno yena saka-mātu-
nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2 etthaki.
2 S2-3 ye cabbhatītā; S1 ye cabahatītā.
3 S1-2 yo (S2 ye) carecarahi.
4 B. vihaṃsu.
5 B. athā.
6 SS. buddhāna-.
7 SS. agārasmā.
8 S3 kulaputto.
9 SS. ahosīti.

[page 141]
VI. 1. 3.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 141
5. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Brahmadevassa
mātā brāhmaṇī Brahmuno āhutiṃ niccaṃ paggaṇhāti ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātā brāhmaṇī Brahmuno
āhutiṃ niccaṃ paggaṇhāti || yaṃ nūnāhaṃ tam¹ upasaṅka-
mitvā saṃvejeyyan ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya || pasāritaṃ vā
bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ Brahmaloke antarahito
āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātu nivesane pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati vehāsaṃ ṭhito āyasmato
Brahmadevassa mātaraṃ brāhmaṇiṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dūre ito brāhmaṇi brahmaloko² ||
yassāhutiṃ paggaṇhāsi niccaṃ ||
n-etādiso³ brāhmaṇi brahmabhakkho ||
kiṃ jappasi brahmapatham ajānantī⁴ || ||
Eso hi te brāhmaṇi brahmadevo ||
nirupadhiko atidevapatto⁵ ||
akiñcano bhikkhu anaññaposiyo⁶ ||
te so⁷ piṇḍāya gharaṃ paviṭṭho || ||
Āhuneyyo⁸ vedagū bhāvitatto ||
narānaṃ devānaṃ ca dakkhiṇeyyo ||
bāhitvā⁹ pāpāni anupalitto¹⁰ ||
ghāsesanaṃ iriyati sītibhūto || ||
Na tassa pacchā na purattham atthi ||
santo vidhūmo anigho nirāso¹¹ ||
nikkhittadaṇḍo tasathāvaresu ||
so tyāhutiṃ¹² bhuñjatu aggapiṇḍaṃ || ||
Visenibhūto upasantacitto ||
nāgo va danto carati anejo¹³ ||
bhikkhu susīlo suvimuttacitto ||
so tyāhutiṃ bhuñjatu aggapiṇḍaṃ || ||
Tasmiṃ pasannā avikampamānā ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S2-3 omit taṃ; S1 yannūnāhaṃ.
2 S1-2 -loke.
3 S1-2 paggaṇhātisiniccannodiso (S1 niccantādiso).
4 B. kī-; S2 (perhaps S3) jappasī; S3 B. ajānanti.
5 S2 nirupadhi: S1-3nirupadhiṃ; S1-3 atidevo ca patto;
C. attidevaputto.
6 C. -posī yo; S2 posiṃ.
7 S2-3 to se.
8 S3 C. āhuṇeyyo.
9 SS. bāhetvā.
10 S2 anūpalitto; S1 anūlitto.
11 S1-2 nivāso.
12 S1 sotāhutiṃ, further on sottā-.
13 S1-2 anojo; C. anejjo.

[page 142]
142 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI.1.3.
patiṭṭhapehi dakkhiṇaṃ dakkhiṇeyye¹ ||
karohi puññaṃ sukham āyatikaṃ || ||
disvā muniṃ brāhmaṇi oghatiṇṇan ti² || ||
9. Tasmiṃ pasannā avikampamānā ||
patiṭṭhapesi dakkhiṇaṃ dakkhiṇeyye ||
akāsi³ puññaṃ sukham āyatikaṃ ||
disvā munim⁴ brāhmaṇī⁵ oghatiṇṇan ti || ||

SN_1.6,1.4. Bako brahmā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bakassa brahmuno⁶ evarūpaṃ
pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti || || Idaṃ niccaṃ idaṃ
dhuvaṃ || idaṃ sassataṃ idaṃ kevalaṃ idam acavana-
dhammaṃ || idaṃ hi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati
na uppajjati⁷ || ito ca⁸ pan-aññam uttariṃ nissaraṇaṃ⁹
natthīti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Bakassa brahmuno cetasā cetopari-
vitakkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ
vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam
eva Jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Addasā kho Bako brahmā Bhagavantam dūrato va
āgacchantaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ehi kho mārisa svāgataṃ te mārisa¹⁰ cirassaṃ kho mārisa
imaṃ pariyāyam akāsi yad idaṃ idhāgamanāya || || Idaṃ
hi mārisa niccam idaṃ dhuvam idaṃ sassatam idaṃ kevalam
idam acavanadhammaṃ || idaṃ hi na jāyati na jīyati na
mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || ito ca pan-aññaṃ uttariṃ
nissaraṇaṃ natthī ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Bakam brahmānam idam¹¹ avoca || ||
Avijjāgato vata bho Bako brahmā avijjāgato vata bho
Bako brahmā || || Yatra hi nāma aniccam yeva samānaṃ
niccan ti vakkhati || adhuvaṃ yeva samānaṃ dhuvan-ti
vakkhati || Asassataṃ yeva¹² samānaṃ sassatan ti vakkhati ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 dakkhiṇeyyaṃ.
2 SS. omit ti.
3 B. karoti.
4 SS. munī.
5 S1-2 brāhmaṇi; B. brahmaṇaṃ.
6 S3 brahmuṇo always.
7 B. upapajjati always.
8 SS. omit ca.
9 B. uttari always; S1-2 nissaraṇiṃ always.
10 S1 kho instead of te; S2-3 omit svāgataṃ te mārisa.
11 B. etad.
12 SS. aniccaññeva- addhuvaññeva- asassataññeva-, further on
-dhammaññeva.

[page 143]
VI. 1. 4.] PATHAMA-VAGGA I. 143
akevalaṃ yeva samānaṃ kevalan ti vakkhati || cavana-
dhammaṃ yeva samānaṃ acavana-dhamman ti vakkhati || ||
Yattha ca pana jayati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca
uppajjati ca taṃ ca tathā¹ vakkhati idaṃ hi na jāyati na
jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati santañ ca pan-aññam
uttariṃ nissaraṇaṃ n-atth-aññaṃ uttariṃ nissaraṇan-ti
vakkhatī ti || ||
6. Dvāsattati Gotama puññakammā ||
vasavattino jātijaram² atītā ||
ayam antimā vedagū brahmuppatti ||
asmābhijappanti³ janā anekā ti || ||
7. Appaṃ hi etaṃ na hi dīgham āyu⁴ ||
yaṃ tvaṃ Baka maññasi dīgham āyu ||
sataṃ sahassānam nirabbudānaṃ ||
āyu⁵ pajānāmi tavāham⁶ brahme ti || ||
8. Anantadassī Bhagavāham asmi ||
jātijaraṃ sokam upātivatto ||
kiṃ me purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ⁷ ||
ācikkha me taṃ yam ahaṃ vijaññā⁸ || ||
9. Yaṃ tvam apāyesi bahū manusse ||
pipāsite ghammani samparete⁹ ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va¹⁰ anussarāmi || ||
Yam eṇikūlasmiṃ¹¹ janaṃ gahītaṃ ||
amocayī gayhakaṃ niyyamānaṃ ||
tan te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
Gaṅgāya sotasmiṃ gahīta-nāvaṃ ||
luddhena nāgena¹² manussakamyā¹³ ||
pamocayitthā¹⁴ balasā¹⁵ pasayha ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. taṃ ca vata (S1 omits ca).
2 B. jātiṃ-.
3 C. tasmā-.
4 S2-3 āyuṃ here and further on.
5 B. and C. āyuṃ.
6 SS. tvāhaṃ.
7 C. sīlavatam; S1 sīlavantaṃ (?) always.
8 B. vijaññaṃ.
9 S1 adds na.
10 B. inserts m here and further on.
11 S2 eṇī-; S3 vaṇi-.
12 S1-3 C. luddhena; S2 ludovānnāgena.
13 C. manussakappā.
14 So B.; S1-2 amocayittha; S3 amocayi tvaṃ.
15 S3 balāsā; B. balavā.

[page 144]
144 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 4.
Kappo ca te baddhacaro ahosiṃ¹ ||
sambuddhivantaṃ² va ti nam amaññiṃ³ ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
10. Addhā pajānāsi mam-etam āyuṃ ||
aññam⁴ pi jānāsi tathā⁵ hi buddho ||
tathā hi tyāyam⁶ jalitānubhāvo ||
obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati brahmalokan ti⁶ || ||

SN_1.6,1.5. Aparā diṭṭhi.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brahmuno eva-
rūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam uppannaṃ hoti || || Natthi so
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yo idha āgaccheyyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pe || tasmiṃ
brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ
pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
6. Addasā kho Mahā-Moggallāno Bhagavantam dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno
upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnam tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ ||
disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā
bāham pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāham sammiñjeyya evam
evaṃ Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno puratthimaṃ disaṃ
nissāya⁸ tassa brahmuṇo upari vehāsam pallaṅkena nisīdi tejo-
dhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataram⁹ Bhagavato || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Kassapassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatīti || || Addasā kho
āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavantam dibbena cakkhunā || pa ||
Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaṃḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C. paṭṭhacaro; B. ahosi.
2 S1-3 -vattaṃ.
3 B. amañña; C. maññaṃ.
4 B. C. aññe.
5 S1-2 jānāsitthā.
6 B. tāyaṃ.
7 The MS. of the British Museum (S2) could not be used further on;
henceforth the notation S2 will not be met with, nor SS. except
in a few instances.
8 S1-2 upanissāya.
9 S1-2 nīcatarakaṃ always.

[page 145]
VI. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 145
Jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || Atha
kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa
brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samā-
pajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
9. Atha kho Mahā-Kappinassa etad ahosi || Kahaṃ nu kho
Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
10. Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kappino Bhagavantaṃ
dibbena cakkhunā || pa || tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ || || Disvāna
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaṃ Jetavane
antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || || Atha kho
āyasmā Mahā-Kappino pacchimam disam nissāya tassa
brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātum samā-
pajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
11. Atha kho āyasmato Anuruddhassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || || Addasā kho
āyasmā Anuruddho || pa || tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ || Disvāna
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || tasmiṃ brahmaloke
pātur ahosi || || Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho uttaraṃ disaṃ
nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi
tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tam brahmānam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi || yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu ||
passasi vītivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaran ti || ||
13. Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi || yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu ||
passāmi vītivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ ||
svāhaṃ¹ ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ || ahaṃ nicco mhi sassato ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā tam brahmānaṃ {saṃvejetvā} seyya-
thāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya ||
pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ tasmiṃ
brahmaloke antarahito Jetavane pātur ahosi || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjam
āmantesi || || Ehi tvaṃ mārisa yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggall-
āno ten-upasaṅkama || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Mahā-
Moggallānam evaṃ vadehi || || Atthi nu kho mārisa
Moggalāna aññe pi tassa Bhagavato sāvakā evam mahiddhikāḥ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 sohaṃ.

[page 146]
146 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 5.
evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ Moggallāno Kassapo
Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
16. Evam mārisā ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brah-
muno paṭissutvā¹ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno ten-upasaṅ-
kami || ||
17. Upasaṅkamitvā Mahā-Moggallānam etad avoca || ||
Atthi nu kho mārisa Moggalāna aññe pi tassa Bhagavato
sāvakā evam-mahiddhikā evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi
bhavam Moggallāno Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
18. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno taṃ brahma-
pārisajjaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || bahū buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
19. Atha kho brahmapārisajjo āyasmato Mahā-Moggallā-
nassa bhāsitam abhininditvā anumoditvā yena so Mahā-
Brahmā ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā tam brahmānam
etad avoca || || Āyasmā mārisa Mahā-Moggallāno evam āha || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || bahū buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
20. Idam avoca so brahmapārisajjo || attamano ca so brahmā
tassa brahmapārisājjassa bhāsitam abhinandī ti || ||

SN_1.6,1.6. Pamādam.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || || Upa-
saṅkamitvā pacceka²-dvārabāham upanissāya³ aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā Suddhavāsaṃ
paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Akālo kho tāva mārisa
Bhagavantam payirūpāsituṃ || divāvihāragato Bhagavā paṭi-
sallīno ca asuko ca⁴ brahmaloko iddho c-evā phīto ca ||
brahmā ca tatra pamāda-vihāraṃ viharati || || Āyāma mārisa
yena so brahmaloko ten-upasaṅkamissāma || upasaṅkamitvā
tam brahmānaṃ saṃvejeyyāmā ti⁵ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. paṭissuṇitvā.
2 S1-3 paccekaṃ.
3 S1-3 upanissāya.
4 S1-3 asuka, omitting ca before and after.
5 S1-3 -jessāmā-.

[page 147]
VI. 1. 6.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 147
5. Evam mārisā ti kho Suddhavāso paccekabrahmā Su-
brahmuno paccekabrahmuno paccassosi || ||
6. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca
paccekabrahmā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam
evam Bhagavato purato antarahitā tasmiṃ loke pātur ahe-
suṃ¹ || ||
7. Addasā kho so brahmā te brahmāno dūrato va āgac-
chante || || Disvāna te brahmāno² etad avoca || || Handa
kuto nu tumhe mārisā āgacchathā ti || ||
8. Atha kho mayaṃ³ mārisa āgacchāma tassa Bhagavato
arahato sammāsambuddhassa santikā⁴ || gaccheyyāsi⁵ pana
tvaṃ mārisa tassa Bhagavato upaṭṭhānam arahato sammā-
sambuddhassā ti || ||
9. Evam vutto⁶ kho so brahmā taṃ vacanaṃ anadhivā-
sento sahassakkhattuṃ attānam abhinimminitvā Subrahmā-
nam paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Passasi me no⁷ tvam
mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvan ti || ||
10. Passāmi no⁸ tyāham mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhā-
van ti ||
11. So khvāham mārisa evam mahiddhiko evam mahānu-
bhāvo kassa aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā upaṭṭhā-
naṃ gamissāmīti || ||
12. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā dvisahassak-
khattum attānam abhinimminitvā taṃ brahmānam etad
avoca || || Passasi me no tvam mārisa evarūpam iddhānu-
bhāvan ti || ||
13. Passāmi kho tyāham mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvan-
ti || ||
14. Tayā ca kho mārisa mayā ca sveva Bhagavā mahiddhi-
kataro c-eva mahānubhāvataro ca || gaccheyyāsi tvam mārisa
tassa Bhagavato upaṭṭhānam arahato sammāsaṃbuddhassā
ti || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā Subrahmānam paccekabrahmā-
naṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ahaṃsu.
2 S1-3 brahmuno.
3 S3 ato
4 S1-3 Bhagavato santikā arahato-.
5 B gacchasi.
6 S1-3 vutte.
7 S1-3 omit no.
8 S1-3 kho instead of no.

[page 148]
148 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 6.
Tayo ca supaṇṇā caturo ca haṃsā ||
vyagghīnisā pañcasatā ca jhāyino ||
tayidaṃ vimānaṃ jalate va brahme ||
obhāsayaṃ uttarassaṃ disāyan ti || ||
16. Kiñcāpi te taṃ jalate vimānaṃ ||
obhāsayaṃ uttarassaṃ disāyaṃ ||
rūpe raṇaṃ disvā sadā pavedhitaṃ ||
tasmā na rūpe ramati sumedho ti || ||
17. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso
ca paccekabrahmā taṃ brahmānaṃ saṃvejetvā tatth-ev-anta-
radhāyiṃsu || ||
18. Agamāsi ca kho so brahmā aparena samayena Bhagavato
upaṭṭhānam arahato sammāsambuddhassā ti || ||

SN_1.6,1.7. Kokālikā (or Kokāliya).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhāvāso ca
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upa-
saṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā kokālikaṃ bhi-
kkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye¹ || ||
Appameyyam pamāyinaṃ² || nivutam³ maññe puthujjanan-
ti || ||

SN_1.6,1.8. Tissako.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca-
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upa-
saṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Suddhāvāso. paccekabrahmā Katamodaka-
Tissakaṃ⁴ bhikkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vikampaye always.
2 S1-3 pamāyīnaṃ; B. pamāyitaṃ (always).
3 B. nivuttantam always; C. nidhu (or cu) tantam.
4 S1-3 -morakā-.

[page 149]
VI. 1. 9.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 149
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye ||
appameyyaṃ pamāyinam || nivutam maññe akissavan ti¹ ||

SN_1.6,1.9. Tudu brahmā.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kokāliko² bhikkhu ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3. Atha kho Tudu³ paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena
Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhito Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum
etad avoca || || Pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputtā-Moggallānesu
cittaṃ || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
5. Ko si tvam āvuso ti || ||
6. Ahaṃ Tudu paccekabrahmā ti || ||
7. Nanu tvam āvuso Bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato || atha⁴
kiñcarahi idhāgato || passa yāvañca te idam aparaddhan ti || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuṭhārī⁵ jāyate mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaṃ || bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ || ||
Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati ||
tam vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ ||
kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati || ||
Appamattako⁶ ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi⁷ sahāpi⁸ attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro⁹ kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaṃ padosaye || ||
Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānam ||
chattiṃsati pañca abbudāni ||
yam ariyagarahī¹⁰ nirayam upeti ||
vācaṃ mānañca paṇidhāya pāpakan ti || ||¹¹
¹⁰. Kokāliko (²).
¹. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu yena Bhagavā ten-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nivutaṃ tamaṃ aki-.
2 S3 Kokāliyo always; S1 further on.
3 B. turu always.
4 S1 attha.
5 B. C. kudhārī.
6 S1-3 appamatto.
7 C. sabbasāpi.
8 S1-3 sabhā-.
9 S1 mahattaro; C. mahantaro.
10 B. -garahaṃ.
11 All these gāthas recur in the next sutta,
which = Sutta-nipāta III. 10.

[page 150]
150 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 10.
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kokāliko¹ Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Pāpicchā bhante Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam
icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā ti || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Mā h-evam Kokālika avaca mā h-evaṃ Kokā-
lika avaca² || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu
cittam || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho Kokāliko³ bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kiñcāpi me bhante Bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayi-
ko || atha kho pāpicchā va Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam
icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā ti || ||
6. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokalikam bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Mā hevam Kokālika avaca mā hevaṃ Kokālika
avaca || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ ||
pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
7. Tatiyam pi kho Kokāliko bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || la || icchānaṃ vasaṃ gato ti || ||
8. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum etad
avoca || pa || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallanā ti⁴ || ||
9. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
10. Acirapakkantassa ca Kokālikassa bhikkhuno sāsapa-
mattīhi piḷakāhi sabbo kāyo puto ahosi || ||
Sāsapamattiyo hutvā muggamattiyo ahesuṃ || mugga-
mattiyo hutvā kaḷāyamattiyo ahesuṃ || kaḷāyamattiyo hutvā
kolaṭṭhimattiyo ahesuṃ || kolaṭṭhimattiyo hutvā kolamattiyo
ahesuṃ || kolamattiyo hutvā āmalakamattiyo ahesuṃ || āma-
lakamattiyo hutvā beluvasalāṭukamattiyo ahesuṃ || beluvasalā-
ṭukamattiyo hutvā billamattiyo ahesuṃ || billamattiyo hutvā
pabhijjiṃsu pubbañca lohitañca pagghariṃsu || ||
11. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-eva ābādhena kālamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Kokāliyo always.
2 S1-3 omit avaca.
3 S1-3 Kokaliko also here only.
4 These abridgments are those of B.; those of S1-3 are
little different.

[page 151]
VI. 1. 10.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 151
akāsi || kālaṅkato¹ ca Kokāliko bhikkhu Paduma-nirayam²
uppajji Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā || ||
12. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
13. Ekaṃ antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante bhikkhu kālama-
kāsi³ || kālaṅkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu Paduma-
nirayaṃ uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā
ti || ||
14. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yīti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū
amantesi || ||
Imam bhikkhave rattiṃ Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya
rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā
yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho bhikkhave
Brahmā sahampati mam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante
bhikkhu kālāmakāsi || kālaṅkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu
Padumam nirayam uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam
āghātetvā ti || || Idam avoca bhikkhave Brahmā sahampati ||
idaṃ vatvā mam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-
antaradhāyī ti || ||
16. Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kīvadīghaṃ nu kho bhante⁴ Paduma-niraye
āyuppamānan ti || ||
17. Dīgham kho⁵ bhikkhu paduma-niraye āyuppamāṇaṃ ||
na⁶ sukaraṃ saṅkātum ettakāni vassāni iti vā ettakāni
vassasatāni iti vā ettakāni vassasahassāni itivā ettakāni vassa-
satasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
18. Sakkā pana bhante upamā⁷ kātun ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kālakato.
2 B. padumaṃ-.
3 B. kālaṃ kato here and further on.
4 B. omits bhante.
5 S1-3 omit kho.
6 S1 and B. taṃ na.
7 B. upamaṃ.

[page 152]
152 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 10
19. Sakkā bhikkhū ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho || tato
puriso vassasatassa vassasahassa¹ accayena ekam ekaṃ tilam
uddhareyya || khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko
kosalako tilavāho iminā upakkamena parikkhayaṃ pariyādā-
nam² gaccheyya || na tveva eko Abbudo nirayo || seyyathāpi
bhikkhu vīsati abbudā nirayā³ evam eko⁴ Nirabbudanirayo ||
seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati nirabbudā nirayā evam eko Ababo
nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati ababā nirayā evam eko
Aṭaṭo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati aṭaṭā nirayā evam
eko Ahaho nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati ahahā nirayā
evam eko Kumudo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati kumudā
nirayā evam eko Sogandhiko nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu
vīsati sogandhikā nirayā evam eko Uppalanirayo⁵ || seyya-
thāpi bhikkhu vīsati uppalakā nirayā evam eko Puṇḍarīko
nirayo || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati puṇḍarīkā nirayā
evam eko Padumo nirayo || || Padumake pana bhikkhu
niraye⁶ Kokāliko bhikkhu uppanno Sāriputta-Moggalānesu
cittam āghātetvā ti || ||
20. Idaṃ avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam
etad avoca satthā || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuṭhārī jayate⁷ mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaṃ || bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇam || ||
yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati || taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ || kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vinda-
ti || ||
Appamattako ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi sahāpi⁸ attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaṃ padosaye || ||
Sataṃ sahassānam nirabbudānaṃ ||
chattiṃsati pañca ca⁹ abbudāni ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. -satassa.
2 S. pariyosānaṃ.
3 B. abbudo nirayo, and so always -o nirayo.
4 S1-3 evam evam (or eva) kho (S1 twice; S3 always).
5 S1 uppalakonirayo.
6 S1-3 padumaṃ kho pana- nirayaṃ.
7 S1-3 jāyatī.
8 B. saṃhāpi.
9 B. S1-3 va.

[page 153]
VI. 2. 2.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 153
yam ariyagarahī nirayam upeti ||
vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpakan ti¹ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Āyācanaṃ Gāravo Brahmadevo Bako ca brahmā ||
Aparā ca diṭṭhi Pamādaṃ Kokaliya Tissako ||
Tudu ca² brahmā aparo ca Kokāliko ti || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO <OR PAÑCAKA>.

SN_1.6,2.1. Sanaṃkumāro.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Sappinī³-tīre || ||
2. Atha kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Sappinī-tīram obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro Bhaga-
vato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Khattiyo seṭṭho jane tasmiṃ || ye gottapaṭisārino ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno || so seṭṭho devamānuse ti || ||
4. Idam avoca brahmā Sanaṃkumāro || samanuñño satthā
ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro samanuñño me⁴
satthā ti Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||

SN_1.6,2.2. Devadatta.
1. Ekaṃ damayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kūṭe pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte || ||
2. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Gijjhakūṭam pabbatam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See the preceding sutta. Same varieties of reading besides those
here noticed.
2 B. Turu ca; S1 Tuducca; S3 Kuducca.
3 So S1; B. Sabbini; C. Sappini; S3 Sappīnī.
4 S1-3 omit me.

[page 154]
154 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 2.
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Devadattam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti || phalam veḷu¹ phalaṃ nalaṃ || ||
sakkāro kāpurisam hanti || gabbho assatarim² yathā ti || ||

SN_1.6,2.3. Andhakavinda.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Andha-
kavinde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Andhakavindam obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavan-
tam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato
santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni³ ||
careyya saṃyojanavippamokkhā ||
sa ce⁴ ratiṃ nādhigacchaye tattha ||
saṅghe vase rakkhitatto satimā || ||
Kulā kulaṃ piṇḍikāya caranto ||
indriyagutto nipako satimā ||
sevetha pantāni senāsanāni ||
bhayā pamutto abhaye vimutto || ||
Yattha bheravā siriṃsapā ||
vijju sañcarati thaneti⁵ devo ||
andhakāra-timisāya rattiyā ||
nisīdi tattha bhikkhu vigatalomahaṃso || ||
Idaṃ hi jātu me diṭṭham || na yidam iti hītihaṃ⁶ ||
ekasmiṃ brahmacariyasmiṃ || sahassam maccuhāyinam⁷ || ||
Bhīyo pañcasatā sekhā || dasā ca dasadhā sataṃ⁸ || ||
sabbe sotasamāpannā || atiracchānagāmino ||
Athāyam itarā pajā || puññabhāgā ti me mano ||
saṅkhātuṃ no pi sakkomi⁹ || musāvādassa ottappeti¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 veḷum; S3 velū.
2 B. S1 assatarī.
3 B. sayanāsanāni here and further on.
4 S1 yo ve; S3 so ve.
5 B. thanayati.
6 B. vātihaṃ.
7 S1-3 -bhāsinaṃ.
8 B. -dasa.
9 B. nāpi-; S1-3 no visakkemi (S3 -āmi).
10 B. musāvādāya; B. otappeti; S1-3 ottapeti.

[page 155]
VI. 2. 4.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 155

SN_1.6,2.4. Aruṇavatī.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati || la ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca ||
5. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave rājā ahosi Aruṇavā nāma ||
Rañño kho pana bhikkhave Aruṇavato Aruṇavatī nāma rāja-
dhānī ahosi || Aruṇavatiyaṃ kho pana bhikkhave rājadhāni-
yam¹ Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho upanissāya
vihāsi || ||
6. Sikkhissa kho pana bhikkhave Bhagavato arahato
sammāsambuddhassa Abhibhū-Sambhavaṃ nāma sāvaka-
yugam ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhuṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi || || Āyāma
brāhmaṇa || yena aññataro brahmaloko ten-upasaṅkamissāma
yāva² bhattassa kālo bhavissatī ti || ||
8. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paccassosi || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhū ca bhikkhu seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammiñjitaṃ va bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ
sammiñjeyya || evam eva Aruṇavatiyā rājadhaniyā antarahitā
tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahesuṃ³ || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhum bhikkhum āmantesi || || Paṭibhātu
brāhmaṇa taṃ brahmuno ca brahmaparisāya⁴ ca brahma-
pārisajjānaṃ ca dhammikathā ti || ||
11. Evaṃ bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pattissutvā
brahmānañca brahmaparisañca brahmapārisajje ca dhammiyā
kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
12. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā caḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. rājaṭṭhāniyaṃ; S1-3 rājadhāniṃ.
2 S1-3 tāva.
3 S1-3 ahaṃsu.
4 S1-3 -parisāyā.

[page 156]
156 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 4
brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Accha-
riyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho kathaṃ hi nāma satthari
sammukhībhūte sāvako dhammaṃ desessatī ti || ||
13. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhuṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || || Ujjhāyanti
kho te brāhmaṇa brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā
ca || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata bho kathaṃ
hi nāma satthari sammukhībhūte sāvako dhammam desessatī
ti || || Tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa bhiyyosomattāya brahmā-
nañ ca brahmaparisañ ca brahmapārisajje ca saṃvejehī
ti || ||
14. Evaṃ bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā
dissamānena pi kāyena dhammaṃ desesi || adissamānena pi
kāyena dhammaṃ desesi || dissamānena heṭṭhimena upaḍḍha-
kāyena adissamānena uparimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṃ
desesi || dissamānena pi uparimena¹ upaḍḍhakāyena adissa-
mānena² heṭṭhimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṃ desesi || ||
15. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca
brahmapārisajjā ca acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuṃ || ||
Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho samaṇassa mahid-
dhikatā mahānubhāvatā ti || ||
16. Atha kho Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhiṃ bhagavantam
arahantam sammāsambuddham etad avoca || || Abhijānāmi
khvāhaṃ bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe evarūpaṃ vācaṃ
bhāsitā pahomi khvāham āvuso brahmaloke ṭhito sahassīloka-
dhātuṃ sarena viññāpetun ti || ||
17. Etassa brāhmaṇa kālo etassa brāhmaṇa kālo yaṃ tvaṃ
brāhmaṇa brahmaloke ṭhito sahassīlokadhātuṃ sarena viññā-
peyyāsī ti || ||
18. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā
brahmaloke ṭhito imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Ārabbhatha nikkhamatha || yuñjatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaṃ || naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 purimena.
2 S1-3 add pi.

[page 157]
VI. 2. 5.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 157
yo imasmim dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati¹ ||
pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ || dukkhassantaṃ karissatī ti || ||
19. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī ca bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhū ca bhikkhu brahmānañ ca brahmapari-
sañ ca brahmapārisajje ca saṃvejetvā || seyyathāpi nāma ||
pa || tasmim brahmaloke antarahitā Aruṇavatiyā² pātur
ahesuṃ || ||
20. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi || || Assuttha no tumhe bhi-
kkhave Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo
bhāsamānassā ti || ||
21. Assumha kho³ mayaṃ bhante Abhibhussa bhikkhuno
brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
22. Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave assuttha Abhi-
bhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamā-
nassā ti || ||
23. [Evaṃ kho mayam bhante assumha Abhibhussa bhi-
kkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassa⁴ || ||]
Ārabbhatha nikkhamatha || yuñjatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaṃ || naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro || ||
yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati ||
pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ || dukkhassantam karissatīti || ||
24. Evam eva kho mayaṃ bhante assumha Abhibhussa
bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamanassā ti || ||
25. Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave || sādhu kho tumhe bhikkhave
assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo
bhāsamānassā ti || ||
26. Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhaga-
vato bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||

SN_1.6,2.5. Parinibbāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kusinārāyaṃ viharati Upa-
vattane Mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ pari-
nibbānasamaye || ||
2. ⁵ Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Handa dāniḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vihessati here and further on.
2 B. adds rājaṭṭhāniyā.
3 S1-3 no.
4 This paragraph is missing in S1-3.
5 2-7 = M.PṢ. VI. 10-18.

[page 158]
158 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 5.
bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo appamādena sampādetha vaya-
dhammā saṅkhārā ti || ayam Tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Pathamajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Duti-
yajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Tatiya-
jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || Catuttha-
jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Ākāsā-
nañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || ||
Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samā-
pajji || || Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāya-
tanaṃ samāpajji || ||
4. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ
samāpajji || Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyata-
naṃ samāpajji || || Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsā-
nañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Catutthajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Tatiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Dutiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Paṭhamajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Dutiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Tatiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Ca-
tutthajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā Bhagavā parinibbāyi || ||
5. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Brahmā sa-
hampati imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbeva nikkhipissanti || bhūtā loke samussayaṃ ||
yathā etādiso satthā || loke¹ appaṭipuggalo ||
Tathāgato balappatto || sambuddho parinibbuto ti || ||
6. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Sakko devānam
indo imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Aniccā vata saṅkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti || ||
7. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Ānando
imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tadāsi yam bhiṃsanakaṃ || tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ ||
sabbākāravarūpete || sambuddhe parinibbute ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. inserts m.

[page 159]
VI. 2. 5.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 159
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Anuruddho
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Nāhu assāsapassāso ṭhita-cittassa¹ tādino ||
anejo santim ārabbha || cakkhumā parinibbuto || ||
asallīnena cittena || vedanam ajjhavāsayi ||
pajjotass-eva nibbānaṃ || vimokkho cetaso ahū ti² || ||
Brahma-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Pañcakaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Brahmā-Sanaṃ Devadatto Andhakavindo Aruṇavatī
Parinibbānena ca desitam idaṃ Brahma-pañcakaṃ3 || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 passāsā-; S3 -ṭhitaṃ-.
2 S1-3 vimokho āhu cetaso ti.
3 So S1-3; in B. the end is thus:
Brahmā-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tatr-uddānam bhavati || ||
Brahmāyācanaṃ Agāravañca || Brahmadevo Bako ca brahmā ||
Aññataro ca brahmā Kokaliyañca || Tissakañ ceva Turu ca ||
Brahmā Kokaliya-bhikkhu || Sanaṃkumārena Devadattaṃ ||
Andhakavindam Aruṇavatī Parinibbānena pannarasā ti || ||

[page 160]
160

********************************************

BOOK VII. -- BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTAM.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. ARAHANTA-VAGGO PAṬHAMO.

SN_1.7,1.1. DHANAÑJANĪ.
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagotta-
brāhmāṇassa¹ Dhanañjānī² nāma brāhmaṇī abhippasannā
hoti buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca || ||
3. Atha kho³ Dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī bhāradvājagottassa
brāhmaṇassa bhattam upasaṃharantī⁴ upakkamitvā⁵ ti-
kkhattum udānam udānesi || || Namo tassa Bhagavato
arahato sammāsambuddhassa || pe || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte bharadvājagotto brāhmaṇo Dhanañjānim
etad avoca || || Evam eva panāyam vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ
vā tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati || idāni
tyāhaṃ⁶ vasali tassa satthunovādam āropessāmī ti || ||
5. Na khvāhan-tam brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sedevakama-
nussāya yo tassa Bhagavato vādam āropeyya arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa || api ca tvaṃ brāhmaṇa gaccha || gantvā vijā-
nissasī ti⁷ || ||
6. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kupito anattamano
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā
saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisā-
retvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -gotassa.
2 So S1; B. dhanañjanī; S3 dhānañjāni.
3 S1-3 omit atha kho.
4 S1-3 upaharantī.
5 B. upakkhalitvā.
6 S1-3 idānissaham.
7 So B. (correction of vijānissatīti); S1-3 pivedissatīti.

[page 161]
VII. 1. 2.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 161
7. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo
Bhagavantaṃ gāthaya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃsu chetvā¹ sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati || ||
kissassa² ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi³ Gotamā ti⁴ ||
8. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati || ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa brāhmaṇa ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti⁵ || ||
9. Evaṃ vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || || Seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā
akkujjeyya || paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya || mūḷhassa vā
maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā telapajjotam dhāreyya
cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti || evam evaṃ bhotā Gotamena
anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ
Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi || dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañ-
ca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ
labheyyaṃ upasampadan ti || ||
10. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ⁶ || ||
11. Acirūpasampanno kho⁷ panāyasmā bhāradvājo eko
vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva
yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajanti || tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānam diṭṭhe-
va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi ||
khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam
itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
12. Aññataro ca Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.2. Akkosa.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhāradvāja-
gotto kira brāhmaṇo Samaṇassa Gotamassa santike agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. jhatvā always.
2 B. kissassu.
3 SS. rocehi.
4 B. Gotamo ti; S1 Gotamāhi; S2 -māhīti; S3 mātīhi.
5 These gāthas, already met with in Devatā-S. VIII. 1 and
Devaputta-S. I . 3, will be found again once more in
Sakka-S. III. 1.
6 S1-3 add ti alattha upasampadā.
7 S1-3 ca.

[page 162]
162 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 2.
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi
akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā akkosaka-bhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇam
etad avoca || || Taṃ kiṃ maññasi brāhmaṇa || api nu kho te
āgacchanti mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā atithiyo ti || ||
5. Appekadā me bho Gotama āgacchanti mittāmaccā ñātisā-
lohitā atithiyo ti || ||
6. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi brāhmaṇa || api nu tesam anuppadesi
khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyam sāyanīyan ti¹ || ||
7. Appekadā nesāhaṃ bho Gotama anuppademi khādanī-
yaṃ bhojanīyaṃ sāyanīyan ti || ||
8. Sace kho pana te brāhmaṇa na patigaṇhanti kassa taṃ
hoti || ||
9. Sace te² bho Gotama na patigaṇhanti amhākam eva
taṃ hotī ti || ||
10. Evam eva kho³ brāhmaṇa yaṃ tvaṃ amhe anakkosante
akkosasi || arosante rosesi⁴ || abhaṇḍante bhaṇḍasi || taṃ te
mayaṃ na paṭigaṇhāma [tav-ev-etaṃ brāhmaṇa hoti] ⁵ tav-
ev etam brāhmaṇa hotī ti || || Yo kho brāhmaṇa akkosantaṃ
paccakkosati || rosentaṃ paṭiroseti || bhaṇḍantaṃ paṭibhaṇḍa-
ti || ayam vuccati brāhmaṇa sambhuñjati vītiharati || te mayam
tayā neva sambhuñjāma || na vītiharāma || tav-ev-etam
brāhmaṇa hoti tav-ev-etam brāhmaṇa hotī ti || ||
11. Bhavantaṃ kho Gotamaṃ sarājikā parisā evaṃ jānā-
ti || Arahaṃ samaṇo Gotamo ti || || Atha ca pana bhavaṃ
Gotamo kujjhatī ti || ||
12. Akkodhassa kuto kodho || dantassa samajīvino ||
sammadaññāvimuttassa || upasantassa tādino || ||
tasseva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnaṃ tikicchantānam⁶ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti⁷ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. khādanīyaṃ vā bho- vā sā- vā ti.
2 S1-2 me.
3 B. evamevaṃ.
4 B. rosasi and further on -rosati.
5 In B. only.
6 So B.; C. notices the readings tikicchantānam and tikicchatam;
S1-3 tikicchantaṃ.
7 These gāthās are repeated in the next sutta.

[page 163]
VII. 1. 3.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 163
13. Evaṃ vutte akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pe ||
Esāham bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇam gacchāmi dhammañca
bhikkhusaṅghañca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike
pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
14. Alattha kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampadaṃ ||
15. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā akkosaka-bhāradvājo
eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na
cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā ana-
gāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosā-
naṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ
nāparaṃ itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi¹ || ||
16. Aññataro ca panāyasmā Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosī ti || ||

SN_1.7,1.3. Asurinda.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo || || Bhā-
radvājagotto brāhmaṇo kira samaṇassa Gotamassa santike
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi
akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Jito si samaṇa || jito si samaṇā ti || ||
6. Jayaṃ ve maññati bālo || vācāya pharusaṃ bhaṇaṃ ||
jayañc-ev-assa taṃ hoti || yā titikkhā vijānato || ||
tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantānaṃ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti² || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All this passage from Evāhaṃ- is suppressed in S1-3 by abbreviation.
2 See the preceding sutta.

[page 164]
164 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 3.
7. Evaṃ vutte asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ
bho Gotama || pa || abbhaññāsi || ||
8. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī ti || ||

SN_1.7,1.4. Bilaṅgika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho bilaṅgika-bhāradvājo¹ brāhmaṇo || Bhā-
radvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa Gotamassa santike
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā bilaṅgikassa² bhāradvājassa brāh-
maṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya bilaṅgikaṃ³ bhā-
radvāja-brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa ||
tam eva bālam pacceti pāpaṃ ||
sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ va khitto ti3 || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte bilaṅgika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyā-
ham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ || pa || tad anuttaram
brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti
abbhaññāsi || ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.5. Ahiṃsaka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ
sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C. vilaṅgika-; S1-3 bilaṅgaka-.
2 S1-3 bilaṅgakā-.
3 Repetition of Devatā- S. III.2.

[page 165]
VII. 1. 7.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 165
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāh-
maṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahiṃsakāhaṃ bho
Gotama ahiṃsakāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
4. Yathā nāmaṃ tathā c-assa || siyā kho tvaṃ ahiṃsako ||
yo ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca na hiṃsati ||
sa ce ahiṃsako hoti || yo paraṃ na vihiṃsatīti || ||
5. Evam vutte ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || abbhaññāsi || ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.6. Jaṭā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antojaṭā bahijaṭā || jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā ||
taṃ taṃ Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
4. Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño || cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ ||
ātāpī nipako bhikkhu || so imam vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ || ||
Yesaṃ rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || tesaṃ vijaṭitā jaṭā || ||
Yattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paṭighaṃ rūpasaññā ca¹ || ettha sā chijjate jaṭā ti² || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.7. Suddhika.
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. -saññañca.
2 B. etthesā chindate-. These gathās are the same as those of
Devatā-S. III.3.

[page 166]
166 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 7.
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāh-
maṇo Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na brāhmaṇo sujjhati koci loke ||
sīlavā pi tapo karaṃ ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno so sujjhati ||
na aññā itarā pajā ti || ||
4. Bahum pi palapaṃ jappaṃ || na jaccā hoti¹ brāhmaṇo ||
anto kasambhu²-saṃkiliṭṭho || kuhanam³ upanissito⁴ || ||
Khattiyo brāhmaṇo vesso || suddo caṇḍālapukkuso ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamo ||
pappoti paramaṃ suddhiṃ || evam jānāhi brāhmaṇā ti || ||
5. Evam vutte suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.8. Aggika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maṇassa sappinā pāyāso sannihito⁵ hoti || || aggiṃ juhissāmi
aggihuttaṃ paricarissāmīti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaram ādāya Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi || Rājagahe sapadā-
naṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam
antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Addasā kho aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ
piṇḍāya carantaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Tīhi vijjāhi sampanno || jātimā sutavā bahu ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno || so-maṃ bhuñjeyya pāyāsan ti⁶ || ||
5. Bahum pi palapaṃ jappaṃ || na jaccā⁷ hoti brāhmaṇo ||
anto kasambusaṃkiliṭṭho⁸ || kuhanā parivārito || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. najacco.
2 So S1 and C. ; B. puti; S3 sa (or si) kambu.
3 B. kuhanā.
4 S1-3 add ti. This gāthā will be found again in the next sutta.
5 S3 santito; S1 sāttito.
6 S1-3 so imaṃ- pāyasanti here and further on.
7 B. jacco as above.
8 S1-3 as above (preceding sutta); B. -kasapamusaṃkliṭṭho.

[page 167]
VII. I. 9] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 167
pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi || saggāpāyañ ca passati ||
atho¹ jātikkhayaṃ patto || abhiññāvosito muni² || ||
etāhi tīhi vijjāhi || tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo ||
vijjācaraṇasampamo || so mam bhuñjeyya pāyāsan ti || ||
6. Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ bho³ Gotamo brāhmaṇo bhavan ti || ||
7. Gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojanīyaṃ⁴ ||
sampassatam brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
Aññena ca⁵ kevalinam mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ⁶ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettaṃ hi taṃ⁷ puññapekkhassa hotī ti⁸ || ||
8. Evam vutte aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
9. Aññantaro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||

SN_1.7,1.9. Sundarika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagava Kosalesu viharati Sundarikāya
nadiyā tīre || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sundarika-bhāradvājo brāh-
maṇo Sundarikāya nadiyā tīre aggiṃ juhati aggihuttaṃ
paricarati || ||
3. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo aggiṃ juhitvā
aggihuttaṃ paricaritvā uṭṭhāyāsanā samantā catuddisā anuvi-
lokesi || || Ko nu kho imaṃ havyasesam bhuñjeyyāsīti⁹ || ||
4. Addasā kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle sīsam¹⁰ pārutaṃ¹¹ nisin-
naṃ || disvāna vāmena hatthena havyasesaṃ gahetvā dakkhi-
ṇahatthena kamaṇḍaluṃ gahetvā¹² yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saṅkami || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sundrika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maṇassa padasaddena sīsaṃ vivari ||
6. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo || muṇḍo¹³ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 atha.
2 S1-3 -vositavo-. This gātha will be found again in II. 3.
3 B. omits bho.
4 B. abhojaneyyaṃ here and further on.
5 S1-3 ca here and further on.
6 S1-3 kukkuca- here and further on.
7 S1-3 hetaṃ.
8 These gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
9 B. bhuṅjeyyāti.
10 B. C. sasīsaṃ.
11 S1-3 pārūpitaṃ.
12 S1-3 gahetvāna.
13 S1-3 muṇḍako.

[page 168]
168 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 9.
ayaṃ bhavaṃ muṇḍako ayam bhavan ti || tato ca puna
nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa etad
ahosi || || Muṇḍā pi hi¹ idh-ekacce brāhmaṇā bhavanti ||
yaṃ nunāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jātim puccheyyan ti || ||
8. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kim jacco bhavan ti || ||
9. Mā jātim puccha caraṇañca puccha ||
kaṭṭhā have jāyati jātavedo ||
nīcākulīno pi muni dhitimā ||
ājānīyo hoti hirīnisedho || ||
saccena danto damasā upeto ||
vedantagū vūsita-brahmacariyo ||
yaññupanīto² tam upavhayetha³ ||
kālena so juhati⁴ dakkhiṇeyyo ti⁵ || ||
10. Addhā suyiṭṭhaṃ suhutaṃ⁶ mama yidaṃ ||
yaṃ tādisaṃ vedagum addasāmi⁷ ||
tumhādisānaṃ hi adassanena ||
añño jano bhuñjati havyasesan ti || ||
Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ Gotamo brāhmaṇo bhavan ti || ||
11. Gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojaniyaṃ ||
sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ⁸ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
Aññena ce kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettaṃ hi tam9 puññapekkhassa hotī ti10 || ||
12. Atha kassa cāhaṃ bho Gotama imaṃ havyasesaṃ
dammī ti || ||
13. Na khvāhaṃ brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevama-
nussāya yass-eso¹¹ havyaseso bhutto sammāpariṇāmaṃḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ca.
2 B.yañño-.
3 S1 upavuhayetha.
4 S1-3 duhati.
5 B. dakkhineyyeti.
6 S1-3 ahutaṃ.
7 B. addasāma.
8 S1-3 vācābhigītaṃ.
9 S1-3 tena (or te taṃ) hite.
10 For these two gāthās (text and notes) see the preceding sutta.
11 B. yena.

[page 169]
VII. 1. 9.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 169
gaccheyya || aññatra brāhmaṇa Tathāgatassa vā Tathāgatasā-
vakassa vā || tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa taṃ havyasesam appa-
harite vā chaṭṭehi appāṇake vā udake opilāpehī ti || ||
14. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo taṃ havya-
sesaṃ appāṇake udake opilāpesi || ||
15. Atha kho so havyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭici-
ṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati || || Seyyathāpi nāma
phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati
sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati || evam eva so havyaseso udake
pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyatisampadhūpāyati ||
16. Atha kho sundarika-bharadvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo
lomahaṭṭhajāto yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
17. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho sundarika-bhāradvājam
brāhmaṇaṃ Bhagavā gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mā1 brāhmaṇa dāru samādahāno ||
suddhim2 amaññi bahiddhā hi etaṃ ||
na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti ||
yo bāhirena parisuddhim3 icche || ||
Hitvā ahaṃ brāhmaṇa dārudāhaṃ ||
ajjhattam eva jalayāmi4 jotiṃ ||
niccagginī niccasamāhitatto5 ||
arahaṃ⁶ ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carāmi || ||
Māno hi te brāhmaṇa7 khāribhāro ||
kodho dhūmo bhasmani mosavajjaṃ8 ||
jivhā sujā hadayam jotiṭṭhānaṃ ||
attā sudanto purisassa joti || ||
Dhammo rahado brāhmaṇa sīlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataṃ pasattho9 ||
yattha10 have vedaguno11 sinātā12 ||
anallīnagattā13 va taranti pāraṃ14 || ||
Saccaṃ dhammo saṃyamo brahmacariyaṃ ||
majjhesitā brāhmaṇa brahmapatti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add vā.
2 S1-3 suddham.
3 S3 balavena-; Bṣuddhim.
4 B. ajjhattamevujjalayāmi.
5 S1-3 niccaggi niccamasāhitatto.
6 B. omits araham.
7 S1-3 hito (S1 -te) brāhmanā.
8 C. -nimmo-.
9 B. pasaṭṭho.
10 S1-3 yatthā.
11 B. vedagūno; SSḥavedaguno.
12 So S3; B. sinhatā; S1-2 sinānanda (S2 daṃ) tā.
13 SS. anallagattā.
14 This gāthā will be found again in II. 11.

[page 170]
170 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII [VII. 1. 9.
satujjubhūtesu namo karohi ||
tam ahaṃ naraṃ dhammasārī ti1 brūmī ti || ||
18. Evaṃ vutte sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantam bho gotama || pa ||
19. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī ti || ||

SN_1.7,1.10. Bahudhiti.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññata-
rasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bharadvāja-
gottassa brāhmaṇassa catuddasa balivaddā naṭṭhā honti || ||
3. Atha kho bhāradvāja-gotto brāhmaṇo te balivadde
gavesanto yena so pana vanasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā addasā Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṃ
pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyam paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ
satim upaṭṭhapetvā || ||
4. Disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Na hi² nūn-imassa samaṇassa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaṭṭhiṃ na dissanti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || tilā khettasmiṃ pāpikā³ ||
ekapaṇṇā dvipannā⁴ ca || tenāyam samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || tuccha-kotthasmiṃ musikā ||
ussoḷhikaya naccanti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || santhāro⁵ sattamāsiko ||
uppāṭakehi⁶ saṃchanno || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || vidhavā sattadhītaro ||
ekaputtā dviputtā cā⁷ || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || piṅgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || paccūsamhi iṇāyikā ||
detha dethā ti codenti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī ti || ||
5. Na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaṭṭhiṃ na dissanti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. sātī.
2 S1-3 ha always.
3 B. pāpakā.
4 B dupaṇṇā.
5 All the MSS. sandharo; but further on S1-3 santhāro.
6 C. uppādakehi.
7 B. duputtā; S1 viputtā; S3 ekaputtavi (or ci) puttāca.

[page 171]
VII. 1. 10.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 171
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || tilā khettasmiṃ pāpikā ||
ekapaṇṇā dvipaṇṇā ca || teṇāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || tucchā-koṭṭhasmiṃ musikā ||
ussoḷhikāya naccanti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || santhāro¹ sattamāsiko ||
uppāṭakehi saṃchanno || tenāham brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || vidhavā sattadhītaro ||
ekaputtā driputtā ca || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || piṅgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || paccūsamhi iṇāyikā ||
detha dethāti codenti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī ti || ||
6. Evam vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho
Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujjitam va ukkujjeyya
paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya || mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya ||
andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rupāni dak-
khinti || evam evam bhotā² Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo
pakāsito || esāhaṃ Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dham-
mañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyāhaṃ bhoto³ Gotamassa
santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
7. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
8. Acirūpasampanno panāyasmā bharadvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho
appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva yassattāya
kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad
anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti
abbhaññāsi || ||
9. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
Arahanta-vaggo pathamo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Dhanañjānī ca Akkosaṃ || Asurinda⁴ Bilaṅgikaṃ ||
Ahiṃsakaṃ Jaṭā c-eva || Suddhikaṃ c-eva Aggikā ||
Sundarikaṃ Bahudhīti || yena ca te dasā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 santhāro; B. sandharo.
2 S1-3 bho.
3 S1-3 bho
4 S1-3 asundarikaṃ.

[page 172]
172 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII.2.1.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. UPĀSAKA-VAGGO.

SN_1.7,2.1. Kasi.1
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu
viharati Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ Ekanālāyam brāhmaṇa-gāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa² brāh-
maṇassa pañcamattāni naṅgalasatāni payuttāni honti vappa-
kāle || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaram ādāya yena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kam-
manto ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maṇassa parivesanā vattati || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yena parivesanā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Addasā kho kasi-bharadvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
piṇḍāya ṭhitaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahaṃ
kho samaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi³ ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca
bhuñjāmi || || Tvam pi samaṇa kasassu ca vapassu ca ||
kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjassīti || ||
7. Aham pi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā
ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmīti || ||
8. Na kho mayam passāma bhoto⁴ Gotamassa yugaṃ vā
vā naṅgalaṃ vā phālaṃ vā pācanam vā balivadde vā || atha
ca pana bhavaṃ Gotamo evam āha || || Aham pi kho brāh-
maṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjā-
mīti || ||
9. Atha kho kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kassako paṭijānāsi || na ca passāmi te kasiṃ ||
kassako⁵ pucchito brūhi || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ kasin ti || ||
10. Saddhā bījaṃ tapo vuṭṭhi || paññā me yuganaṅgalaṃ ||
hirī isā mano yottaṃ || sati me phāla-pācanaṃ || ||
kāyagutto vacīgutto || āhāre udare yato ||
saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ || soraccam me pamocanaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This sutta recurs in the Sutta-Nipāta I.4.
2 S3 kasī- always.
3 B. vapp- always.
4 S1-3 bho.
5 S1 kasine; S3 kasane.

[page 173]
VII. 2. 2] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 173
viriyam me dhuradhorayhaṃ || yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ ||
gacchati anivattantaṃ || yattha gantvā na socati || ||
Evam esā kasī kaṭṭhā || sā hoti amatapphalā ||
etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna || sabbadukkhā pamuccatī ti || ||
11. Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ Gotamo kassako bhavaṃ Gotamo¹ ||
yaṃ hi Gotamo amatapphalam pi kasiṃ kasatī ti || ||
12. Gāthābhigītam me abhojanīyaṃ ||
sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
aññena ce kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī ti² ||
³Evaṃ vutte kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho
Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya
paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya
andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhinti || evam evam bho Gotamena anekapariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito || esāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || upāsakaṃ maṃ
bhavaṃ Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.2. Udayo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-
upasaṅkami || ||
3. Atha kho Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato pattam odanena
pūresi || ||
4. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ
ten-upasaṅkami || pa ||
5. Tatiyam pi kho Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato pattamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. has not Gotamo.
2 See above I. 8, 9.
3 Here the Sutta Nipāta inserts another episode.

[page 174]
174 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 2.
odanena pūretvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Pakaṭṭhako¹
yaṃ samaṇo Gotamo punappunam āgacchatī ti || ||
Punappunam ceva vapanti bījaṃ ||
punappunaṃ vassati² devarājā ||
punappunam khettam kasanti kassakā³ ||
punappunam aññam⁴ upeti raṭṭhaṃ || ||
Punappunaṃ yācakā yācayanti⁵ ||
punappunam dānapatī dadanti ||
punappunam dānapatī daditvā ||
punappunam saggam upeti ṭhānaṃ || ||
Punappunaṃ khīranikā duhanti ||
punappunaṃ vaccho upeti⁶ mātaraṃ ||
punappunaṃ kilamati phandati ca ||
punappunaṃ gabbham upeti mando || ||
punappunaṃ jāyati miyyati ca ||
punappunaṃ sīvathikaṃ haranti ||
maggañca laddhā apunabbhavāya ||
na⁷ punappunam jāyati bhūripañño ti || ||
7. Evam vutte Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ
Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.3. Devahito.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā vātehi ābādhiko
hoti || āyasmā ca Upavāno⁸ Bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Upavānam āmantesi || ||
Iṅgha me tvaṃ Upavāna uṇhodakaṃ jānāhīti || ||
4. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhagavato
paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Devahitassa
brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
tuṇhībhūto⁹ ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
5. Addasā kho Devahito brāhmaṇo āyasmantam Upavānam
tuṇhībhutam⁹ ekam antam ṭhitaṃ || disvāna āyasmantam
Upavānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pagaṇḍako.
2 S1-3 vassanti.
3 S1-3 kassako.
4 B. maññam; S1-3 yaññaṃ.
5 S1-3 yācanakā caranti.
6 S1-3 vacchā upenti.
7 B. S3 omit na.
8 S1-3 Upavāṇ-o always.
9 S1-3 omit tuṇhībhūto (-taṃ).

[page 175]
VII. 2. 4.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 175
Tuṇhībhūto bhavaṃ tiṭṭhaṃ || muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto ||
kiṃ patthayāno kim esaṃ || kiṃ nu yācitum āgato ti || ||
6. Arahaṃ Sugato loke || vātehābadhiko muni ||
sace uṇhodakam atthi || munino dehi brāhmaṇa ||
pūjito pūjaneyyānaṃ || sakkareyyānam sakkato ||
apacito apaceyyānaṃ¹ || tassa icchāmi hātave² ti || ||
7. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaṇo uṇhodakassa kājam³ puri-
sena gāhāpetvā phāṇitassa ca puṭam āyasmato Upavānassa
pādāsi || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam uṇhodakena nahāpetvā
uṇhodakena phāṇitam āloḷetvā Bhagavato pādāsi || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi || ||
10. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vitisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
11. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Devahito brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kattha dajjā deyyadhammam || kattha dinnaṃ mahappha-
laṃ ||
kathaṃ hi yajamānassa || katham ijjhati⁴ dakkhiṇā ti || ||
12. Pubbe nivāsam yo vedi⁵ || saggāpāyañca passati ||
atho jātikkhayaṃ patto || abhiññāvosito muni⁶ || ||
ettha⁷ dajjā deyyadhammam || ettha dinnam mahap-
phalaṃ ||
evaṃ hi yajamānassa || evam ijjhati dakkhiṇā ti || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte Devahito brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ
bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.4. Mahāsāla (or Lūkhapāpuraṇa).
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo lūkho lūkhapā-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -pujaniyyānaṃ-; S1-3 sakkateyyānaṃ; B. paceyyānaṃ.
2 S1-3 bhātave.
3 S1-3 kācaṃ.
4 S1-3 ijjhanti here and further on.
5 So B. S1-3; C. vede, but notices the reading vedi.
6 S1 abhiñña-; S1-3 -vositavo-. See I. 8.
7 B. tattha.

[page 176]
176 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 4.
puraṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārā-
ṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antam nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇa-mahāsālaṃ
Bhagavā etad avocā || || Kinnu tvaṃ brāhmaṇa lūkho
lūkhapāpuraṇo ti || ||
4. Idha me bho Gotama cattaro puttā || te maṃ dārehi
sampuccha gharā nikkhamentīti¹ || ||
5. Tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa imā gāthāyo pariyāpuṇitvā
sabhāyaṃ mahājanakāye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu
bhāsassu || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissaṃ || yesañ ca bhavam icchisaṃ² ||
te maṃ dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti sūkaraṃ || ||
Asantā kira maṃ jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttarūpena || te jahanti vayogataṃ || ||
Asso va jiṇṇo nibbhogo || khādanā apanīyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daṇḍo va kira me seyyo || yañ ce puttā anassavā ||
caṇḍam pi gonam vāreti || atho caṇḍam pi kukkuraṃ || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhīre gādham edhati ||
daṇḍassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā paṭitiṭṭhatīti || ||
6. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhagavato santike
imā gāthāyo pariyāpuṇitvā sabhāyaṃ mahājanakāye sanni-
patite puttesu ca sannisinnesu abhāsi || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissam || yesañ ca bhavam icchisaṃ ||
te maṃ dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti sūkaram || ||
Asantā kira maṃ jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttarūpena || te jahanti vayogataṃ || ||
Asso va jiṇṇo nibbhogo || khādanā apanīyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daṇḍo va kira me seyyo || yañ ce puttā anassavā ||
caṇḍam pi goṇaṃ vāreti || atho caṇḍam pi kukkuraṃ || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhīre gādham edhati ||
daṇḍassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā patitiṭṭhatī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 C. nikkamantīti; S3 nikkhantīti.
2 S1-3 icchasaṃ.
3 S1-3 sampucchā-; S1-3 C. vādenti.

[page 177]
VII. 2. 5.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 177
7. Atha kho naṃ brāhmaṇa-mahāsālaṃ puttā gharaṃ
netvā nahāpetvā paccekaṃ dussayugena acchādesuṃ || ||
8. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo ekaṃ dussayugam
ādāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bha-
gavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ
vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
9. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Mayam bho Gotama brāhmaṇā nāma
ācariyassa ācariyadhanam pariyesāma || patiggaṇhatu me bha-
vaṃ Gotamo ācariyadhanan ti || ||
10. Paṭiggahesi¹ Bhagavā anukampam upādāya || ||
11. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ mam
bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.5. Mānatthaddo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Mānatthaddho² nāma brāhmaṇo
Sāvatthiyaṃ pativasati || so n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na
pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeṭṭha-
bhātaram abhivādeti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā mahatiya parisāya
parivuto dhammaṃ desesi³ || ||
4. Atha kho Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || ||
Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā parisāya parivuto
dhammaṃ deseti || yaṃ nūnāham yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-
upasaṅkameyyaṃ || sace maṃ samaṇo Gotamo ālapissati aham
pi tam ālapissāmi || no ce maṃ samaṇo Gotamo ālapissati
aham pi taṃ nālapissāmī ti || ||
5. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekam antam aṭṭhā-
si || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ nālapi || ||
7. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo || nāyaṃ samaṇo
Gotamo kiñci jānātī ti || tato⁴ puna-nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 patigaṇhāsi.
2 B. Mānathaddho always.
3 S1 deseti.
4 B. adds va.

[page 178]
178 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 5.
8. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaṇassa ceta-
sā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya Mānatthaddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na mānaṃ brāhmaṇa¹ sādhu || atthi kassīdha brāhmaṇa ||
yena atthena āgacchi² || tam evam anubrūhaye ti³ || ||
9. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo || cittam me samaṇo
Gotamo jānātī ti || tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu⁴ sirasā
nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi
ca parisambāhati nāmañ ca sāveti Mānatthaddhāham bho
Gotama Mānatthaddhāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
10. Atha kho sā parisā abbhutacittajātā⁵ ahosi || ||
Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata bho || ayaṃ hi
Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na
pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeṭṭha-
bhātaram abhivādeti || atha ca pana samaṇe Gotame evarūpaṃ
paramaṃ nipaccākāraṃ⁶ karotī ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad
avoca || || Alaṃ brāhmaṇa uṭṭhehi sake āsane nisīda yato
te mayi cittaṃ pasannan ti || ||
12. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo sake āsane nisīditvā
Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kesu na mānaṃ⁷ kayirātha⁸ || kesu assa⁹ sagāravo ||
Kyassa¹⁰ apacitā¹¹ assu || kyāssu sādhu supūjitā ti¹² || ||
13. Mātari pitari vāpi || atho jeṭṭhamhi bhātari ||
ācariye catutthamhi || tesu na mānaṃ kayirātha || ||
tesu assa sagāravo || tyassa apacitā assu ||
tyassu sādhu supūjitā¹³ || ||
arahante sītibhūte || katakicce anāsave ||
nihacca mānam atthaddho || te namassa¹⁴ anuttare ti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte {Mānatthaddho} brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu
ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 brūhanā.
2 S1-3 āgañchi.
3 S1-3 anubrūhasīti.
4 S1-3 pāde.
5 So C. only; B. and S3 vitta-; S1 is doubtful.
6 B. S1 nippacca-.
7 S1-3 mānam na here and further on.
8 B. kayirā.
9 S1-3 kesvassa.
10 S1-3 kyāssa.
11 S1 apacitaṃ; C. apacitiṃ.
12 S1-3 kesvassu sādhu supūjitāti, and further on tesvassu-.
13 One pada ought to have been omitted in all the MSS.
14 B. namasse.

[page 179]
VII. 2. 7.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 179

SN_1.7,2.6. Paccanīka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Paccanīkasāto¹ nāma brāhmaṇo
Sāvatthiyaṃ pativasati || ||
3. Atha kho Paccanīkasātassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || ||
Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ ||
yaṃ yad eva samaṇo Gotamo bhāsissati || taṃ tad ev-assā-
haṃ² paccanīkassan ti³ || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ajjhokāse caṅka-
mati || ||
5. Atha kho Paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam caṅkaman-
tam anucaṅkamamāno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa
samaṇa dhamman ti || ||
6. Na Paccanīkasātena || suvijānaṃ subhāsitaṃ ||
upakkiliṭṭhacittena || sārabbhabahulena ca⁴ || ||
Yo ca vineyya sārabbhaṃ || appasādañ ca cetaso ||
āghātaṃ paṭinissajja || sa ve jaññā subhāsitan ti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte Paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam
mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.7. Navakammika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññataras-
miṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena navakammika-bhāradvājo
brāhmaṇo tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṃ kārāpeti || ||
3. Addasā kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bha-
gavantam aññatarasmiṃ sāla-rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam
ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭha-
petvā || ||
4. Disvān-assa etad ahosi || || Ahaṃ kho imasmiṃ vana-
saṇḍe kammantaṃ kārāpento ramāmi || ayaṃ samaṇo Gotamo
kiṃ kārāpento ramatī ti || ||
5. Atha kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yenaḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. paccanika- always.
2 S1-3 evasāsahaṃ (S3 -bhaṃ).
3 B. paccanikasātanti.
4 C. sārambha.

[page 180]
180 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 7.
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ke nu kammantā kayiranti¹ || bhikkhu sālavane tava ||
yad ekako araññasmiṃ || ratiṃ vindati Gotamo² ti || ||
6. Na me vanasmiṃ karaṇīyam atthi ||
ucchinnamūlaṃ³ me vanaṃ visukaṃ⁴ ||
so-haṃ⁵ vane nibbanatho visallo ||
eko rame aratiṃ vippahāyā ti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || abhi-
kkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo
dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.8. Kaṭṭhahāra.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññata-
rasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmim bhāradvāja-
gottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevasikā kaṭṭhahārakā
māṇavakā yena vaṇasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā addasaṃsu Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vana-
saṇḍe nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya
parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || || disvāna yena bhā-
radvājagotto brāhmaṇo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottam brāhmaṇam etad
avocuṃ || || Yagghe bhavaṃ jāneyya asukasmiṃ⁶ vanasaṇḍe
samaṇo nisinno pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya
parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || ||
5. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tehi māṇavakehi
saddhiṃ yena so vanasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkami || addasā⁷ kho
Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam ābhu-
jitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭha-
petvā || disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Gambhīrarūpe8 bahubherave vane ||
suññam araññaṃ vijanaṃ vigāhiya9 ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kammantatā (S1 kammantakātā) kayira.
2 S1-3 vindasi Gotamāti.
3 S1-3 ubhinna-
4 S1-3 visukkhaṃ.
5 B. svāhaṃ; S1 yohaṃ.
6 S1-3 amuka-.
7 S1-2 addasa.
8 C. gambhirasabhāve.
9 S1-3 vigāhiyaṃ.

[page 181]
VII. 2.9.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 181
aniñjamānena ṭhitena vaggunā ||
sucārurupaṃ¹ vata bhikkhu jhāyasi || ||
Na yattha gītaṃ na pi yattha² vāditaṃ ||
eko araññe³ vanavasito⁴ muni ||
accherarūpaṃ paṭibhāti mam idaṃ ||
yad ekako pītimano vane vase || ||
Maññe-haṃ⁵ lokādhipati-sahavyataṃ ||
ākaṅkhamāno tidivam anuttaraṃ ||
kasmā⁶ bhavaṃ vijanam araññam assito ||
tapo idha kubbasi brahmapattiyā ti⁷ || ||
6. Yā kāci kaṅkhā abhinandanā vā ||
anekadhātūsu puthū sadā sitā ||
aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā ||
sabbā mayā vyantikatā samūlikā || ||
so ham akaṅkho apiho⁸ anupayo⁹ ||
sabbesu dhammesu visuddhadassano ||
pappuyya sambodhim anuttaraṃ sivaṃ ||
jhāyām-ahaṃ brāhmaṇa¹⁰ raho visārado ti ||
7. Evaṃ vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.9. Mātuposako.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vitisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ahaṃ hi bho Gotama dhammena
bhikkham pariyesāmi || dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā
mātāpitaro posemi || kaccāhaṃ¹¹ bho Gotama evaṃkārī kicca-
kārī homīti || ||
4. Taggha tvaṃ brāhmaṇa evaṃkārī kiccakārī hosi || yo
kho brāhmaṇa dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesati || dhammenaḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -rūpo; B. sundararūpaṃ.
2 S1-3 ettha- ettha-.
3 B. arañña-.
4 So C.; B. vanam avassito (given by C. as explanation);
S. 1-3 vanam assito.
5 B. maññāmahaṃ.
6 S1-2 tasmā.
7 S1 brahmūppattiyā ti.
8 B. asito.
9 So C.; B. anuppayo; S1-3 anūpayo.
10 B. brahe.
11 S1-3 kiccāhaṃ.

[page 182]
182 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 9.
bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā mātāpitaro poseti || bahu so¹ puññam
pasavatī ti || ||
Yo mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā || macco dhammena poseti ||
tāya naṃ paricariyāya || mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā ||
idh-eva naṃ pasaṃsanti || pecca sagge pamodatī ti² || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte mātuposako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho
Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu
ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.10. Bhikkhako.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhagavā ten-upasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Aham pi bho Gotama bhikkhako
bhavam pi bhikkhako || idha no kiṃ nānākaraṇan ti || ||
4. Na tena bhikkhako³ hoti || yāvatā bhikkhavo⁴ pare ||
visaṃ⁵ dhammam samādāya || bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā || ||
Yo dha⁶ puññān ca pāpañ ca || bāhitvā brahmacariyaṃ⁷ ||
saṅkhāya loke carati || sa ve⁸ bhikkhūti vuccatī ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama ||
pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_1.7,2.11. Saṅgārava.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo Sā-
vatthiyaṃ paṭivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhim pacce-
ti || sāyapātam udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharati⁹ || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisi || Sāvatthiyaṃ
piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. bahuṃso.
2 S1-3 ca modatīti.
3 S1-3 bhikkhu.
4 S1-3 bhikkhate.
5 S1-3 vissaṃ.
6 B. ca.
7 S3 bhāhetvā; C. vāhetvā; S1-3 brahmacariyavā.
8 B. and C. sa ce.
9 See Puggala, IV. 24. 1.

[page 183]
VII. 2. 11.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 183
4. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Idha bhante Saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo
Sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhiṃ
pacceti || sāyapātaṃ udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharati ||
sādhu bhante Bhagavā yena Saṅgāravassa brāhmaṇassa ni-
vesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyā ti || ||
5. Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaram ādāya yena Saṅgāravassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ
ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
7. Atha kho Saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ brāhmaṇa udaka-
suddhiko udakena suddhiṃ paccesi || sāyapātam udakorohaṇā-
nuyogam anuyutto viharasī ti || ||
9. Evam bho Gotama¹ || ||
10. Kam² pana tvam brāhmaṇa atthavasaṃ sampassamāno
udakasuddhiko udakasuddhim paccesi || sāyapātam udakoro-
haṇānuyogam anuyutto viharasī ti || ||
11. Idha me bho Gotama ahaṃ yaṃ divā pāpakammaṃ
kataṃ hoti³ taṃ sāyam nahānena pavāhemi || yaṃ rattiṃ
pāpakammam kataṃ hoti taṃ pātaṃ nahānena pavāhemi ||
Imaṃ⁴ khvāhaṃ bho Gotama atthavasaṃ sampassamāno
udakasuddhiko udakena suddhiṃ paccemi || sāyapātam uda-
korohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharāmī ti || ||
12. Dhammo rahado brāhmaṇa sīlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataṃ pasattho ||
yattha have vedaguno sinātā ||
anallagattā va taranti pāran ti⁵ || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte Saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ
maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇam
gatan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -viharatīti evaṃ bhoti
2 S1-3 kim.
3 S1-3 hessati.
4 S1-3 add ca.
5 See above I.9, text and notes.

[page 184]
184 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 12.

SN_1.7,2.12. Khomadussa.
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu
viharati Khomadussaṃ nāma¹ Sakyānaṃ nigame² || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaram ādāya Khomadussam nigamam³ piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Khomadussakā brāhmaṇa-
gahapatikā sabhāyaṃ sannipatitā honti kenacid eva karaṇī-
yena || devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā yena sā sabhā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. Addasaṃsu⁴ Khomadussakā⁵ brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā
Bhagavantam dūrato va āgacchantam || ||
6. Disvā etad avocuṃ || || Ke ca muṇḍakā samaṇakā ke
ca sabhādhammaṃ jānissantī ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Khomadussake- brāhmaṇa-gaha-
patike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-esā sabhā yattha na santi santo ||
santo na te ye na vadanti dhammaṃ ||
rāgañ ca dosañ ca pahāya mohaṃ ||
dhammaṃ vadantā va bhavanti santo ti || ||
8. Evaṃ vutte Khomadussakā⁷ brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā
Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama
abhikkantam bho Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujji-
taṃ vā ukujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa
vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya
cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti || evam eva bhotā Gotamena
anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Ete mayam Bhaga-
vantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhu-
saṅghañ ca || upāsake no bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate ti || ||
Upāsakā-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Kasi Udayo Devahito || aññatara-Mahāsālaṃ⁸ ||
Mānatthaddhaṃ Paccanīkaṃ || Navakammi Kaṭṭhahāraṃ ||
Mātuposakaṃ Bhikkhako || Saṅgāravo Khomadussena dvādasāti || ||
Brāhmaṇa-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 Khomadussadannāma; S3 -dussantānāma.
2 S3 nigamo.
3 S1-3 -dussadam piṇḍaya (omitting nigamam).
4 S1-3 addasāsuṃ.
5 S1-3 -dussadakā (in S3 da being superadded).
6 S1 dussadake.
7 S1-3 dussadaka-.
8 S1-3 Lūkhapāpureṇa.

[page 185]
185

********************************************

BOOK VIII. -- VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAMYUTTAṂ.1

SN_1.8.1. Nikkhantaṃ.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Vaṅgīso
Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave² cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-
Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso³ navako hoti
acirapabbajito ohiyyako vihārapālo || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā itthiyo samalaṅkaritvā yenārāmo⁴
ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu vihārapekkhikāyo⁵ || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa tā itthiyo disvā anabhi-
rati upajji || rāgo cittam anuddhaṃsesi || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā
vata me na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata ve na vata me
suladdhaṃ || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam
anuddhaṃseti || taṃ kut-ettha labbhā yam me paro anabhi-
ratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratiṃ uppādeyya⁶ || yaṃ nūnāham
attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppā-
deyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ
vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyaṃ yelāyam imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
⁷Nikkhantam vata maṃ santaṃ || agārasmānagāriyaṃ ||
vitakkā upadhāvanti || pagabbhā kaṇhato ime || ||
uggaputtā mahissāsā || sikkhitā daḷhadhammino ||
samantā parikireyyuṃ || sahassam⁸ apalāyinaṃ || ||
sace pi ettato bhīyo || āgamissanti itthiyo ||
n-eva maṃ vyādhayissanti | dhamme s-amhi⁹ patiṭṭhito¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The verses in this Saṃyutta are all found in the Mahā-nipāta
of the Theragāthā.
2 B. aggāḷavake.
3 B. vaṅgiso always.
4 B. yena aggaḷāvako ārāmo.
5 B. -pekkhakāyo.
6 S1-3 -pare- -uppādeyyuṃ.
7 = Thera-g. 1209-1213.
8 S1-3 sangassaṃ.
9 S1 seems to have sabbhi.
10 B. and C. patiṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 186]
186 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 1.
sakkhī hi me sutam etaṃ¹ || buddhassādiccabandhuno ||
nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ || tattha me nirato mano || ||
Evañ ce maṃ viharantaṃ || pāpima upagacchasi² ||
tathā maccu karissāmi || na me maggam pi dakkasī ti || ||

SN_1.8.2. Arati.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ || la ||
2. Āyasmā Vaṅgīso Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye
āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiṃ || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nigrodha-Kappo
pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisati sāyaṃ
vā nikkhamati aparajju vā kāle || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || ||
5. Atha kho Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā vata me
na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me sulad-
dhaṃ || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam anuddhaṃ-
seti || || Taṃ kut-ettha labbhā yaṃ me paro anabhiratiṃ
vinodetvā abhiratiṃ uppādeyyan ti || yaṃ nūnāham attanā
va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppādeyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ
vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
Aratiñ ca ratiñ ca pahāya ||
sabbaso gehasitañ ca vitakkaṃ³ ||
vanathaṃ na⁴ kareyya kuhiñci ||
nibbanatho anato⁵ sa hi bhikkhu || ||
Yam idha puthaviñca vehāsaṃ⁶ ||
rūpagatañca jagatogadhaṃ ||
kiñci parijīyati sabbam aniccaṃ⁷ ||
evaṃ samecca caranti mutattā⁸ || ||
upadhīsu janā gadhitā⁹ ||
diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca¹⁰ ||
ettha vinodīya¹¹ chandam anejo¹² ||
yo tattha¹³ na limpati tam munim āhu || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. evam.
2 S1-3 pāpimā upagañchisi.
3 S3 vitakkā.
4 S1-3 omit na.
5 B. arato.
6 S1-3 puthavī ca; S3 vehāsa.
7 S1-3 anicca.
8 So B. and C.; S1-3 muttatā.
9 S1-3 gamitā.
10 S1-3 omit ca.
11 B. vinodaya.
12 S1-3 cha (S3 ja) nāmane (S1 no )jo.
13 B. ettha.

[page 187]
VIII. 3.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 187
Atha saṭṭhitasitā vitakkā¹ ||
puthujanatāya adhammā niviṭṭhā ||
na ca vaggagat-assa kuhiñci ||
no pana duṭṭhullabhāṇī sa bhikkhu || ||
dabbo² cirarattasamāhito ||
akuhako nipako apihālu ||
santapadam³ ajjhagamā muni-paṭicca ||
parinibbuto kaṅkhati kālan ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.8.3. Pesalā-atimaññanā.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Vaṅgīso Āḷaviyaṃ viharati
Aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena
saddhiṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso attano paṭi-
bhānena aññe pesale bhikkhū atimaññati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā
vata me || na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata me || na vata
me suladdhaṃ || yvāhaṃ attano paṭibhānena aññe pesale
bhikkhū atimaññāmī ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano vippaṭisāram
uppādetvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Mānaṃ pajahassu Gotama ||
mānapathañ ca⁵ jahassu ||
asesaṃ⁶ mānapathasmiṃ samucchito⁷ ||
vippaṭisārahuvā⁸ cirarattaṃ || ||
Makkhena makkhitā pajā ||
mānagatā nirayam papatanti⁹ ||
socanti janā cirarattaṃ ||
mānagatā nirayam upapannā || ||
Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci ||
maggajino sammāpaṭipanno || ||
kittiñ ca sukhañ c'; anubhoti ||
dhammarato¹⁰ ti tam āhu tathattam¹¹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. and C. saṭṭhisitā-; S1 saṭṭhisatātasitā; C. -savitakkā;
S1 -parivitakkā.
2 S1-3 daṇdo.
3 B. santaṃ padam.
4 Thera-g. 1214-1218.
5 S1-3 mānūpathava (or ca).
6 S1-3 add mā.
7 S1-3 pamu (S3 mi)cchito.
8 C. vippaṭisānī āhuvā.
9 B. mānahatā- (here and further on) -patanti.
10 S1-3 -daso.
11 B. vitatakkam.

[page 188]
188 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 3.
Tasmā akhilo dha padhānavā¹ ||
nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho ||
mānañ ca pahāya asesaṃ ||
vijjāyantakaro samitāvī ti² || ||

SN_1.8.4. Ānanda.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi āyasmatā
Vaṅgīsena pacchāsamaṇena || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti || rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Ānandam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi || cittam me pariḍayhati ||
sādhu nibbāpanaṃ³ brūhi || anukampāya Gotamā ti || ||
5. Saññāya vipariyesā || cittan-te pariḍayhati ||
nimittam parivajjehi || subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ ||
Saṅkhāre parato passa || dukkhato mā ca attato ||
nibbāpehi mahārāgaṃ || mā ḍayhittho punappunaṃ || ||
asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi || ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ ||
sati kāyagatā ty-atthu⁴ || nibbidā-bahulo bhava || ||
animittaṃ ca bhāvehi || mānānusayam ujjaha ||
tato mānābhisamayā || upasanto carissasī ti⁵ || ||

SN_1.8.5. Subhāsitā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Catūhi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti
na dubbhāsitā || anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṃ || kata-
mehi catuhi ||
5. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu subhāsitaṃ yeva bhāsati no
dubbhāsitam || dhammaṃ yeva bhāsati no adhammaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ya padhānaṃ vā.
2 S1 smitāvī ti S3 smitādvīti; Thera-gāthā 1219-1222.
3 S1-3 nibbāpana.
4 S1 -gattātthu; S3 gantyatthu.
5 Thera-g. 1223-1226.

[page 189]
VII. 6.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VII. 189
piyaṃ yeva bhāsati no appiyam || saccaṃ yeva bhāsati no
alikaṃ || Imehi kho bhikkhave catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā
vācā subhāsitā hoti no dubbhāsitā anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca
viññūnan ti || ||
6. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam
etad avoca satthā || ||
Subhāsitam uttamam āhu santo ||
dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammam taṃ dutiyaṃ ||
piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyam taṃ tatiyaṃ ||
saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikam tam catutthan ti || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti
maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
8. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantam sammukhā
sarūpāhi¹ gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Tam eva vācam bhāseyya || yāy-attānaṃ na tāpaye ||
pare ca na vihiṃseyya || sā ve vācā subhāsitā || ||
piyavācam va² bhāseyya || yā vācā paṭinanditā ||
yaṃ anādāya pāpāni || paresaṃ bhāsate piyaṃ || ||
saccaṃ ve³ amatā vācā || esa dhammo sanantano ||
sacce⁴ atthe ca dhamme ca || āhu santo patiṭṭhitā || ||
yam buddho⁵ bhāsate vācaṃ || khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā ||
dukkhassantakiriyāya || sā ve vācānamuttamā ti⁶ || ||

SN_1.8.6. Sāriputta.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū
dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampa-
haṃseti || poriyā⁷ vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa
viññāpaniyā || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-
cetaso⁸ samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. sārūpāhi here and further on.
2 S1-3 -vācam eva.
3 S1-3 te.
4 S1-3 sabbe.
5 S1-3 sambuddho.
6 Thera-g. 1227-1230.
7 S1-3 poriyāya, and further on S1 only.
8 See p. 112, notes 1. 2.

[page 190]
190 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 6.
āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti
samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti|| poriyā vācāya visaṭṭhā-
ya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-
katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā
dhammaṃ suṇanti || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ
sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhayāsanā ekaṃsam utta-
rāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenāñjalim panā-
metvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti
mam āvuso Sāriputta paṭibhāti mam āvuso Sāriputtā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu tam āvuso Vaṅgīsā ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ
sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Gambhīra-pañño medhāvī || maggāmaggassa kovido || ||
Sāriputto mahāpañño || dhammaṃ deseti bhikkhunaṃ || ||
sakhittena pi deseti || vitthārena pi bhāsati ||
sālikāy-iva¹ nigghoso || paṭibhānam udīrayi || ||
tassa tam desayantassa || suṇanti madhuraṃ giraṃ ||
sarena rajanīyena || savanīyena vaggunā ||
udaggacittā muditā || sotam odhenti bhikkhavo ti² || ||

SN_1.8.7. Pavāraṇā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbā-
rāme Migara-mātu-pāsāde mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ
pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tad-ahuposathe
pannarase pavāraṇāya bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto ajjhokāse ni-
sinno hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tunhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅgham
anuviloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
4. Handa dāni bhikkhave pavārayāmi vo³ na⁴ ca me
kiñci garahatha kāyikaṃ vā⁵ vācasikaṃ vā || ||
5. Evaṃ⁶ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam
uttarāsaṅgam karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Na kho mayaṃ bhante Bha-
gavato kiñci garahāma kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || Bhagavāḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sālikāya ca.
2 Thera-g. 1231-1233.
3 B. pavāressāmi, omitting vo.
4 C. adds vā.
5 S1-3 omit vā here and further on.
6 S1-3 ti instead of evaṃ.

[page 191]
VIII. 7.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 191
hi bhante anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā asañjātassa
maggassa sañjanetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū
maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca bhante etarahi sāvakā
viharanti pacchā samannāgatā || ahaṃ ca kho bhante Bhaga-
vantaṃ pavāremi || na ca me Bhagavā kiñci garahati kāyi-
kaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā ti || ||
6. Na khvāhaṃ te Sāriputta kiñci garahāmi kāyikaṃ vā
vācasikaṃ vā || Paṇḍito tvam Sāriputta mahāpañño tvaṃ
Sāriputta puthupañño tvam Sāriputta hāsapañño¹ tvaṃ
Sāriputta javanapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta tikkhapañño tvaṃ
Sāriputta nibbedhikapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta || seyyathāpi
Sāriputta rañño cakkavattissa jeṭṭhaputto pitarā pavattitaṃ
cakkaṃ sammadeva anupavatteti || evam eva kho tvaṃ
Sāriputta mayā anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ samma-
deva anupavattesī ti || ||
7. No ce kira me bhante Bhagavā kiñci garahati kāyikaṃ
vā vācasikaṃ vā || imesam pana bhante Bhagavā pañcannaṃ
bhikkhusatānaṃ na kiñci garahati kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā
ti || ||
8. Imesam pi khvāhaṃ Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatā-
naṃ na kiñci garahāmi kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || imesam
pi Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ saṭṭhi bhikkhū te-
vijjā saṭṭhi bhikkhū chaḷabhiññā saṭṭhi bhikkhū ubhato bhā-
gavimuttā athā itare paññāvimuttā ti || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam utta-
rāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || ||
10. Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
11. Patibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā
sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ajja pannarase2 visuddhiya ||
bhikkhu-pañcasatā samāgatā ||
saṃyojanabandhanacchidā ||
anīghā khīṇa-punabbhavā isī || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 hāsu-.
2 S3 pannaraso.

[page 192]
192 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 7.
Cakkavatti yathā rājā || amacca-parivārito ||
samantā anupariyeti || sāgarantaṃ mahiṃ imaṃ || ||
evam vijitasaṅgāmaṃ || satthavāham anuttaraṃ ||
sāvakā payirūpāsanti || tevijjā maccuhāyino || ||
sabbe Bhagavato puttā || palāp-ettha¹ na vijjati ||
taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ || vande ādiccabandhunan ti² || ||

SN_1.8.8. Parosahassaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ
aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbāna-
paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti
samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi
katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam su-
ṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbāna-paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā
kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te
ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannā-
haritvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
Bhagavantam sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan-
ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti
mam Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā
sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Parosahassaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ || Sugataṃ payirūpāsati ||
desentaṃ virajaṃ dhammaṃ || nibbānam akutobhayam || ||
suṇanti dhammaṃ vimalaṃ || sammāsambuddha-desitaṃ ||
sobhati vata sambuddho || bhikkhusaṅgha-purakkhato || ||
Nāganāmo si Bhagavā || isīnam isisattamo ||
mahāmegho va hutvāna || sāvake³ abhivassati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. palāsettha.
2 Thera-g. 1234-1237.
3 S1 sāvako.

[page 193]
VIII. 9.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 193
Divāvihārā nikkhamma || satthudassanakamyatā¹ ||
sāvako te mahāvīra || pāde vandati Vaṅgīso ti² || ||
7. Kinnu te Vaṅgīsa imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā
udāhu ṭhānaso va taṃ³ paṭibhantī ti || ||
8. Na kho me bhante imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā
atha kho ṭhānaso va maṃ⁴ paṭibhantī ti || ||
9. Tena hi taṃ Vaṅgīsa bhiyyosomattāya pubbe aparivi-
takkitā gāthāyo patibhantū ti || ||
10. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavato
paṭissutvā bhiyyosomattāya Bhagavantam pubbe aparivi-
takkitāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ummaggapatham⁵ Mārassa abhibhuyya ||
carasi pabhijja khilāni ||
tam passatha bandhapamuñcakaraṃ ||
asitaṃ bhāgaso pavibhajjaṃ || ||
Oghassa hi⁶ nittharaṇatthaṃ ||
anekavihitaṃ maggam akkhāsi ||
tasmiṃ te⁷ amate akkhāte ||
dhammaddasā ṭhitā asaṃhīrā || ||
Pajjotakaro ativijjha ||
sabbaṭṭhitīnam atikkamam addasa⁸ ||
ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca ||
aggaṃ so desayi dasaṭṭhānaṃ⁹ || ||
Evaṃ sudesite¹⁰ dhamme ||
ko pamādo vijānataṃ dhammaṃ ||
tasmā hi tassa Bhagavato sāsane ||
appamatto sadā namassam anusikkhe ti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.8.9. Koṇḍañño.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharat: Veḷuvane
kalaṇḍakanivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Aññāsi¹²-Koṇḍañño sucirasseva yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu¹³
sirasā nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbatiḥ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B. S1; S3 -kāmatā.
2 Thera-g. 1238-1241.
3 S3 omits va.
4 S3 omits va maṃ.
5 S1 ummaṅga-; S1-3 and C. -sataṃ.
6 B. omits hi.
7 B. ce.
8 S1-3 atikkammaddā.
9 B. dasaddhānaṃ.
10 S1-3 sute desite.
11 Thera-g 1242-1245.
12 S1 and C. aññā; S3 añño (always).
13 S1-3 pāde always.

[page 194]
194 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 9.
pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati || nāmañ ca sāveti Koṇḍañño-haṃ
Bhagavā Koṇḍañño-ham Sugatā ti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho āyasmā Aññāsi-Koṇḍañño sucirasseva yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipa-
titvā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi ca
parisambāhati || nāmañ ca sāveti Koṇḍañño haṃ Bhagavā
Koṇḍañño haṃ Sugatā ti || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmatam
Aññāsi-Kondaññaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi
abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso utthāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti
maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Aññāsi-Koṇḍañ-
ñaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā sārūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Buddhānubuddho so¹ thero || Koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo ||
lābhī sukhavihārānaṃ || vivekānam abhiṇhaso || ||
yaṃ sāvakena pattabbam || satthusāsana-kārinā ||
sabb-assa tam anuppattaṃ || appamattassa sikkhato² || ||
mahānubhāvo tevijjo || cetopariyāya-kovido ||
Koṇḍañño buddha-sāvako³ || pāde vandati satthuno ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.8.10. Moggallāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigili-
passe Kāḷasilāyaṃ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhim pañca-
mattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaṃ sudam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno cetasā cittaṃ samannesati vippa-
muttaṃ nirupadhiṃ || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigili-passe Kāḷasilāyaṃ
mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhu-
satehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Mahā-
Moggallāno cetasā cittaṃ samannesati vippamuttaṃ niru-
padhiṃ || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallānaṃ
Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit so.
2 S1-3 sikkhito.
3 S1-3 -dāyādo.
4 Thera-g. 1246-1248.

[page 195]
VIII. 11.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 195
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhati
maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallā-
nam Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Nagassa passe āsīnaṃ || muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ ||
sāvakā payirūpāsanti¹ || tevijjā maccuhāyino² || ||
te cetasā anupariyeti³ || Moggalāno mahiddhiko ||
cittan-nesaṃ samannesaṃ || vippamuttam nirupadhiṃ || ||
evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ || muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ ||
anekākārasampannaṃ || payirūpāsanti Gotaman ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.8.11. Gaggarā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati Gaggarāya
pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañca-
mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sattahi ca⁵ upāsaka-satehi sattahi ca
upāsika-satehi⁶ anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaṃ Bha-
gavā atirocati⁷ vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho Bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā
tīre mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsika-
sattehi anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaṃ Bhagavā
atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
Bhagavantaṃ sammukkā sarūpāya gāthāya abhitthaveyyan-
ti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgiso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti
maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgisā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgiso Bhagavato sammukhā sarū-
pāya gāthāya abhitthavi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nāgassa- -payirūpanti.
2 S1 -bhāyino; S3 -haṃsino.
3 S3 omits te; S1 -pariyenti; S3 pariyesanti.
4 Thera-g. 1249-1251.
5 S1-3 omit ca.
6 S1-3 omit sattahi ca upāsikasatehi here and further on.
7 B. ativirocati.

[page 196]
196 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 11.
Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe ||
virocati vītamalo¹ va bhāṇumā ||
evam pi Aṅgīrassa tvaṃ mahāmuni ||
atirocasi yasasā sabbalokan ti² || ||

SN_1.8.12. Vaṅgīsa.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā³ Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso acira⁴-
arahattappatto hutvā⁵ vimutti-sukha⁶-{paṭisaṃvedī} tāyaṃ
velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe || gāmāgamam purāpu-
raṃ || ||
ath-addasāma sambuddhaṃ ||saddhā no udapajjatha || ||
So me dhammam adesesi || khandhe āyatānāni || dhātuyo ca ||
tassāhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna || pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ || ||
Bahunnam vata atthāya || bodhim ajjhagamā muni ||
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañ ca || ye niyāmagataddasā⁷ || ||
Svāgataṃ vata me asi || mama buddhassa santike ||
tisso vijjā anuppattā || kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti || ||
Pubbe-nivāsaṃ jānāmi || dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ ||
tevijjo iddhippattomhi || cetopariyāya-kovido ti || ||
Vaṅgīsa-thera-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Nikkhantam Arati c-eva || Pesalā-atimaññanā ||
Ānandena Subhāsitā || Sāriputta Pavāraṇā ||
Parosahassaṃ Kondañño ||
Moggalānena Gaggarā || Vaṅgīsena dvādasāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vigatamalo.
2 Thera-g. 1252.
3 B. āyasmā Vaṅgiso.
4 B. aciram.
5 S1-3 arahattam patto hoti.
6 S1 vimutta-; B. -sukhaṃ.
7 S1-3 -hata-.
8 Comp. Thera-g. 1253-1262.

[page 197]
197

********************************************

BOOK IX. -- VANA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.

SN_1.9.1. Viveka.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu
Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena- so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi gehanissite
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Vivekakāmo si vanaṃ paviṭṭho ||
atha te mano niccharati bhahiddhā ||
jano janasmiṃ1 vinayassu chandaṃ ||
tato sukhī bohisi vītarāgo || ||
Aratim pajahāsi so2 sato ||
bhavāsi sataṃ taṃ sārayāmase3 ||
pātālarajo hi duruttamo4 ||
mā tam kāmarajo avāhari5 || ||
Sakuṇo yathā paṃsukuṇḍito6 ||
vidhūnaṃ pātayati sitaṃ rajaṃ ||
evam bhikkhu padhānavā satimā ||
vidhūnaṃ pātayati7 sitam rajan ti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam
āpādī ti || ||

SN_1.9.2. Upaṭṭhāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vanasmiṃ.
2 S1-3 omit so.
3 So B. and C.; S1-3 bhavāsi bhavataṃ sataṃ taṃ (S3 omits taṃ)
sāra (S1 rā) mayāmase.
4 B. dukkaro.
5 S1-3 avaṃ hari.
6 S1-3 sakuṇī-; B. -kuntito; S1-3 -kuṇḍitā; C. kuṇṭhito.
7 S1-3 sāṭayati.

[page 198]
198 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 2.
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
supati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Uṭṭhehi bhikkhu kiṃ sesi || ko attho supitena te ||
āturassa hi kā¹ niddā || sallaviddhassa ruppato² ||
yāya saddhāya³ pabbajito || agārasmānagāriyaṃ ||
tam eva saddhaṃ brūhehi⁴ || mā niddāya vasaṃ gamīti || ||
5. Aniccā addhuvā kāmā || yesu mando samucchito⁵ ||
bandhesu⁶ muttam asitaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
chandarāgassa vinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
taṃ ñāṇam pariyodātaṃ⁷ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
bhetvā avijjaṃ vijjāya || āsavānaṃ parikkhayā ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
āraddhaviriyam pahitattaṃ || niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamaṃ ||
nibbānaṃ abhikaṅkhantaṃ || kasmā⁸ pabbajitaṃ tapeti || ||

SN_1.9.3. Kassapagotta <or Cheta>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Kassapagotto Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Kassapagotto divāvi-
hāragato aññataraṃ chetaṃ⁹ ovadati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyas-
mato Kassapagottassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṃ
Kassapagottaṃ {saṃvejetukāmā} yenāyasmā Kassapagotto ten-
upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Kassapagottaṃ gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Giriduggacaraṃ chetaṃ || appapaññam acetasaṃ ||
akāle ovādaṃ bhikkhu || mando va paṭibhāti maṃ || ||
suṇoti¹⁰ na vijānāti || āloketi na passati ||
dhammasmiṃ bhaññamānasmiṃ || atthaṃ bālo na buj-
jhati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 hite; S3 kāsi.
2 S1-2 ruppatā.
3 S1-3 saddhā.
4 S1-3 brūhesi.
5 B. adhuvā; S1-3 -pamucchito.
6 S1-3 baddhesu.
7 So S1 and C.; S3 -dānaṃ; B. paramodānam.
8 S1-2 abhikkantam tasmā-.
9 S1-3 cetam.
10 B. suṇāti.

[page 199]
IX. 5.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 199
sace pi dasa pajjote¹ || dhārayissasi Kassapa ||
n-eva dakkhiti rūpāni² || cakkhu hi-ssa na vijjatī ti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Kassapagotto tāya devatāya saṃve-
jito saṃvegam āpādīti || ||

SN_1.9.4. Sambahulā <or Cārika>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu viharanti
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena
cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā te
bhikkhū apassantī paridevamānā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Arati viya me-jja3 khāyati ||
bahuke disvāna vivitte4 āsane ||
te cittakathā bahussutā ||
ko-me Gotama-savakā gatā ti || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte aññatarā devatā taṃ devataṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Magadhaṃ gatā Kosalaṃ gatā ||
ekacciyā pana Vajja-bhūmiyā5 ||
magā viya asaṅgacārino6 ||
aniketā viharanti bhikkhavo ti || ||

SN_1.9.5. Ānando.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando ativelaṃ
gihisaññattibahulo viharati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā
āyasmato Ānandassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantam
Ānandam saṃvejetukāmā yenāyasmā Ānando ten-upasaṅka-
mi || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Rukkhamūlagahanaṃ⁷ pasakkiya ||
nibbānaṃ⁸ hadayasmiṃ opiya ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pajjoto.
2 B. dakkhati-; S3 dakkhijaccandho.
3 S1-3 majjaṃ.
4 S2 vicitte.
5 B. vajji-; S1-3 bhūmiyaṃ gatā.
6 C. makaṭā viya-; S1-3 maṅgakāviyasaṅgacārino.
7 B. gahaṇaṃ; S1-3 gahana.
8 S1-3 nibbāna-.

[page 200]
200 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 5.
jhāya¹ Gotama mā ca² pamādo ||
kiṃ te biḷibiḷikā³ karissatī ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando tāya devatāya saṃvejito
saṃvegam āpādī ti || ||

SN_1.9.6. Anuruddho.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Anuruddho Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho aññatarā Tāvatiṃsa-kāyikā devatā Jālinī
nāma āyasmato Anuruddhassa purāṇa-dutiyikā yenāyasmā
Anuruddho ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Anuruddhaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tattha cittam paṇidhehi || yattha te vusitaṃ pure ||
Tāvatiṃsesu devesu || sabbakāmasamiddhisu ||
purakkhato parivuto || devakaññāhi sobhasi || ||
4. Duggatā devakaññāyo || sakkāyasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
te cāpi⁴ duggatā sattā⁵ || devakaññābhipattikā⁶ || ||
5. Na te sukham pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaṃ ||
āvāsaṃ naradevānaṃ || tidasānam yasassinan ti || ||
6. Na tvam bāle vijānāsi || yathā arahataṃ vaco ||
aniccā sabbe⁷ saṅkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho⁸ || ||
natthidāni punāvāso || devakāyasmiṃ Jālinī ||
vikkhīṇo⁹ jātisaṃsāro || natthi dāni punabbhavo ti || ||

SN_1.9.7. Nāgadatta.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Nāgadatto¹⁰ Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nāgadatto atikālena
gāmaṃ pavisati atidivā paṭikkamati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyas-
mato Nāgadattassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṃ Nā-
gadattam saṃvejetu-kāmā yenāyasmā Nāgadatto ten-upa-
saṅkami || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -jjhāya; B. jhāyī.
2 B. omits ca.
3 S3 biḷikā; C. piḷipiḷikā. Comp. Thera-g. 119.
4 S1-3 vāpi-.
5 B. pattā.
6 B. kaññāhi; S1-3 sattikā.
7 S1-3 sabba-.
8 For this and the preceding gātha see Devatā-S. II. 1.
9 S1-3 vikkhiṇā.
10 S1-3 seems to have Nāgadanto.

[page 201]
IX. 9.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 201
4. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Nāgadattaṃ gāthāhi ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Kāle pavissa1 Nāgadatta
divā ca āgantvā ativela-||
cārī2 saṃsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi ||
samānasukhadukkho || ||
bhāyāmi Nāgadattaṃ suppagabbhaṃ ||
kulesu vinibandhaṃ ||
mā heva maccurañño balavato ||
antakassa vasam eyyā ti3 || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Nāgadatto tāya devatāya saṃvejito
{saṃvegam} āpādī ti || ||

SN_1.9.8. Kulagharaṇī (or Ogāḷho).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ
kule ativelam ajjhogāḷhappatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuṃ saṃveje-
tu-kāmā yā tasmiṃ kule kulagharaṇī tassā vaṇṇam abhi-
nimminitvā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Nadītīresu saṇṭhāne4 sabhāsu rathiyāsu ca ||
janā saṅgamma mantenti || mañ ca tañ ca kim5 antaran-
ti || ||
5. Bahū hi saddā paccūhā || khamitabbā tapassinā ||
na tena maṅkuhotabbo6 || na hi tena kilissati || ||
yo ca7 saddaparittāsī || vane vātamigo yathā ||
lahucitto ti tam āhu || nāssa sampajjate vatan ti || ||

SN_1.9.9. Vajjiputto <or Vesālī>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro Vajjiputtako⁸ bhikkhu Vesali-
yaṃ viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ sabbaratti-cāro⁹
hoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. pavīsasi.
2 S3 ativelaṃ; B. cāri.
3 B. vasaṃmesīti.
4 S3 santhāne (or satthāne).
5 S1-3 nir-.
6 B. -tabbaṃ.
7 S1-3 yāva.
8 B. vajjī-.
9 S1-3 Vesaliyā-; B- rattiṃ; S1 rattī-, alias -vāro.

[page 202]
202 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 9.
3. Atha kho so bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ¹ turiya-tāḷita-vādita-
nighosa-saddaṃ sutvā paridevamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Ekakā mayam araññe viharāma ||
apaviddhaṃ va vanasmiṃ² dārukaṃ ||
etadisikāya rattiyā³ ||
ko sunāma amhehi pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. Upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ekako4 tvaṃ araññe viharasi ||
apaviddhaṃ va vanasmiṃ2 dārukaṃ ||
tassa te bahukā pihayanti ||
nerayikā viya saggagaminan ti5 || ||
6. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito {saṃvegam}
apādīti || ||

SN_1.9.10. Sajjhāya (or Dhamma).
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so⁶ bhikkhu yaṃ sudaṃ pubbe
ativelaṃ sajjhāya bahulo viharati || so aparena samayena
appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno dhammam asuṇantī yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅ-
kami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kasmā tuvaṃ dhammapadāni bhikkhu ||
nādhīyasi bhikkhūhi saṃvasanto ||
sutvāna dhammaṃ labhati-ppasādaṃ ||
diṭṭheva dhamme labhati-ppasaṃsan ti || ||
5. Ahu pure dhammapadesu chando ||
yāva virāgena⁷ samāgamimha⁸ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B3 Vesaliyā.
2 B; C. apaviṭṭhaṃ; B. pavana-.
3 In S3 the first t of rattiyā is erased.
4 B. eko va.
5 Cf. Fausboll's Dhammapada p. 391-2.
6 S1-3 ceso (or veso).
7 B. adds na.
8 S1-3 -gamamhi; next pada -gamimhi.

[page 203]
IX. 12.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 203
yato virāgena samāgamimha ||
yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ¹ va sutaṃ va mutaṃ² ||
aññāya nikkhepanam āhu santo ti || ||

SN_1.9.11. Ayoniso (or Vitakkita).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi || seyyathīdaṃ kāma-
vitakkaṃ vyāpāda-vitakkaṃ vihiṃsa-vitakkaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuṃ saṃveje-
tukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ayoniso manasikārā || bho vitakkehi majjasi³ ||
ayoniṃ paṭinissajja || yoniso anuvicintaya⁴ || ||
Satthāraṃ dhammam ārabbha || saṅgham sīlānivattano ||
adhigacchasi pāmojjaṃ || pītisukham asaṃsayaṃ ||
tato pāmojjabahulo || dukkhass-antaṃ karissasīti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam
āpādīti || ||

SN_1.9.12. Majjhantiko (or Saṇika).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā yena
so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā tassa bhikkhuno santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi || ||
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu⁵ pakkhisu ||
saṇateva mahāraññaṃ⁶ || taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti maṃ || ||
4. Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saṇateva mahāraññaṃ || sā rati patibhāti man ti⁷ || ||

SN_1.9.13. Pākatindriya <or Sambahulā bhikkhū>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu viharanti
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe uddhatā uṇṇaḷā capalā mukharāḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yiṭṭhaṃ.
2 S3 mutañca; S1 kemutañca.
3 S1-3 so vi-; B. -khajjasi.
4 B. anucintaya.
5 B. sannisīvesu.
6 B. brahāraññaṃ.
7 Repetition of Devatā-S. II. 5, where the title Sakamāno (given by B.)
is to be read Saṇamāno.

[page 204]
204 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 13.
vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhanta-
cittā pākatindriyā || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tesam
bhikkhūnaṃ anukampikā atthakāmā te bhikkhū saṃvejetu-
kāmā yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajīvino pure āsuṃ || bhikkhū Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piṇḍam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaṃ ||
loke aniccataṃ ñatvā || dukkhass-antam akaṃsu te || ||
dupposaṃ katvā attānam || gāme gāmaṇikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saṅghassa añjaliṃ katvā || idh-ekacce vadām¹-ahaṃ || ||
appaviddhā² anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesaṃ karom-ahan-
ti³ || ||
4. Atha kho te bhikkhū tāya devatāya saṃvejitā saṃvegam
āpādun ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.9.14. Paduma-puppha <or Puṇḍarīka>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ
piṇḍapātapatikkanto pokkharaṇim ogahetvā padumam upa-
siṅghati ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃveje-
tukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yam etaṃ vārijaṃ pupphaṃ || adinnam upasiṅghasi ||
ekaṅgam etaṃ theyyānaṃ || gandhattheno si mārisā ti || ||
5. Na harāmi na bhañjāmi || ārā siṅghāmi vārijaṃ ||
atha kena nu vaṇṇena || gandhattheno ti vuccati || ||
yvāyaṃ bhisāni khaṇati || puṇḍarīkāni bhuñjati ||
evam ākiṇṇakammanto⁵ || kasmā eso⁶ na vuccati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. vandām-.
2 B. appaviṭṭhā.
3 Repetition of Devaputta-S. III. 5.
4 S3 āpādiṃsuti; S1 āpādīti.
5 S1-3 akhīṇa; C. notices this reading, writing ākhiṇa.
6 B. sote.

[page 205]
IX. 14.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 205
6. ākiṇṇaluddo puriso || dhāti celaṃ¹ va makkhito ||
tasmiṃ me vacanaṃ natthi || tañ cārahāmi vattave² || ||
anaṅgaṇassa posassa || niccaṃ sucigavesino ||
vāḷaggamattam pāpassa || abbhāmattaṃ va khāyati || ||
7. addhā maṃ yakkha jānāsi || atho mam³ anukampasi ||
puna pi yakkha vajjesi⁴ || yadā passasi edisaṃ || ||
8. neva taṃ upājīvāmi⁵ || na pi te katakammase⁶ ||
tvam eva bhikkhu jāneyya || yena gaccheyya suggatin ti || ||
9. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya {saṃvejito} {saṃ-
vegam} āpādīti || ||
Vana-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Viveka Uppaṭṭhānañ ca || Kassapagottena ca ||
Sambahulā Ānando || Anuruddho Nāgadattañ ca ||
Kulagharanī Vajjīputto || Vesalī Sajjhāyena ca ||
Ayoniso Majjhantikālamhi ca || Pākatindriya-paduma-
pupphena cuddasa bhaveti⁷ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 velaṃ.
2 S1-3 tañca arahāmi-; S3 -vattameva.
3 B. me.
4 B. vajjāsi; C. jānāsi(?)
5 B. -jīvāma.
6 S1-3 bhatakambhase.
7 In S1-3 Vivekakāmañca Vuṭṭhānam Ce (or je) taputtena Cārikam
Ānando Anuruddho ca Nāgadattena sattamaṃ Ogāḷho Vajjiputto ca
Dhammañceva Vitakkitam Saṇikāya Sambahulā-bhikkhū Pundarikena
cuddasīti.

[page 206]
206

********************************************

BOOK X. -- YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.

SN_1.10.1. Indako.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Indakūṭe
pabbate Indakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Indako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ na jīvan ti vadanti buddhā ||
kathaṃ nvayaṃ vindat-imaṃ sarīraṃ ||
kut-assa aṭṭhīyakapiṇḍam eti ||
kathaṃ nvayaṃ sajjati gabbharasmin ti || ||
3. Pathamaṃ kalalaṃ hoti || kalalā hoti abbudaṃ ||
abbudā jāyate pesī || pesī nibbattati ghano ||
ghanā pasākhā jāyanti || kesā lomā nakhāni ca¹ || ||
yañ c-assa bhuñjati māta || annam pānañ ca bhojanaṃ ||
tena so tattha yāpeti || mātukucchigato naro ti || ||

SN_1.10.2. Sakka.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate ||
2. Atha kho Sakka-nāmako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Sabbaganthapahīnassa² || vippamuttassa te sato ||
samaṇassa na taṃ sādhu || yad aññam anusāsatī ti³ || ||
3. Yena kenaci vaṇṇena || saṃvāso Sakka jāyati ||
na tam arahati sappañño || manasā anukampituṃ || ||
manasā ce pasannena || yad aññam anusāsati ||
na tena hoti saṃyutto || sānukampā⁴ anuddayā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. nakhāpi ca.
2 S1-3 -gandha-.
3 b. anusāsasīti.
4 B. yānukampā.

[page 207]
X. 3] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 207

SN_1.10.3. Sucilomo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Ṭaṅkita-
mañce Suciloma-yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kharo ca yakkho Sucilomo ca
yakkho Bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti || ||
3. Atha kho Kharo yakkho Sucilomaṃ yakkham etad
avoca || || Eso samaṇo ti || ||
4. N-eso samaṇo samaṇako eso || yāva jānāmi yadi vā so
samaṇo yadi vā pana so samaṇako ti || ||
5. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato kāyam upanā-
mesi¹ || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā kāyam apanāmesi¹ ||
7. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Bhāyasi maṃ samaṇā ti || ||
8. Na khvāhaṃ taṃ² āvuso bhāyāmi || api ca te samphasso
pāpako ti || ||
9. Pañhaṃ taṃ² samaṇa pucchissāmi || sace me na vyāka-
rissasi || cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmi ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya³ khipissāmī ti || ||
10. Na khvāhaṃ taṃ āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sa devama-
nussāya yo me cittaṃ va khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāleyya ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipeyya || api ca tvam
āvuso puccha yad ākaṅkhasī ti || ||
11. Rāgo ca doso ca kuto nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaṃso kutojā ||
kuto samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaṅkam iv-ossajantī ti || ||
12. Rāgo ca doso ca ito nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaṃso itojā ||
ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaṅkam iv-ossajanti || ||
Snehajā attasambhūtā || nigrodhasseva khandhajā ||
puthū visattā kāmesu || māluvā va vitatā vane || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. -nāmeti.
2 S1-3 omit taṃ.
3 B. pāraṃ-.

[page 208]
208 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 3.
Ye naṃ pajānanti yato nidānaṃ1 ||
te naṃ vinodenti suṇohi yakkha ||
te duttaram ogham imaṃ taranti ||
atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā ti || ||

SN_1.10.4. Maṇibhaddo.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Maṇimā-
lake² cetiye Maṇibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Maṇibhaddo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham
abhāsi || ||
[Satimato sadā bhaddaṃ || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve seyyo || verā ca parimuccatī ti³] || ||
3. Satimato⁴ sadā bhaddaṃ || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve⁵ seyyo || verā na parimuccati⁶ || ||
yassa sabbam ahorattam⁷ || ahiṃsāya rato mano ||
mettaṃ so sabbabhūtesu || veraṃ tassa na kenacī ti || ||

SN_1.10.5. Sānu.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā upāsikāya Sānu
nāma putto yakkhena gahito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho sā upasikā paridevamānā tāyaṃ velāyam imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
[Sā hūti⁸ me arahataṃ || iti me arahataṃ sutaṃ ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kīḷanti Sānunā ti⁹] || ||
Cātuddasiṃ pañcaddasiṃ || yāva¹⁰ pakkhassa aṭṭhamī ||
pāṭihāriyapakkhañca || aṭṭhaṅga-susamāhitaṃ¹¹ || ||
uposatham upavasanti¹² || iti¹³ me arahataṃ sutaṃ ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kīḷanti Sānunā ti || ||
Cātuddasim pañcaddasiṃ || yāva pakkhassa aṭṭhamī ||
pātihāriyapakkhañca || aṭṭhaṅga-susamāhitaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nidānā.
2 S1-3 maṇimāla- (or cāla).
3 This gāthā is in B. only.
4 S1-3 sati- always.
5 S1-3 save-.
6 B. adds ca; S1-3 -muccatīti.
7 S1-3 -ratiṃ.
8 MS. hutī.
9 In B. only.
10 B. catuddasiṃ- -yāca here and further on.
11 B. aṭṭhaṅgaṃ susamāgataṃ.
12 Here S1-3 intercalate brahmacariyaṃ caranti ye na tehi yakkhā
kīḷanti -- which will occur further on.
13 B. iti here and above.

[page 209]
X. 7.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 209
uposatham upavasanti || brahmacariyaṃ caranti ye¹ ||
na tehi yakkhā kīḷanti || iti me² arahataṃ sutaṃ || ||
Sāṇuṃ pabuddhaṃ³ vajjāsi || yakkhānaṃ vacanam idam ||
mā kāsi pāpakam kammam || āviṃ vā yadivā raho || ||
saceva⁴ pāpakaṃ kammaṃ || karissasi karosi vā ||
na te dukkhā pamuty-atthi || uppaccāpi⁵ palāyato ti || ||
4. Mataṃ va⁶ amma rodanti || yo⁶ vā jīvaṃ na dissati ||
jīvantam amma passantī || kasmā mam amma rodasīti || ||
5. Mataṃ va puttam⁷ rodanti || yo vā jīvam na dissati ||
yo ca kāmeva⁸ jitvāna || punar āgacchate idha ||
taṃ vāpi putta rodanti || puna jīvaṃ mato⁹ hi so || ||
kukkuḷā ubbhato tāta || kukkuḷam patitum icchasi || ||
narakā ubbhato tāta || narakam patitum icchasi ||
abhidhāvatha¹⁰ bhaddan-te || kassa ujjhāpayāmase ||
ādittā nibhataṃ¹¹ bhaṇḍaṃ || puna ḍayhitum icchasīti¹² || ||

SN_1.10.6. Piyaṅkara.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Anuruddho Sāvatthiyaṃ viha-
rati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anuruddho rattiyā
paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dhammapadāni bhāsati || ||
3. Atha kho Piyaṅkara-mātā¹³ yakkhinī puttakam evaṃ
tosesi || ||
Mā saddaṃ karī Piyaṅkara ||
bhikkhu dhammapadāni bhāsati ||
api ca14 dhammapadaṃ vijānīya ||
paṭipajjema hitāya no siyā || ||
pāṇesu ca saṃyamāmase ||
sampajānamusā na bhaṇāmase15 ||
sikkhema susīlyam attano ||
api muccema16 pisāca-yoniyā ti || ||

SN_1.10.7. Punabbasu.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 ca instead of ye.
2 B. sāhu vo.
3 B. sānupavuddhaṃ.
4 S1-3 omit va.
5 S1-3 -ti; B. upeccāpi.
6 B. vā; S1-3 ye.
7 B. putta.
8 B. and S1 (perhaps S3) ca; C. pa- (?).
9 S1-3 jīvamano.
10 So B. and C. ; S1-3 abhiyāvata.
11 S3 nihataṃ.
12 Cf. Dhammapada, p. 402-6.
13 B. piyaṅgara- always
14 S1-3 omit ca.
15 S1-3 bhaṇemase.
16 S1-3 muñcema.

[page 210]
210 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 7.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbāna-
paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti
samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi
katvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ
suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho Punabbasu-mātā yakkhinī puttake¹ evam
toseti || ||
Tuṇhī Uttarike hohi || tuṇhi hohi Punabbasu ||
yāvāhaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa || dhammaṃ sossāmi satthuno || ||
nibbānaṃ Bhagavā āhu || sabbaganthappamocanaṃ² ||
ativelā ca me hoti || asmiṃ dhamme piyāyanā || ||
Piyo loke sako putto || piyo loke sako pati ||
tato piyatarā mayhaṃ || assa dhammassa magganā || ||
na hi putto pati vā pi || piyo dukkhā pamocaye ||
yathā saddhammasavanaṃ || dukkhā moceti pāṇinaṃ || ||
Loke dukkhapare tasmiṃ || jarāmaraṇasaṃyutte ||
jarāmaraṇamokkhāya || yaṃ dhammam abhisambuddhaṃ³ ||
taṃ dhammaṃ sotum icchāmi || tuṇhī hohi Punabbasū ti || ||
4. Amma⁴ na vyāharissāmi || tuṇhībhūtāyam Uttarā ||
dhammam eva nisāmehi || saddhamasavanaṃ sukhaṃ ||
saddhammassa anaññāya || amma dukkhaṃ carāmase || ||
Esa devamanussānaṃ || sammūḷhānam pabhaṅkaro ||
buddho antimasarīro || dhammaṃ deseti⁵ cakkhumā || ||
5. Sādhu kho paṇḍito nāma || putto jāto ure seyyo⁶ ||
putto me buddhaseṭṭhassa || dhammaṃ suddham⁷ piyāyati || ||
Punabbasu sukhī hohi || ajjāhamhi samuggatā ||
diṭṭhāni ariyasaccāni || Uttarā pi suṇatu me ti || ||

SN_1.10.8. Sudatto.8
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Sītavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati Rāja-
gaham anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaṇīyena || ||
3. Assosi kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati buddho kiro loke
uppanno ti || tāvad eva pana Bhagavantam dassanāya upa-
saṅkamitu-kāmo ahosi⁹ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 puttakaṃ.
2 S1-3 -gandha-; C. gaṇṭha.
3 B. -budhaṃ.
4 B. ammā always.
5 S1-3 desesi.
6 S1 putte jāta-; S1-3 uresayo.
7 B. buddham; S1-3 dhammasuddhaṃ.
8 This episode is found also in Cullavagga, VI.4. 1-4.
9 B. hoti.

[page 211]
X. 8.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 211
4. Ath-assa Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa etad ahosi || ||
Akālo kho ajja Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ ||
svedānāhaṃ¹ kālena Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissā-
mīti buddhagatāya² satiyā nipajji || rattiyā sudaṃ tikkhattuṃ
vuṭṭhāsi pabhātan ti maññamāno || ||
5. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Sīvathika²-
dvāraṃ ten-upasaṅkami || amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu || ||
6. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nagaramhā
nikkhamantassa āloko antaradhāyi andhakāro pātur ahosi ||
bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso udapādi || tato ca puna
nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho Sīvako⁴ yakkho antarahito saddam anussā-
vesi⁵ || ||
Sataṃ hatthī satam assā || satam assasarī⁶ rathā ||
sataṃ kaññā-sahassāni || āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā ||
ekassa padavītihārassa || kalam nāgghanti solasiṃ || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || na paṭikkamanan ti⁷ || ||
8. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro
antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || Yam ahosi bhayaṃ chambhi-
tattam lomahaṃso so paṭipassambhi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho || pe⁸ ||
10. Tatiyam pi Anāthapiṇḍikassa āloko antaradhāyi
andhakāre pātur ahosi || bhayaṃ chambhitattam loma-
haṃso udapādi || tato ca puna nivattitukāmo ahosi || ||
Tatiyam pi kho Sīvako yakkho antarahito saddam anussā-
vesi || ||
Satam hatthī satam assā || satam assasarī rathā ||
sataṃ kaññāsahassāni || āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā ||
ekassa padavītihārassa || kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || no patikkamanan ti⁹ || ||
11. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāroḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sodānāhaṃ.
2 B. gamissāmīti -gakāya; S1 -gāthāya; S3 -gākāya.
3 S1-3 sītavana.
4 B. Sivako always.
5 B. anusāvesi; S1 anusāseṃsi.
6 B. assatarī.
7 S1-3 paṭikkantan-ti as in Cullavagga, VI. 4.3.
8 The abridgment is in S1-3 only; B. has the full text.
9 same remarks as above.

[page 212]
212 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 8.
antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || yaṃ ahosi bhayaṃ chambhi-
tattaṃ lomahaṃso so paṭippassambhi || ||
12. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Sītavanaṃ
[yena Bhagavā] ¹ ten-upasaṅkami || ||
13. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasama-
yaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati || ||
14. Addasā kho Bhagavā Anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ
dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte
āsane nisidi || nisajja kho Bhagavā Anāthapiṇḍikam gaha-
patim etad avoca || || Ehi Sudattā ti || ||
15. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati nāmena maṃ
Bhagavā ālapatīti tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kacci bhante Bhagavā
sukham asayitthā ti² || ||
Sabbadā ve sukhaṃ seti || brāhmaṇo parinibbuto ||
yo na limpati kāmesu || sītibhūto nirupadhi || ||
sabbā āsattiyo chetvā || vineyya³ hadaye daraṃ ||
upasanto sukhaṃ seti || santim pappuyya cetasā ti⁴ || ||

SN_1.10.9. Sukkā (1).
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Sukkā bhikkhunī mahatiyā
parisāya parivutā dhammam deseti || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikam⁵ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam
upasaṅkamitvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kim me katā⁶ Rājagahe manussā ||
madhupītā va acchare ye⁷ ||
Sukkam na payirūpāsanti || desentim⁸ amataṃ padaṃ || ||
tañca pana⁹ appaṭivānīyaṃ || asecanakam ojavaṃ¹⁰ ||
pivanti maññe sappaññā || valāhakam iva panthagūti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.10.10. Sukkā (2).
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandakanivāpe ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B. only.
2 B. vasittāti.
3 S1-3 veneyya.
4 Cullavagga, VI. 4. 4.
5 S1-3 rathiyāyarathiyaṃ (S3 -ratiyaṃ).
6 S1 omits me; C. kattā.
7 B. madhuṃpitā vasentiye.
8 B. desantiṃ; S1 desintiṃ.
9 B. omits pana.
10 S1-3 asevane (S1 na) kāmovajaṃ.
11 S1-3 ivaddhagūti.

[page 213]
X. 12.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 213
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako Sukkāya
bhikkhuniyā bhojanam adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaṃ¹ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ
upasaṅkamitvā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Puññaṃ vata pasavi2 bahuṃ ||
sapañño vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Sukkāya adāsi bhojanaṃ ||
sabbaganthehi3 vippamuttiyā ti4 || ||

SN_1.10.11. Cīrā (or Vīrā).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako Cīrāya⁵
bhikkhuniyā cīvaram adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Cīrāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaṃ⁶ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ
upasaṅkamitvā tayam velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Puññam vata pasavi⁷ bahuṃ ||
sapañño vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Cīrāya adāsi cīvaraṃ ||
sabbayogehi⁸ vippamuttiyā ti || ||

SN_1.10.12. Āḷavam.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Āḷaviyam
viharati Āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Nikkhama samaṇā ti || ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā nikkhami || ||
Pavisa samaṇā ti ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā pāvisi || ||
3. Dutiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā
nikkhami || || Pavisa samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā
pāvisi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rathiyāya (S3 rathiyā) rathiyam.
2 S1 pasavī; B. passavī.
3 S1-3 gandhehi.
4 S1-3 vippamuttāyāti here and further on.
5 S1 vīrāya; S3 vitarāgāya always.
6 S1-3 rathiyāya rathiyaṃ.
7 S1-3 pasavī; B. as above.
8 S1-3 sabbasogehi (S3 geha).

[page 214]
214 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 12.
4. Tatiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā
nikkhami || || Pavisa samaṇāti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā
pāvisi || ||
5. Catuttham pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || ||
6. Na kho panāham āvuso nikkhamissāmi || yan-te karaṇī-
yaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
7. Pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇa pucchissāmi || sace me na karissasi
cittam vā te khipissāmi hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmi pādesu
vā gahetvā pāraganāya¹ khipissāmīti || ||
8. Na khvāhan-tam āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake
sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
yo me cittam vā khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāleyya pādesu vā
gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khippeya || api ca tvam āvuso puccha
yad ākaṅkhasīti || ||
9. Kiṃsūdha vittam purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
kiṃsu suciṇṇam sukham āvahāti ||
kiṃsu have sādutaraṃ² rasānam ||
kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitam āhu seṭṭhan ti || ||
10. Saddhidha vittam purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
dhammo suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ ||
paññājīviṃ jīvitam āhu seṭṭhanti || ||
11. Kathaṃ su tarati oghaṃ || kathaṃ su tarati aṇṇavaṃ ||
kathaṃ su dukkham acceti || kathaṃ su parisujjhatī ti || ||
12. Saddhāya tarati oghaṃ || appamādena aṇṇavaṃ ||
viriyena dukkham acceti || paññāya parisujjhati || ||
13. Kathaṃ su labhate paññaṃ || kathaṃ su vindate dha-
naṃ || ||
kathaṃ su kittim pappoti || katham mittāni ganthati ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || katham pecca na socatīti || ||
14. Saddahāno arahataṃ || dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā ||
sussūsā³ labhate paññaṃ || appamatto vicakkhaṇo || ||
Paṭirūpakārī dhuravā || uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. pāraṃ- here and further on.
2 S1-3 sādhu- here and further on.
3 B. sussusaṃ.

[page 215]
X. 12.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 215
saccena kittim pappoti || dadaṃ mittāni ganthati || ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || evam pecca na socati¹ || ||
Yass-ete caturo dhammā || saddhassa gharam esino ||
saccam damo² dhiti cāgo || sa ve pecca na socati ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || evam pecca na socati³ || ||
Iṅgha aññe pi pucchassa || puthu-samaṇa-brāhmaṇe ||
yadi⁴ saccā damā⁵ cāgā || khantyā bhiyyo dha⁶ vijjatīti || ||
15. Kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ || puthu-samaṇa-brāh-
maṇe ||
yo haṃ⁷ ajja pajānāmi || yo attho⁸ samparāyiko || ||
atthāya vata me buddho || vāsāyāḷavim āgato⁹ ||
yo¹⁰ ham ajja pajānāmi || yattha dinnam mahapphalaṃ || ||
so ahaṃ vicarissāmi || gāmā gāmaṃ purā puraṃ ||
namassamāno sambuddham || dhammassa ca sudham-
matan ti¹¹ || ||
Indaka-vaggo12 || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Indako Sakka¹³-Lomo ca¹⁴ || Maṇibhaddo¹⁵ ca Sānu ca ||
Piyaṅkara¹⁶-Punabbasu || Sudatto ca dve Sukkā Cīrā
Alavan ti¹⁷ || ||
Yakkha-saṃyuttam samattaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 These last two padas are in B. only.
2 All the MSS. dhammo.
3 These two padas are in S1-3 only. Their place has been interchanged
in the Burmese and Siṅghalese MSS.
4 S1-3 iti.
5 B. dhammā.
6 S1 eva; S3 na.
7 S3 soham; B. svāham.
8 S1-3 cattho.
9 S1-3 āgamā.
10 S1-3 so.
11 The first two gāthās are the repetition of Devatā S. VIII. 3.
12 In B. only; S1-3 put here the final mention.
13 B. yakkha.
14 S1-3 suci.
15 S1-3 bhaddo.
16 B. piyaṅgara.
17 S1-3 Āḷavakena dvādasāti.

[page 216]
216

********************************************

BOOK XI. -- SAKKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.

___________________________________________

CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.

SN_1.11,1.1. Suvira.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante¹ ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave asurā² deve abhiyaṃsu³ ||
atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ⁴ deva-
puttam āmantesi || || Ete⁵ tāta Suvīra asurā deve abhiyanti ||
gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti⁶ || || Evam bhaddanta⁷
vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa devānam
indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi⁸ || ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvī-
raṃ devaputtam āmantesi || Ete tāta Suvīra asurā deve abhi-
yanti || gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bha-
danta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa
devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvī-
raṃ devaputtam āmantesi || || Ete tāta Suvīra asurā deve
abhiyanti || gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam
bhaddanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa
devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. bhaddante.
2 B. asūrā always.
3 So B. C.; S1-3 abhijiyiṃsu always.
4 B. suviraṃ always.
5 S1-3 etha always.
6 S3 paccuyyāsīti (twice).
7 S3 bhaddanta always.
8 So B. and C.; S1-3 āharesi always.

[page 217]
XI. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 217
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ
devaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuṭṭhahaṃ avāyamaṃ¹ || sukhaṃ yatrādhigacchati ||
Suvīra tattha gacchāhi || māñca tattheva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa² anuṭṭhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye ||
sabbakāmasamiddhassa || taṃ me Sakka varaṃ disan ti³ || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuṭṭhātā || accantaṃ sukham edhati⁴ ||
Suvīra tattha gacchāhi || mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā⁵ devaseṭṭha || Sakka vindemu yaṃ sukhaṃ ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || tam me Sakka varaṃ disan ti ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena⁶ || koci kvaci na jīyati⁷ ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Suvīra tattha gacchāhi ||
mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti⁸ || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam⁹
puññaphalam upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānam issariyā-
dhipaccam rajjaṃ karonto uṭṭhāna-viriyassa vaṇṇavādī bha-
vissati || idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ
svākhyāte¹⁰ dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha
ghaṭeyyātha vā yameyyātha appattassa pattiyā andhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikariyāyā ti¹¹ || ||

SN_1.11,1.2. Susīma.
1. Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave asurā deve abhiyaṃsu || atha
kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmaṃ¹² devaputtaṃ
āmantesi || ete tāta Susīma asurā deve abhiyanti || gaccha tāta
Susīma asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bhadanta¹³ vā ti kho
bhikkhave Susīmo devaputto Sakassa devānam indassa paṭi-
ssutvā pamādam āpādesi¹⁴ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. avāyāmaṃ always; c. also.
2 B. alasvassa; c. alasvāyam (= alaso ayam).
3 S1-3 disāti.
4 S1-3 yattha alaso -accanta-.
5 S1-3 akammunā.
6 S1-3 akārāna here only.
7 B. jīvati.
8 These gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
9 S1-3 saka-.
10 S1-3 svākkhāte always.
11 S1-3 add --pe-- here and further on.
12 B. susimaṃ always.
13 B. bhadante.
14 Same remarks as in No. 1.

[page 218]
218 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 2.
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmam
devaputtam āmantesi || pa || dutiyam pi pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmam
devaputtam āmantesi || pa || tatiyam pi pamādam āpādesi¹ || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmaṃ
devaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuṭṭhahaṃ avāyamaṃ || sukhaṃ yatrādhigacchati || ||
Susīma tattha gacchāhi || mañ ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa anuṭṭhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye ||²
sabbakāmasamiddhassa || tam me Sakka varam disan ti || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuṭṭhātā || accantaṃ sukham edhati ||
Susīma tattha gacchāhi || mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā devaseṭṭha³ || Sakka vindemu yaṃ sukhaṃ ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || tam me Sakka varaṃ disan ti || ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena || koci kvaci na jīyati ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Susīma tattha gacchāhi ||
mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti⁴ || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam
puññaphalaṃ upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānam issariyā-
dhipaccaṃ rajjam karonto uṭṭhānaviriyassa vaṇṇavādī bha-
vissati || idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ
svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha
ghaṭeyyātha vāyameyyātha appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā ti || ||

SN_1.11,1.3. Dhajaggam.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samu-
pabbūḷho⁵ ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiṃse āmantesi || || Sa ce mārisā devānam saṅgāmagatānamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The abridgments are in B. only.
2 S1-3 alasvassa.
3 S3 -seṭṭhaṃ.
4 Same varieties of reading as in the preceding number besides
those noticed here.
5 B. samuppabyūḷho always.

[page 219]
XI. 1. 3.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 219
uppajjeyya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā
mam-eva tasmiṃ samaye dhajaggam ullokeyyātha ||
mamaṃhi vo dhajaggaṃ ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati bha-
yaṃ vā chambhitatthaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
6. No ce me dhajaggam ullokeyyātha atha Pajāpatissa
devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Pajāpatissa hi vo
devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ
vā chambhitattam vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
7. No ce Pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha
atha Varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Varu-
ṇassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ yaṃ bha-
vissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahī-
yissati || ||
8. No ce Varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha
atha Īsānassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Īsānassa
hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṃ ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati
bhayaṃ vā chambhitattam vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
9. Taṃ kho pana bhikkhave Sakkassa vā devānam indassa
dhajaggam ullokayatam || Pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dha-
jaggam ullokayataṃ || Varuṇassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam
ullokayataṃ || Īsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam ullokaya-
tam || yaṃ bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā loma-
haṃso vā so pahīyethā pi no pi¹ pahīyetha || ||
10. Tam kissa hetu || || Sakko hi bhikkhave devānam
indo avītarāgo avītadoso avītamoho bhīru chambhī utrāsī
palāyīti || ||
11. Ahaṃ ca kho bhikkhave evaṃ vadāmi || sa ce tum-
hākam bhikkhave araññagatānam vā rukkhamūlagatānaṃ vā
suññāgāragatānam vā uppajjeyya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ
vā lomahaṃso vā mam eva tasmiṃ samaye anussareyyātha || ||
Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇa-
sampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavā ti || ||
12. Mamaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bhavissati
bhayam vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 B. omit pi.

[page 220]
220 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 3.
13. No ce mam anussareyyātha atha dhammam anussa-
reyyātha || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko
ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
14. Dhammaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bha-
vissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahī-
yissati || ||
15. No ce dhammam anussareyyātha atha saṅgham anussa-
reyyātha || || Supaṭipaṇṇo Bhagavato sāvaka-saṅgho || uju-
paṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṅgho || ñāyapaṭipanno Bhaga-
vato sāvaka-saṅgho || sāmīcipaṭipaṇṇo¹ Bhagavato sāvaka-
saṅgho yad idam cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisa-puggalā
esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhi-
ṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakkhettam lokassā ti || ||
16. Saṅghaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bhavissati
bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissa-
ti || ||
17. Taṃ kissa hetu || || Tathāgato hi bhikkhave arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho abhīru accham-
bhī anutrāsī apalāyī ti || ||
18. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Araññe rukkhamūle vā || suññāgāre vā² bhikkhavo ||
anussaretha³ sambuddhaṃ || bhayaṃ tumhākaṃ⁴ no
siyā || ||
No ce buddhaṃ sareyyātha || lokajeṭṭham narāsabhaṃ ||
atha dhammaṃ sareyyātha || niyyānikaṃ sudesitaṃ || ||
No ce dhammaṃ sareyyātha || niyyānikaṃ sudesitaṃ ||
atha saṅghaṃ sareyyātha || puññakkhettam⁵ anuttaraṃ || ||
Evam buddham sarantānaṃ || dhammaṃ saṅghañ ca bhi-
kkhavo ||
bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā || lomahaṃso na hessatī
ti⁶ || ||

SN_1.11,1.4. Vepacitti (or Khanti).
1. Sāvatthiyam Jetavane || pa ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. -ppaṭipanno always.
2 S1-3 va.
3 B. anussareyyātha.
4 S1-3 tumhāka.
5 B. puññakhettam here and above.
6 B. omits ti.

[page 221]
XI. 1. 4.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 221
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samu-
pabbūḷho ahosi ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure āman-
tesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe
asurā jineyyuṃ devā parājeyyuṃ || yena naṃ¹ Sakkam
devānam indaṃ kaṇṭhe² pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
mama santike āneyyātha asurapuran ti || ||
5. Sakko pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse
āmantesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaṅgāme samu-
pabbūḷhe devā jineyyuṃ asurā parājeyyuṃ || yena naṃ Vepa-
cittim³ asurindaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
mama santike āneyyātha Sudhammam⁴ sabbhan ti || ||
6. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhikkhave saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu
asurā parājiṃsu || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tavatiṃsā Vepacittim
asurindam kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakassa
devānam indassa santike ānesum Sudhammaṃ sabhaṃ || ||
8. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhe
pañcamehi bandhanehi baddho Sakkam devānam indaṃ
Sudhammam sabham pavisantañ ca nikkhamantañ ca asab-
bhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bhayā nu mathavā Sakka⁵ || dubbalyā no⁶ titikkhasi⁷ ||
suṇanto pharusam vācaṃ || sammukhā Vepacittino ti || ||
10. Nāham bhayā na dubbalyā || khamāmi⁸ Vepacittino ||
kathaṃ hi mādiso viññū || bālena paṭisaṃyuje ti || ||
11. Bhiyyo bālā pakujjheyyuṃ⁹ || no c-assa paṭisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daṇḍena || dhīro bālaṃ nisedhaye ti || ||
12. Etad eva ahaṃ maññe || bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ ||
paraṃ saṅkupitam ñatvā || yo sato upasammatīti¹⁰ || ||
13. Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjam passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naṃ maññati bālo || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
ajjhārūhati¹¹ dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit naṃ.
2 S1-3 kaṇṭha always.
3 S3 omits naṃ; SS. Vepacitti-.
4 B. sudhamma- always.
5 B. māghavā sakkaṃ; S1-3 dubbalyāne.
6 C. dubbisena.
7 S1-3 titikkhati.
8 S1 khamāpi.
9 S1-3 bālo; B. pabhijjeyyuṃ.
10 B. upasammati.
11 S1 ajjho-.

[page 222]
222 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 4.
14. Kāmam maññatu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā atthā¹ || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaṃ khantiṃ || niccam khamati dubbalo || ||
Abalan-tam² balam āhu || yassa bālabalam balaṃ || ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paṭivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham apaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmam³ jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantaṃ taṃ⁴ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || || ye dhammassa akovidā ti⁵ || ||
15. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakaṃ
puññaphalam upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariya-
dhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ karonto⁶ khantisoraccassa vaṇṇavādī bha-
vissati || ||
16. Idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ
svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca⁷
bhaveyyātha soratā cā ti⁸ || ||

SN_1.11,1.5. {Subhāsitaṃ-jayaṃ}.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupab-
būḷho ahosi || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Hotu devānam inda subhāsitena
jayo ti || ||
Hotu Vepacitti subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave devā ca asurā ca pārisajje ṭha-
pesuṃ || ime no subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitam ājānissantī ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Tumhe khv-attha⁹ Vepacitti pubba-
devā || bhaṇa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 atthaṃ.
2 S1 abalaṃ na taṃ.
3 S1 saṅgāme.
4 So S1; S3 omits taṃ; B. tikicchantānaṃ.
5 All these gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
6 S1-3 karento.
7 S1 khamatha; S3 khamathā.
8 S1-3 sorathācāti || pe || the last three gāthās of this sutta
have been met with in Brāhmaṇa-S. II. 2, 3.
9 B. kvettha.

[page 223]
XI. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 223
7. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gātham
abhāsi || ||
Bhiyyo bālā¹ pakujjheyyuṃ || no c-assa paṭisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daṇḍena || dhīro bālam nisedhaye ti || ||
8. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena
gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu || devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
10. Evam vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Etad eva ahaṃ maññe || bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammatī ti || ||
11. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam
indena gāthāya devā anumodiṃsu || asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
12. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||
Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjaṃ passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naṃ² maññati bālo || bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati ||
ajjhārūhati³ dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||
13. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena
gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu || devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
14. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā.
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
15. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāmaṃ maññatu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā⁴ atthā⁵ || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaṃ khantiṃ || niccaṃ khamati dubbalo ||
Abalan-tam balaṃ āhu || yassa bālabalaṃ balaṃ ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paṭivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ⁶ jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 bālo.
2 S1-3 yam.
3 S1-3 ajjho.
4 S1 -paramam.
5 S1-3 atthaṃ.
6 S1 sangāme.

[page 224]
224 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 5.
ubhinnam tikicchantaṃ taṃ¹ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye² dhammassa akovidā ti³ || ||
16. Bhāsitāsu kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam
indena gāthāsu devā anumodiṃsu || asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
17. Atha kho bhikkhave devānañ ca asurānañ ca parisajjā
etad avocuṃ || ||
18. Bhāsitā kho Vepacittinā asurindena gāthayo || tā ca
kho sadaṇḍāvacarā satthāvacarā iti bhaṇḍanam⁴ iti viggaho
iti kalaho ti || ||
19. Bhāsitā kho Sakkena devānam indena gāthāyo || tā ca
kho adaṇḍāvacarā asatthāvacarā iti abhaṇḍanam⁴ iti aviggaho
iti akalaho || Sakkassa devānam indassa subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
20. Iti kho⁵ bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa subhā-
sitena jayo ahosi || ||

SN_1.11,1.6. Kulāvaka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samu-
pabbūḷho ahosi || ||
3. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhikkhave saṅgāme asurā jiniṃsu ||
devā parājiṃsu⁶ || ||
4. Parājitā kho⁷ bhikkhave devā apāyaṃsveva⁸ uttarena⁹
mukhā abhiyaṃsveva ne¹⁰ asurā || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saṅgāhakaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kulāvakā Mātali simbalismiṃ ||
īsāmukhena parivajjayassu ||
kāmaṃ cajāma asuresu pāṇaṃ ||
mā yime dijā vikulāvakā11 ahesun ti || ||
6. Evam bhadanta¹² vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali saṅgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam ājañña-
ratham paccudāvattesi || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave asurānam etad ahosi || || Paccu-
dāvatto kho dāni Sakkassa devānam indassa sahassayuttoḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 omits taṃ; B. tikicchantānaṃ.
2 S1 yo.
3 For the gāthās see the preceding sutta.
4 S3 omits bhaṇḍanam and abhaṇḍanam.
5 S3 omits kho.
6 S1-3 -parājiniṃsu.
7 S1-3 ca.
8 S1 apāyaṃsve; S3 apāyaṃseva; B. abhiyaṃsveva.
9 S3 repeats uttarena.
10 S1-3 abhisevava; omitting ne.
11 B. vikulāvā, and so also at Jātaka I. 203. Comp. Dhp. p. 194.
12 S1 bhaddanta.

[page 225]
XI. 1. 8.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 225
ājaññaratho dutiyam pi kho devā asurehi saṅgāmessantī ti ||
bhītā asurapuram eva¹ pāvisiṃsu² || ||
8. Iti kho bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa dhammen-
eva jayo³ ahosī ti || ||

SN_1.11,1.7. Na dubbhiyaṃ.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa
rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko uda-
pādi || || Yo pi me assa⁴ paccatthiko tassa pāham⁵ na
dubbheyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkassa devā-
nam indassa cetasā ceto parivitakkam aññāya yena Sakko
devānam indo ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Addasā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Tiṭṭha Vepacitti gahito sī ti || ||
5. Yad eva te mārisa pubbe cittaṃ || tad eva tvam mā
pahāsī ti⁶ ||
6. Sapassu ca me Vepacitti adubbhāyā ti⁷ || ||
7. Yam musābhaṇato pāpam || yam pāpam ariyūpavādino||
mittadduno ca yam pāpaṃ || yam pāpam akataññuno ||
tam eva pāpam phusati⁸ || yo te dubbhe Sujampatī
ti || ||

SN_1.11,1.8. Virocana-asurindo (or Attho).
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divā vihāragato hoti
paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Verocano ca asurindo
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā pacce-
kadvārabāham nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Verocano asurindo Bhagavato santike imaṃ
gātham abhāsi || ||
Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaṇo⁹ attho¹⁰ || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. yeva.
2 S1-3 pavisimsu.
3 B. dhammajayo.
4 B. assasu.
5 S1-3 pahaṃ.
6 B. pajahāsīti.
7 S1-3 adūbhāyā ti; B. adrubbhāyā ti.
8 B. phusatu.
9 S1-3 sobhino always.
10 S1 atthā.

[page 226]
226 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 8.
5. Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaṇo attho || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatī ti || ||
6. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaṃ ||
saṃyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā¹ sabbapāṇinaṃ ||
nippannasobhino atthā² || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||
7. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaṃ ||
saṃyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā sabbapāṇinaṃ ||
nippannasobhino atthā || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatī ti ||

SN_1.11,1.9. Isayo araññakā (or Gandha).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sīlavanto
kalyāṇadhammā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu sammanti³ || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko ca devānam indo Vepacitti
ca asurindo yena te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ten-
upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo aṭaliyo⁴ upā-
hanā⁵ ārohitvā khaggam olaggetvā⁶ chattena dhāriyamānena
aggadvārena⁷ assamam pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇa-
dhamme apavyāmato⁸ karitvā atikkami || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo aṭaliyo
upāhanā orohitvā khaggam aññesaṃ datvā chattam apāna-
metvā dvāreneva⁹ assamam pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante
kalyāṇadhamme anuvātaṃ¹⁰ pañjaliko namassamāno aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā
Sakkam devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu || ||
Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ¹¹ ||
kāyā cuto gacchati mālutena ||
ito paṭikkamma Sahassanetta¹² ||
gandho isīnam asuci devarājā ti || ||
7. Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ ||
kāyā cuto gacchatu¹³ mālutena ||
sucitrapuppham va¹⁴ sirasmiṃ mālam ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 samyogā.
2 So S1 supported by C.; B. sobhaṇo attho here and further on;
S3 attho always.
3 B. C. samanti always.
4 B. āṭaliyo, further on āṭaliko.
5 S3 upāhanāyo.
6 So C.; B. olaggitvā; S1-3 olohitvā.
7 S1-3 andhavanadvārena.
8 B. abyāmato
9 S3 dvārena.
10 S1-3 anuvāte.
11 C. S3 -dakkhitānam here and further on.
12 S1-3 parakkamma -netto.
13 S1-3 gacchati.
14 S3 omits va; S1 puts it after sirasmiṃ.

[page 227]
XI. 1. 10.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 227
gandham etam paṭikaṅkhāma bhante ||
na hettha devā patikkūlasaññino ti || ||

SN_1.11,1.10. Isayo samuddakā (or Sambara).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sīlavanto
kalyāṇadhammā samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu sammanti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo
samupabbūḷho ahosi ||
4. Atho kho bhikkhave tesam isīnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyā-
ṇadhammānam etad ahosi || || Dhammikā devā adhammikā
asurā || siyā pi naṃ¹ asurato bhayaṃ || yaṃ nūna mayaṃ
Sambaram asurindam upasaṅkamitvā abhayadakkhiṇaṃ yā-
ceyyāmā ti² || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitam vā bāham
pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva
samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu antarahitā Sambarassa³ asurindassa
pamukhe⁴ pātur ahesuṃ || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā
Sambaram asurindaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu || ||
7. Isayo Sambaram pattā || yācanti abhayadakkhiṇaṃ ||
kāmaṃ karohi te dātuṃ || bhayassa abhayassa vā ti || ||
8. Isīnam abhayaṃ natthi || duṭṭhānaṃ⁵ sakkasevinaṃ ||
abhayaṃ yācamānānaṃ || bhayam eva dadāmi vo ti ||
9. Abhayaṃ yācamānānaṃ || bhayam eva dadāsi no ||
patigaṇhāma te etaṃ || akkhayaṃ hoti te bhayaṃ || ||
Yādisaṃ vappate bījaṃ || tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ ||
kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ || pāpakārī ca pāpakaṃ ||
pavuttaṃ vappate⁶ bījaṃ || phalaṃ paccanubhossasī ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave te⁷ isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā
Sambaram asurindam abhisapetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammiñjitam vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bahaṃ
sammiñjeyya || evam eva⁸ Sambarassa asurindassa pamukhe
antarahitā samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu pātur ahesuṃ⁹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. no.
2 S3 yāceyyāti.
3 S3 Sambarissa, further on Sambariṃ.
4 B. sammukho, further on sammukhe.
5 B. ruddhānaṃ.
6 S1-3 tātate (S1 -ne?) above vapate.
7 S1-3 omit te.
8 S3 evaṃ.
9 S1-3 ahaṃsu.

[page 228]
228 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 10.
11. Atha kho bhikkhave Sambaro asurindo tehi isīhi sīla-
vantehi kalyāṇadhammehi abhisapito¹ rattiyā sudaṃ tikkha-
tum ubbijjī ti² || ||
Paṭhamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Suvīraṃ Susimaṃ c-eva || Dhajaggaṃ Vepacittino³ ||
Subhāsitaṃ-jayaṃ c-eva || Kulāvakaṃ Na-dubbhiyaṃ⁴ ||
Virocana-asurindo⁵ || Isayo araññakaṃ⁶ c-eva || ||
Isayo ca samuddakā ti⁷ || ||

___________________________________________

CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.

SN_1.11,2.1. Devā or Vatapada (1).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhūtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
3. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
4. Yāva jīvaṃ mātapettibharo assaṃ || Yāva jīvaṃ kule
jeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇavāco⁸ assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ vigatamala-
maccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvaseyyaṃ muttacāgo payata-
pāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāva
jīvaṃ saccavādo assaṃ || || Yāvajīvam akodhano assaṃ ||
sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naṃ paṭivineyyan-
ti || ||
5. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahe-
suṃ || yesam samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
6. Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kule jeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsam || pesuṇeyya-pahāyinaṃ || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
taṃ ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti⁹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 abhisatto.
2 S1-3 ubbīhi.
3 S1-3 khanti.
4 S1-3 addabhataṃ.
5 S1-3 attho.
6 S1-3 gandhena.
7 S1-3 sambaran ti.
8 S1-3 apesuṇo.
9 These gathās are not in S3, they recur in the two next padas,
also at Jātaka I. 202.

[page 229]
XI. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 229

SN_1.11,2.2. Devā (2).
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
3. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno Magho nāma māṇavo¹ ahosi || tasmā Maghavā² ti
vuccati || ||
4. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno pure pure dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
5. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno sakkaccam dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
6. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
7. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam
muhuttena cinteti || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
8. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa Sujā³ nāma
asurakaññā pajāpatī ahosi⁴ || tasmā Sujampatīti vuccati || ||
9. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo devānam Tāvatiṃsānam
issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāresi || tasmā devānam indo ti
vuccati || ||
10. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhūtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
11. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ mātāpettibharo assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ kule
jeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇavāco⁵ assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ vigatamala-
macchereṇa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payata-
pāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāva-
jīvaṃ saccavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvam akodhano assaṃ || sa ce
pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naṃ paṭivineyyan ti || ||
12. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahe-
suṃ || yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 māṇavako.
2 B. Māgho--Māghavā always; comp. Jātaka I. 199.
3 B. sūjā; S1-3 sujātā.
4 S1-3 omit ahosi.
5 S1-3 apisuṇo.

[page 230]
230 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 2.
Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kulejeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsaṃ || pesuṇeyyapahāyinaṃ || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
taṃ ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti || ||

SN_1.11,2.3. Devā (3).
1. Evam me sutaṃ || ||
2. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane
kuṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho Mahāli licchavi¹ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdi || ||
4. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Mahāli licchavi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Diṭṭho no bhante Bhagavatā Sakko devānam
indo ti || ||
5. Diṭṭho kho me Mahāli Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
6. So hi nūna² bhante sakkapaṭirūpako bhavissati || dud-
daso hi³ bhante Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
7. Sakkañcāham Mahāli jānāmi⁴ sakkakaraṇe ca dhamme
yesaṃ dhammānaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā
tañ ca pajānāmi || ||
8. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno Magho nāma māṇavako⁵ ahosi || tasmā Maghavā ti
vuccati || ||
9. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno pure pure⁶ dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
10. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno sakkaccaṃ dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
11. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto
samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
12. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam
muhuttena cinteti⁷ || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
13. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa Sujā⁸ nāma asura-
kaññā pajāpatī || tasmā Sujampatīti vuccati || ||
14. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo devānam Tāvatiṃsānamḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. licchavī always.
2 S1-3 add so.
3 S1-3 kho.
4. B. Sakkattaṃ khvāham mahāli pajānāmi (comp. Tevijja Sutta, I. 43).
5 B. māṇavo.
6 B. does not repeat pure.
7 B. vicinteti.
8 B. sūjā; S1-3 Sujatā (correction of Sujā in S3).

[page 231]
XI. 2. 4.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 231
issariyādhipaccam rajjaṃ kāresi || tasmā devānam indo
vuccati || ||
15. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussabhū-
tassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
16. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
17. Yāva jīvaṃ mātapettibharo assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ
kulejeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇo assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ vigatamala-
macchereṇa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payata-
pāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāva-
jīvam saccavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ akodhano assaṃ ||
sa ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam paṭi-
vineyyan ti || ||
18. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni
ahesuṃ || yesaṃ samādinnattā¹ Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kulejeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsaṃ || pesuṇeyyappahāyinam || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
tam ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti || ||

SN_1.11,2.4. Daliddo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
3. Bhadante² ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
5. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññataro puriso imasmiṃ
yeva Rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo ma-
nussavarāko ||
6. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddhaṃ samā-
diyi sīlaṃ samādiyi sutaṃ samādiyi cāgaṃ samādiyi paññaṃ
samādiyi³ || ||
7. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhamma-vinaye saddhaṃ samā-
diyitvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā sutaṃ samādiyitvā cāgaṃ samā-
diyitvā paññaṃ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇāḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have -diṇṇa- nearly always.
2 B. bhante.
3 S3 -diyī always.

[page 232]
232 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 4.
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppajji devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
sahavyataṃ || so aññe deva atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
8. Tatra¹ sudam bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata
bho ayaṃ hi devaputto pubbe manussabhūto samāno ma-
nussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko || so kā-
yassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppanno
devānam Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ || so aññe deve atirocati
vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiṃse āmantesi || || Mā kho tumhe mārisā etassa deva-
puttassa ujjhāyittha || eso kho mārisā devaputto pubbe
manussabhūto samāno Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye
saddhaṃ samādiyi sīlam samādiyi sutaṃ samādiyi cāgaṃ
samādiyi paññaṃ samādīyi || || So Tathāgata-ppavedite
dhammavinaye saddhaṃ samādiyitvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā su-
taṃ samādiyitvā cāgaṃ samādiyitvā paññaṃ samādiyitvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam uppanno
devānam Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ || so aññe deve atirocati
vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Yassa saddhā Tathāgate || acalā suppatiṭṭhitā ||
sīlaṃ ca yassa kalyāṇaṃ || ariyakan-taṃ pasaṃsitaṃ || ||
saṅghe pasādo yass-atthi || ujubhūtaṃ ca dassanaṃ ||
adaliddo ti tam āhu || amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ || ||
Tasmā saddhaṃ ca sīlaṃ ca || pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ ||
anuyuñjetha medhāvī || saraṃ buddhānasāsanan ti² || ||

SN_1.11,2.5. Rāmaṇeyyakaṃ.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante bhūmirāma-
ṇeyyakan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 taṃ.
2 S1 buddhānaṃ.

[page 233]
XI. 2. 7.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 233
Ārāmacetyā vanacetyā || pokkharaññā¹ sunimmitā ||
manussarāmaṇeyyassa || kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ || ||
gāme vā yadivāraññe || ninne vā yadivā thale ||
yattha arahanto viharanti || tam bhūmirāmaṇeyyakan ti² || ||

SN_1.11,2.6. Yajamānam.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Yajamānānaṃ manussānam ||
puññapekhānapāṇinaṃ ||
karotam opadhikaṃ puññaṃ ||
kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
4. Cattāro ca3 paṭipannā || cattāro ca phale ṭhitā ||
esa saṅgho ujubhūto || paññāsīlasamāhito || ||
yajamānānam manussānam ||
puññapekhānapāṇinam ||
karotam opadhikaṃ puññaṃ ||
saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalan ti || ||

SN_1.11,2.7. Vandanā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko ca devānam indo Brahmā ca sahampati
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā pacceka-
dvārabāhaṃ⁴ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato santike imaṃ
Gātham abhāsi || ||
Uṭṭhāhi5 vīra vijitasaṅgāma ||
pannabhāra anaṇa6 vicara loke
cittaṃ ca te suvimuttaṃ ||
cando yathā pannarasāya rattin ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. S3 pokkharañño.
2 Last verse re urs in Dhp. 98.
3 S1-3 magga- instead of ca.
4 S1-3 paccekaṃ.
5 B. uṭṭhehi always.
6 S1-3 aṇṇa always.

[page 234]
234 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 7.
5. Na kho devānam inda Tathāgatā evaṃ vanditabbā ||
evañ ca kho devānam inda Tathagatā vanditabbā || ||
Uṭṭhāhi vīra vijitasaṅgāma || satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke ||
desetu Bhagavā dhammam aññātāro bhavissantī ti¹ || ||

SN_1.11,2.8. Sakka-namassana (1).
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pe || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam ājaññaratham || uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmiṃ
dassanāyā ti || ||
4. Evam bhadanta² vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam ājañña-
rathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi³ || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni
kālam maññasī ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pañjaliko⁴ sudaṃ puthuddisā namassati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkam devā-
nam indaṃ gāthāyo ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Tam namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam tvaṃ⁵ Sakkanamassasīti || ||
8. Maṃ namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino || ||
ahaṃ ca sīlasampanne || cirarattasamāhite ||
sammā pabbajite vande brahmacariyaparāyane⁶ || ||
ye gahaṭṭhā puññakarā || sīlavanto upāsakā ||
dhammena dāraṃ posenti || te namassāmi Mātalīti || ||
9. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava ||
10. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
puthuddisā namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See Brahmā-S. I. 1, and Mahāvagga, I. 5. 7.
2 S3 bhaddanta.
3 S1 paṭivedayi; S3 -vedeyi.
4 B. pañjaliṃ katvā always.
5 S1-3 tam.
6 S1 -sampanno -samadhīto -parāyano.

[page 235]
XI. 2. 10.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 235

SN_1.11,2.9. Sakka-namassana (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam ājaññarathaṃ || uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmiṃ
dassanāyā ti || ||
3. Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttaṃ ājañña-
rathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni
kālam maññasī ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pañjaliko sudam Bhagavantaṃ namassati || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devānam
indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
6. Yaṃ hi devā manussā ca || taṃ namassanti Vāsava ||
atha ko¹ nāma so yakkho || yaṃ tvaṃ Sakka namassa-
sī ti || ||
7. So idha sammāsambuddho || asmiṃ loke sadevake ||
anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ || taṃ namassāmi Mātali || ||
yesam rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || te namassāmi Mātali || ||
ye rāgadosavinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
sekhā apacayārāmā² || appamattānusikkhare³ ||
te namassāmi Mātalīti⁴ || ||
8. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
9. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
Bhagavantaṃ namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhī ti || ||

SN_1.11,2.10. Sakka-namassana (3).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || la || avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam ājaññarathaṃ || uyyānabhūmim gacchāma subhumiṃ
dassanāyā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 so.
2 S3 -arantā.
3 S3 omits appamattā.
4 B. omits ti.

[page 236]
236 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 10.
4. Evaṃ bhadanta¹ vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgā-
hako Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam
ajaññarathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni
kālam maññasīti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pañjaliko sudam bhikkhu-saṅghaṃ na-
massati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devānam
indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Taṃ hi² ete namasseyyuṃ || pūtidehasayā narā ||
nimuggā kuṇapesvete³ || khuppipāsā samappitā || ||
Kiṃ nu tesam pihayasi || anāgārāna⁴ Vasava ||
ācāram isīnaṃ brūhi || taṃ suṇoma vaco tavā ti⁵ || ||
8. Etaṃ tesaṃ⁶ pihayāmi || anāgārāna Mātali ||
yamhā gāmā pakkamanti || anapekhā vajanti te ||
na tesaṃ koṭṭhe openti || na kumbhā na kaḷopiyaṃ⁷ ||
paraniṭṭhitam esānā || tena yāpenti subbatā || ||
sumantamantīno⁸ dhīrā || tuṇhībhūtā samañcarā ||
devā viruddhā⁹ asurehi || puthumaccā ca¹⁰ Mātali || ||
Aviruddhā viruddhesu || attadaṇḍesu¹¹ nibbutā ||
sādānesu anādānā || te namassāmi Mātalī ti ||
9. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
10. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhī
ti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Devā pana¹² tayo vuttā || Daliddañ ca Rāmaṇeyyakaṃ ||
Yajamānañ ca Vandanā || tayo Sakkanamassanā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 bhadanta.
2 S1-3 omit hi.
3 S1 nimugga; S3 mugga; B. kuṇapamhete; C. -pasmete.
4 B. anagārāna here and further on.
5 S1-3 tavanti.
6 S1-3 netaṃ.
7 S1-3 nakumbhī (S3 -i) kaḷopiyā (Therīg. 283).
8 S1-3 sumanti-.
9 S1-3 viraddhā.
10 S3 mañcāca; C. puthumaccāhi (for macchi?).
11 C. adaṇḍesu.
12 S1-3 vatapadena.

[page 237]
XI. 3. 2.] SAKKA-PAÑCAKA 3. 237

___________________________________________

CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (OR SAKKA-PAÑCAKAM).

SN_1.11,3.1. Chetvā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavan-
taṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃsu chetvā¹ sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi² Gotamā ti || ||
4. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa Vāsava ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatī ti³ || ||

SN_1.11,3.2. Dubbaṇṇiya.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pa || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññataro yakkho dubbaṇṇo
okoṭimako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ahosi || ||
4. Tatrasudaṃ bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho
ayaṃ yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭimako Sakkassa devānam indassa
āsane nisinno hoti || ||
5. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti || tathā tathā so yakkho abhirūpataro c-eva
hoti dassanīyataro⁴ ca pāsādikataro ca || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā yena Sakko devā-
nam indo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indam etad avocuṃ || ||
7. Idha te mārisa aññataro yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭimako
tumhākam āsane nisinno || || Tatra suḍam mārisa devā
Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ
vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho ayaṃ yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭi-ḥ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS. jhatvā always, as above.
2 SS. rocehi.
3 These gāthās occur here for the fourth time. See Devatā-S. VIII.1;
Devaputta-S. I. 3; Brāhmaṇa-S. I. 1.
4 S1-3 dassaṇeyyataro here and further on.

[page 238]
238 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 3. 2.
mako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ti || || Yathā
yathā kho mārisa devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi || tathā tathā so yakkho abhirūpataro c-eva hoti
dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro cā ti || || So hi nūna mārisa
kodhabhakkho yakkho bhavissatī ti || ||
8. Atho kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena so
kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalam
pathaviyaṃ¹ nihantvā yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-
añjalim paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ nāmam sāvesi² || || Sakko-
haṃ mārisa devānam indo Sakko-haṃ³ mārisa devānam
indo ti⁴ || ||
9. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo
nāmaṃ sāveti || tathā tathā so yakkho dubbaṇṇataro c-eva
ahosi okoṭimakataro ca || dubbaṇṇataro c-eva hutvā okoṭima-
kataro ca tatth-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sake āsane
nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na sūpahata-citto-mhi⁵ || nāvaṭṭena suvānayo ||
na vo cirāhaṃ kujjhāmi || kodho mayi nāvatiṭṭhati || ||
kuddhāham na pharusam brūmi || na ca dhammāni
kittaye ||
sanniggaṇhāmi⁶ attānaṃ || sampassaṃ attham attano ti || ||

SN_1.11,3.3. Māyā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || pa || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo ābādhiko
ahosi dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena Vepa-
citti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami gilānapucchako || ||
5. Addasā kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ
devānam indam dūrato va āgacchantam || disvāna Sakkaṃ
devānam indam etad avoca || || Tikiccha maṃ devānam
indā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 puthaviyaṃ.
2 S1 B. sāveti.
3 B. sakkāhaṃ.
4 S1-3 omit ti.
5 S1-3 -sūpāhata-.
6 S1-3 na ca mānakkaye santiṃ gaṇhāmi.

[page 239]
XI. 3. 4.] SAKKA-PAÑCAKA 3. 239
6. Vācehi maṃ¹ Vepacitti sambarimāyan ti || ||
7. Yāvāhaṃ mārisa asure paṭipucchamī ti || ||
8. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure paṭi-
pucchi || || Vācem-aham² marisā Sakkam devānam indaṃ
sambarimāyan ti || ||
9. Mā kho tvaṃ mārisa vacesi³ Sakkam devānam indam
sambarimāyan ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā-
nam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Māyā pi⁴ Maghavā Sakka || devarāja⁵ Sujampati ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || Sambaro va satam saman ti || ||

SN_1.11,3.4. Accaya (-akodhano).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || la || ārāme | ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sampayojesuṃ ||
tatr-eko bhikkhu accasarā⁶ || atha kho so⁷ bhikkhu tassa
bhikkhuno santike accayam accayato desesi⁸ || so bhikkhu na
paṭigaṇhāti || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te
bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
4. Idha bhante dve bhikkhū sampayojesuṃ || tatr-eko
bhikkhu accasarā || atha kho so bhante bhikkhu⁹ tassa bhi-
kkhuno santike accayam accayato deseti || so bhikkhu na pati-
gaṇhātī ti || ||
5. Dve me bhikkhave bālā || yo ca accayam accayato na
passati || yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathā dhammaṃ na paṭi-
gaṇhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve bālā || ||
6. Dve me bhikkhave paṇḍitā || yo ca accayam accayato
passati || yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathā dhammaṃ paṭi-
gaṇhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve paṇḍitā || ||
7. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Sudham-
māyaṃ sabhāyaṃ deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velā-
yam imam gātham abhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vācehisi (S1 sī) maṃ.
2 S1-3 vācehaṃ.
3 S1-3 vācehi.
4 B. māyāvi (for māyāvī?)
5 S1-3 -rājā.
6 S3 accayasarā here and further on.
7 S3 omits so.
8 B. deseti.
9 S1-3 omit so and bhikkhu.

[page 240]
240 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 3. 4.
Kodho vo vasam āyātu || mā ca mittehi vo jarā ||
agarahiyam mā garahittha¹ || mā ca bhāsittha pesuṇaṃ ||
atha pāpajanaṃ kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatī ti || ||

SN_1.11,3.5. Akodho (-avihiṃsā).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū || pa || Bhagavā etad
avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Su-
dhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ
velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsī || ||
Mā vo kodho ajjhabhavi || mā ca kujjhittha kujjhataṃ ||
akkodho avihiṃsā ca² || ariyesu vasati sadā³ ||
atha pāpajanaṃ kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatī ti || ||
Sakka-pañcakam4 || ||
Tass-uddānam5 || ||
Chetvā Dubbanniya Mayā6 ||
Accayena-akodhano ||
Akodho-{avihiṃsā} ti7 || ||
Sakka-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Ekādasa-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ8 || ||
Devatā Devaputto ca || Rājā Māro ca Bhikkhunī ||
Brahmā Brāhmaṇa-Vaṅgīso || Vana-Yakkhena Vāsavo
ti || ||
Sagātha-vaggo pathamo9 || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 garahitvā; S3 garahitthā.
2 B. akodho avihiṃsī ca.
3 S1-3 vasatī-; B. ariyesu ca paṭipadā.
4 Missing in B.
5 B. tatruddānam bhavati.
6 S1-2 jhatvā -- māyam.
7 S1-3 desitā buddhaseṭṭhena idaṃ sakkapañcakaṃ (instead of
akodho-avihimsā).
8 In S1-3 only.
9 In B. only.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE.-- Since the sheets passed through the press
it has been pointed out to me that the whole of I. 4. 7 recurs,
as the opening of the Mahāsamaya Sutta, in the Dīgha; and that III.
2.5. 16 recurs in the Jātaka II. 239.